Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 612

647231EN (25/01/2021)

MT 1440 E3
MT 1440 A E3
MT 1840 E3
MT 1840 A E3
MT-X 1440
MT-X 1440 A
MT-X 1840
MT-X 1840 A
REPAIR MANUAL
647231 EN
2

DATE OF ISSUE COMMENT

18 / 02 / 2011 - 1st EDITION

05 / 06 / 2012 - Update

19 / 07 / 2013 - Update and addition of MT-X

23 / 04 / 2018 - Partial update: GR80-04

30 / 11 / 2018 - Update of GR80

14 / 05 / 2019 - Update of GR50-09

25 / 01 / 2021 - Update of GR80 : DTC

Manitou BF S.A Limited liability company with a Board of Directors.


Head office: 430, Rue de l’Aubinière - 44150 Ancenis - FRANCE
Share capital: 39,548,949 euros
857 802 508 RCS Nantes.
Tel: +33 (0)2 40 09 10 11
www.manitou.com

This manual is for information purposes only. Any reproduction, copy, representation, recording, transfer, distribution, or other,
in part or in whole, in any format is prohibited. The plans, designs, views, commentaries and instructions, even the document
organisation that are found in this document, are the intellectual property of MANITOU BF. Any violation of the aforementioned
may lead to civil and criminal prosecution. The logos as well as the visual identity of the company are the property of MANITOU
BF and may not be used without express and formal authorisation. All rights are reserved.
647231EN 1

HOW TO USE THIS REPAIR MANUAL?

1 2
GÉNÉRALITÉS, CARACTÉRISTIQUES ET SÉCURITÉS

00
GÉNÉRAlITÉS, cARAcTÉRISTIQUeS eT SÉcURITÉS

00
MOTeUR

10
- CONSIGNES Et SÉCURItÉS GÉNÉRALES

- CARACtÉRIStIQUES GÉNÉRALES
TRANSMISSION

20
- OUtILLAGES GÉNÉRAUX

PONT

30
fReIN

40
flèche
50

hydRAUlIQUe
70

ÉlecTRIcITÉ
80

POSTe de cONdUITe
85

chASSIS - cARROSSeRIe
90
110

OPTIONS - AcceSSOIReS

3 4 4 Consignes et séCurités générales


00

00

RÈGLES POUR L’ENTRETIEN

N’entreprenez aucun travail sur la machine sans avoir la formation


et les connaissances nécessaires pour les effectuer.

Prenez connaissance de toutes les plaques d’informations sur la


machine et dans la notice d’instructions.
CONSIGNES ET SÉCURITÉS GÉNÉRALES

Si vous devez effectuer une intervention sur la machine avant que


celle-ci ait eu le temps de se refroidir, faites attention à ne pas
pages
vous brûler au contact des pièces ou liquides échauffés.
PRÉAMBULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
POSITION D’ENTRETIEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
RÈGLES POUR L’ENTRETIEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4

Avant toute intervention sur un élément alimenté électriquement,


1 actionnez le coupe-batterie.
Si le chariot n’est pas équipé de coupe-batterie, débrancher les
2 connecteurs de la batterie puis rassembler les.

Avant toute intervention de soudure, pensez à débrancher


les calculateurs.

ECU

Une machine opérant dans un environnement contaminé (vicié


ou nocif à la santé) doit être équipée de manière spéciale. De plus,
les consignes locales de sécurité régissent l’exécution des travaux
d’entretien et de réparation d’une telle machine.

00-M173FR (29/09/2011)
(29/09/2011) 00-M173FR

l 547982: See repair manual reference 547982.

o 70 - HYDRAULICS: See Group 70 "Hydraulics".


GENERAL, CHARACTERISTICS AND SAFETY

00
ENGINE

10
TRANSMISSION

20
AXLE

30
BRAKE

40
BOOM

50
HYDRAULICS

70
ELECTRICITY
80
DRIVER'S CAB
85

FRAME - BODYWORK
90
110

OPTIONS - ATTACHMENTS
GENERAL, CHARACTERISTICS AND SAFETY

00
- GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
AND SAFETY NOTICE

- GENERAL CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT


00
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS AND SAFETY NOTICE

pages

PREAMBLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
MAINTENANCE POSITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
RULES FOR MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4

(04/07/2013) 00-00-M179EN
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS AND SAFETY
2 NOTICE
00

PREAMBLE

This chapter deals with the general instructions and safety notice during inspection and maintenance
work.
Other instructions and warnings are indicated in each chapter concerned.

In order to reduce accident risks, make sure to:

– Follow the instructions in the truck operating and maintenance manual.


⇒ This manual should be found in all trucks.
– Please follow all safety instructions.
– Use the appropriate tools for any work to be performed.
– Use original Manitou spare parts.

Any non-compliance increases the risk of accidents occurring which may lead to causing grievous bodily
harm and even death.

An efficient, dependable and profitable combination will be formed if the operator follows the safety
manual correctly and the machine is serviced properly.

When you see this symbol:

It means: Warning! Be careful! Your safety, somebody else’s or the safety of the lift truck itself
is at risk.

The manufacturer cannot predict all possible risky situations. Consequently, the safety instructions
given in the safety manual are not exhaustive.
At any time, as an operator, you must envisage, within reason, the possible risk to yourself, to others or
to the lift truck itself when you repair, service or drive it.

Manitou cannot be held responsible for the use of any lifting devices, tools or operating methods other
than those specified.

00-00-M179EN (04/07/2013)
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS AND SAFETY
NOTICE 3

00
MAINTENANCE POSITION

2 4

1 3

Before any intervention:

1 - Place the machine on a flat surface and chock the wheels.


2 - Turn off the engine and remove the ignition key.
3 - Let the machine cool down.
4 - Take all the pressure out of the circuits concerned.

(04/07/2013) 00-00-M179EN
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS AND SAFETY
4 NOTICE
00

RULES FOR MAINTENANCE

Do not carry out any work on the machine unless you have followed
a suitable training course and have the knowledge required for it.

Make sure you have taken into consideration all the indicator plates
on the machine and in the instruction manual.

Be careful not to burn yourself when touching hot liquids or parts


when operations have to be done before the machine has had
time to cool down.

Before carrying out any operation on an electrically powered


component, activate the battery cut-off.
1

2 b Press the battery switch at least 30 seconds after disconnecting


the electrical contact with the ignition key.

If the telehandler does not have a battery isolating switch, disconnect


the battery terminals (1) then gather them (2).

b Before carrying out any welding operations, think of


disconnecting computers.

ECU

A machine operating in a contaminated environment should be


specifically equipped. Moreover, local safety notices deal with
maintenance and repair work on such machines.

00-00-M179EN (04/07/2013)
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS AND SAFETY
NOTICE 5

00
Never step on a part of the machine that has not been designed for it.

Never wear clothes, jewelry or objects that could get caught during
work and cause accidents.

Always wear protection glasses, gloves, safety shoes as well as any


other protection required for the work to be carried out.

When carrying out maintenance operations near a mobile object,


make sure it is securitized.

When changing, or draining oils or fuel, or any other operation with


liquids, solids, gases that are harmful to the environment, make
sure the necessary precautions are taken to avoid contaminating
the environment.

(04/07/2013) 00-00-M179EN
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS AND SAFETY
6 NOTICE
00

When lifting or shoring a component of the machine, make sure


the equipment used is suitable for at least the load for which it
is subjected by the component and that it meets the national
standards for lifting devices.

When using a jack, make sure it is used on a flat, uniform surface, is


sturdy enough to support the load, that its lifting capacity is sufficient
and that it is correctly placed and positioned under the machine.

Make sure no object or tool which could cause an accident is left


in the machine.

Never control any leaks using a hand.

max.

min.

MAX Never adjust a component to over the maximum capacity indicated


by the manufacturer.

MIN
00-00-M179EN (04/07/2013)
00
GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS

pages

CHARACTERISTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
DIMENSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
–– MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
–– MT 1840 / MT-X 1840 / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

(30/11/2018) 00-01-M179EN
GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS
2 AND SPECIFICATIONS
00

CHARACTERISTICS
Value
Designation MT 1440 MT 1440 A
MT-X 1440 MT-X 1440 A
Truck weight with standard equipment (unladen) 11115 kg 11795 kg

Ground distribution with Front axle 5355 kg 6903 kg


standard equipment (unladen) Rear axle 5760 kg 4892 kg
Overall width 2351 mm 2351 mm
Overall height 2640 mm
Overall length (without forks) 6135 mm
Ground clearance (unladen) 380 mm
unladen (sliding) 6235 daN
Pulling force on load (transmission
8240 daN
setting)
Fuel tank 140 L
Hydraulic oil tank 175 L
Cooling system 20 L
Engine 10.9 L
Gearbox 23 L

Value
Designation MT 1840 MT 1840 A
MT-X 1840 MT-X 1840 A
Truck weight with standard equipment (unladen) 11115 kg 11795 kg

Ground distribution with Front axle 5355 kg 6903 kg


standard equipment (unladen) Rear axle 5760 kg 4892 kg
Overall width 2351 mm 2351 mm
Overall height 2640 mm
Overall length (without forks) 6135 mm
Ground clearance (unladen) 380 mm
unladen (sliding) 6235 daN
Pulling force on load (transmission
8240 daN
setting)
Fuel tank 140 L
Hydraulic oil tank 175 L
Cooling system 20 L
Engine 10.9 L
Gearbox 23 L

00-01-M179EN (30/11/2018)
GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS
AND SPECIFICATIONS 3

00
DIMENSIONS
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A
A mm 1200 D1
B mm 3070 C1
C mm 1905
C1 mm 1790
D mm 6135
D1 mm 6020
D2 mm 4872 W2
E mm 7335
F mm 1960
F1 mm 1960
G

U2
mm 384

U1
G1 mm 367

N
G2 mm 380
G3 mm 355

P3
H ° 9

G2
Y

H1 ° 9 P2

G1
I
G

mm 1160
Z

D2
J mm 892
C B I
K mm 1040
A D
L mm 50
N mm 1855 E

O mm 125
P2 ° 34 W3
P3 ° 33 J
R mm 3779
S mm 8615
T mm 4183
U1 mm 2452
U2 mm 2640
V mm 5468
V1 mm 1285

H1
V2 mm 3975
W mm 2351

H
W1 mm 3793

G3
W2 mm 1134
W3 mm 2422 F1 F
Y ° 12 W
Z ° 114 W1
V
K

R
O

V2
T
V1

S
(30/11/2018) 00-01-M179EN
GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS
4 AND SPECIFICATIONS
00

MT 1840 / MT-X 1840 / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A


A mm 1200
B mm 3070
C mm 2043
C1 mm 1929
D mm 6274
D1 mm 6159
D2 mm 4894
E mm 7474
F mm 1960
F1 mm 1960
G mm 437
G1 mm 420
G2 mm 433
G3 mm 302
H ° 9
H1 ° 9
I mm 1160
J mm 892
K mm 1040
L mm 50
N mm 1908
O mm 125
P2 ° 37
P3 ° 34
R mm 3779
S mm 8788
T mm 4307
U1 mm 2505
U2 mm 2693
V mm 5592
V1 mm 1285
V2 mm 4009
W mm 2420
W1 mm 3793
W2 mm 1134
W3 mm 2422
Y ° 12
Z ° 114

00-01-M179EN (30/11/2018)
00
GENERAL LOCATION

pages

LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

(08/07/2013) 00-03-M179EN
2 GENERAL LOCATION
00

00-03-M179EN (08/07/2013)
GENERAL LOCATION 3

00
LOCATION
MANITOU BF 44158 ANCENIS CEDEX FRANCE

Key:
MODELE MODELLO SERIE SERIE
MODEL MODELO SERIES SERIE

1 - Manufacturer's plate Année de fabrication


Year of manufacture
Anno di fabbricazione
Año de fabricación
Année modèle
Model year
Anno modello
Año modelo
2
2 - Cab plate 1
N° de série
Serial Nr
N° di serie
N° de serie
Puissance ISO/TR14396
Power ISO/TR14396
Potenza ISO/TR14396

3 - Engine number
Potencia ISO/TR14396

Masse à vide Massa a vuoto kW


Unladen mass Masa en vacio

4 - Hydraulic pump plate kg Capacité nominale


Rated capacity
Capacità nominale
P.T.R.A. P.T.C.A.
Capacidad nominal
Authorized gross vehicle weight P.T.R.A.

5 - Rear axle plate Effort de traction


daN

Sforzo di trazione
kg

Effort vertical maxi. (sur crochet de remorquage)

6 - Front axle plate


Drag strain Esfuerzo de tracción Maximum vertical force (on trailer hook)
Sforzo verticale massimo (sul gancia di traino)
daN Esfuerzo vertical máximo (sobre gancho de remolque)

Pression des pneumatiques (Bar) daN

7 - Frame number
Tyres pressure (Bar)
Pressione dei pneumatici (Bar)
Presión de los neumáticos (Bar) N° d'homologation
Homologation Nr
Avant Anteriore Arrière Posteriore N° di omologazione

8 - Boom number
Front Adelante Rear Trasero N° de homologación

9 - Gearbox plate
N°295449

(08/07/2013) 00-03-M179EN
4 GENERAL LOCATION
00

00-03-M179EN (08/07/2013)
00
GENERAL CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

pages

STANDARD TIGHTENING TORQUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

(02/05/2012) 00-04-M179EN
2 GENERAL CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

b
STANDARD TIGHTENING TORQUES
00

Standard tightening torques


To be used. unless otherwise indicated in the removal or refit operations.
SCREW / NUT ASSEMBLY
- with hexagon head screws without flanges ou cylinder head hexagon socket screws.
- for dry-fitted zinc-plated fasteners and for torque tools having a ± 20 % class C tightening torque
accuracy (equivalent to pneumatic screwdrivers).
1 - NF E 25-030-1 :
Ø x “coarse” pitch Grade 8.8 Grade 10.9 Ø x “fine” pitch Grade 8.8 Grade 10.9
N.m lb-in N.m lb-in N.m lb-in N.m lb-in
M6 x 1 8.2 72.57 12.1 107 - - -
M8 x 1.25 20 177 30 265 M8 x 1 22 195 32 283
M10 x 1.5 40 354 59 522 M10 x 1.25 (x 1) 43 (46) 380 (407) 63 (68) 558 (602)
M12 x 1.75 69 611 102 903 M12 x 1.5 (x 1.25) 74 (78) 655 (690) 108 (115) 956
M14 x 2 111 982 163 1443 M14 x 1.5 123 1088 181 1602
M16 x 2 175 1549 256 2266 M16 x 1.5 190 168 279 2470
M18 x 2.5 240 2124 352 3115 M18 x 1.5 279 2469 410 3629
M20 x 2.5 341 3018 501 4434 M20 x 1.5 391 3460 574 5080
M22 x 2.5 470 4160 691 6116 M22 x 1.5 531 4700 780 6903
M24 x 3 588 5204 864 7647 M24 x 2 659 5833 967 8559
M27 x 3 874 7735 1284 11364 M27 x 2 965 8541 1418 12550
M30 x 3.5 1181 10453 1735 15356 M30 x 2 1351 11957 1984 17560
M33 x 3.5 1614 14285 2371 20985 M33 x 2 1821 16117 2674 23667

b
M36 x 4 2068 18303 3037 26880 - - - - -

For hexagon screws with flanges (NF E 25-030-1) :


Apply an increased torque of +10%.

b Where washers are used. the following coefficient is to be applied (FD E 25-502) :
- Plate : +0% - Spring (or Grower) washer without jaws (W) : +10%
- Smooth tapered washer (CL): +5% - Conical. internal teeth (CDJ-JZC) : +15%.
2 - With marking :

4 5 6 7 8
4T 6T 8T
------------ ------------ ------------

5T
(N.m)
7T
(N.m)
11
(flange : 4.8T) (flange : 6.8T) (flange : 8.8T) (flange : 10.9T) (flange : 11.9T)
Ø x Pitch N.m lb-in N.m lb-in N.m lb-in N.m lb-in N.m lb-in N.m lb-in N.m lb-in
5 .4 48 7 .8 69 12 106
M6 x 1 6 .5 57 .5 11 97 (15.5) (137.2) (17.5) (155)
(5.5) (49) (7.5) (66) (12) (106)
13 115 19 168 29 257
M8 x 1.25 16 142 25 221 (38) (336) (42) (372)
(13) (115) (19) (168) (29) (257)
25 221 39 345 61 540
M10 x 1.25 32 283 52 460 (80) (708) (89) (788)
(27) (239) (39) (345) (61) (540)
47 416 72 637 108 956
M12 x 1.25 59 522 95 841 (145) (1283) (160) (1416)
(50) (443) (71) (628) (110) (974)
75 664 108 956 172 1522
M14 x 1.5 91 805 147 1301 (230) (2036) (260) (2301)
(78) (690) (110) (974) (175) (1549)

b
113 1000 172 1522 265 2345
M16 x 1.5 137 1213 226 2000 (360) (3186) (400) (3540)
(120) (1062) (170) (1504) (270) (2390)

use the upper class where spring (or Grower) washers are used.

00-04-M179EN (02/05/2012)
ENGINE

10
- ENGINE COMPONENTS LOCATION

- ENGINE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

- ENGINE CHARACTERISTICS l647016EN


AND SPECIFICATIONS
(1104 D Euro 3 80
- ENGINE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT AND 100 HP ENGINE)
10
ENGINE COMPONENTS LOCATION

pages

ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
COOLING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

(25/06/2013) 10-03-M179EN
2 ENGINE COMPONENTS LOCATION

ENGINE
10

Air filter
Fuel pump
and filter

Starter

Water pump

Injection pump

Oil filter

Alternator
and belt

Turbo

10-03-M179EN (25/06/2013)
ENGINE COMPONENTS LOCATION 3

COOLING SYSTEM MT 1440 MT-X 1440 MT 1840 MT-X 1840


MT 1440 A MT-X 1440 A MT 1840 A MT-X 1840 A
MT 1440 H MT 1840 H
MT 1440 HA MT 1840 HA

10
Turbo intercooler

Expansion tank

Cooler

Engine

(25/06/2013) 10-03-M179EN
4 ENGINE COMPONENTS LOCATION
10

10-03-M179EN (25/06/2013)
10
ENGINE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

pages

ACCELERATOR PEDAL AND POSITION SENSOR ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2


ACCELERATOR SOLENOID ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
ENGINE SUSPENSION TIGHTENING TORQUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
ENGINE/GEARBOX TIGHTENING TORQUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

(25/06/2013) 10-04-M179EN
2 ENGINE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

ACCELERATOR PEDAL AND POSITION SENSOR ADJUSTMENT

This adjustment is required to confirm driver presence:


10

- Before starting vehicle


- When using forward or reverse gear after going along in neutral.

Position 0

Position 1

Position 2

Sensor (Item 1) in action position: Driver presence not confirmed.

Sensor (Item 1) in rest position: Driver’s presence confirmed.

Position 0: Accelerator pedal in rest position.

Position 1: Position beyond which engine speed starts to increase.

Position 2: Position corresponding to maximum engine speed.


10-04-M179EN (25/06/2013)
ENGINE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 3

Adjust accelerator cable at injection pump end to:

- Obtain 10 mm clearance (space between "Position 0" and "Position 1").

- To reach maximum engine speed with the accelerator pedal pressed down fully "Position 2".

10
(Maximum engine speed: 2350 rpm no load - 2200 rpm loaded.)

10 mm

Then use attachment lights on support bracket (Item 2) to adjust sensor position (Item 1) so that it
changes status within the accelerator pedal’s 10 mm clearance range.

bb For Inching version: o110 "Options - attachments control and adjustment"

(25/06/2013) 10-04-M179EN
4 ENGINE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

ACCELERATOR SOLENOID ADJUSTMENT

Trucks concerned: MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1440 HA / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A / MT 1840 HA
10

When assembling accelerator support bracket, adjust nut (Item 1) to obtain a rotational speed of
1650 (±25) rpm.

10-04-M179EN (25/06/2013)
ENGINE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 5

ENGINE SUSPENSION TIGHTENING TORQUES

10
23 daN.m ±10%

11 daN.m ±10%

23 daN.m ±10%

23 daN.m ±10%
11 daN.m ±10%

11 daN.m ±10%

23 daN.m ±10%
23 daN.m ±10%

Hydrostatic version

15.7 daN.m ±10%

11 daN.m ±10%

(25/06/2013) 10-04-M179EN
6 ENGINE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

ENGINE/GEARBOX TIGHTENING TORQUES


10

95 N.m ±10%

95 N.m ±10%

44 à 54 N.m

95 N.m ±10%

Hydrostatic version

95 N.m ±10%
95 N.m ±10%

44 à 54 N.m

95 N.m ±10%

10-04-M179EN (25/06/2013)
TRANSMISSION

- TRANSMISSION SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

20
- TRANSMISSION COMPONENTS LOCATION

- TRANSMISSION CONTROL
AND ADJUSTMENT

- SPECIFIC TRANSMISSION TOOLING

- TRANSMISSION CHARACTERISTICS
AND SPECIFICATIONS

- COMPONENTS SECTIONS AND DIAGRAMS l 547982EN

- TROUBLESHOOTING (Gearbox
Series PSR09)
- SPECIFIC TOOLING
TRANSMISSION SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

20
pages

NEUTRAL (STANDARD) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2


FORWARD GEAR (STANDARD) SCHEMATIC LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
REVERSE GEAR (STANDARD) SCHEMATIC LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
NEUTRAL GEAR (INCHING) SCHEMATIC LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
FORWARD GEAR (INCHING) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
REVERSE GEAR (INCHING) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

(05/07/2013) 20-02-M179EN
2 TRANSMISSION SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

NEUTRAL (STANDARD) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

RETURN

CONVERTER PRESSURE

REGULATED PRESSURE
20

Torque converter
37 32

Cooler Lubrication

Hose Hose
Converter relief valve: 8,5 bar

Main relief valve: 18 - 22 bar

31

STANDARD MODULATION VALVE

Forward / Reverse / Neutral Gear Selector

Modulation
valve

Analogue
pressure
Pressure switch switch

Modulation
valve
Hose
BY-PASS VALVE
3.44/3.94 bars

Pressure
Filter switch
analogue

45 46

Hose

REVERSE Gear FORWARD


Gear

Double

Suction strainer

Breather

Oil tank

20-02-M179EN (05/07/2013)
TRANSMISSION SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 3

FORWARD GEAR (STANDARD) SCHEMATIC LAYOUT

RETURN

CONVERTER PRESSURE

REGULATED PRESSURE

20
Torque converter
37 32

Cooler Lubrication

Hose Hose
Converter relief valve: 8,5 bar

Main relief valve: 18 - 22 bar

31

STANDARD MODULATION VALVE

Forward / Reverse / Neutral Gear Selector

Modulation
valve

Analogue
pressure
Pressure switch switch

Modulation
valve
Hose
BY-PASS VALVE
3.44/3.94 bars

Analogue
Filter pressure
switch

45 46

Hose

REVERSE Gear FORWARD Gear

Double

Suction strainer

Breather

Oil tank

(05/07/2013) 20-02-M179EN
4 TRANSMISSION SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

REVERSE GEAR (STANDARD) SCHEMATIC LAYOUT

RETURN

CONVERTER PRESSURE

REGULATED PRESSURE
20

Torque converter
37 32

Cooler Lubrication

Hose Hose
Converter relief valve: 8,5 bar

Main relief valve: 18 - 22 bar

31

STANDARD MODULATION VALVE

Forward / Reverse / Neutral Gear Selector

Modulation
valve

Analogue
pressure
Pressure switch switch

Modulation
valve
Hose
BY-PASS VALVE
3.44/3.94 bars

Pressure
Filter switch
analogue

45 46

Hose

REVERSE Gear FORWARD Gear

Double

Suction strainer

Breather

Oil tank

20-02-M179EN (05/07/2013)
TRANSMISSION SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 5

NEUTRAL GEAR (INCHING) SCHEMATIC LAYOUT

RETURN

CONVERTER PRESSURE

REGULATED PRESSURE

20
Torque converter
37 32

Cooler Lubrication

Hose Hose
Converter relief valve: 8,5 bar

Main relief valve: 18 - 22 bar

31
INCHING MODULATION VALVE

Valve Forward / Reverse / Neutral Gear Selector


Modulation

Pressure switch

Hose Analogue Analogue


BY-PASS VALVE
pressure pressure
3.44/3.94 bars
switch switch

Filter

45 46

Hose

REVERSE Gear FORWARD Gear

Double

Suction strainer

Breather

Oil tank

(05/07/2013) 20-02-M179EN
6 TRANSMISSION SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

FORWARD GEAR (INCHING) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

RETURN

CONVERTER PRESSURE

REGULATED PRESSURE
20

Torque converter
37 32

Cooler Lubrication

Hose Hose
Converter relief valve: 8,5 bar

Main relief valve: 18 - 22 bar

31
INCHING MODULATION VALVE

Valve Forward / Reverse / Neutral Gear Selector


Modulation

Pressure switch

Hose
BY-PASS VALVE Analogue Analogue
3.44/3.94 bars pressure pressure
switch switch

Filter

45 46

Hose

REVERSE Gear FORWARD Gear

Double

Suction strainer

Breather

Oil tank

20-02-M179EN (05/07/2013)
TRANSMISSION SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 7

REVERSE GEAR (INCHING) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

RETURN

CONVERTER PRESSURE

REGULATED PRESSURE

20
Torque converter
37 32

Cooler Lubrication

Hose Hose
Converter relief valve: 8,5 bar

Main relief valve: 18 - 22 bar

31
INCHING MODULATION VALVE

Modulation Forward / Reverse / Neutral Gear Selector


valve

Pressure switch

Hose
BY-PASS VALVE Analogue Analogue
3.44/3.94 bars pressure pressure
switch switch

Filter

45 46

Hose

REVERSE Gear FORWARD Gear

Double

Suction strainer

Breather

Oil tank

(05/07/2013) 20-02-M179EN
8 TRANSMISSION SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
20

20-02-M179EN (05/07/2013)
TRANSMISSION COMPONENTS LOCATION

20
pages

TRANSMISSION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
COOLING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

(20/01/2011) 20-03-M179EN
TRANSMISSION COMPONENTS
2 LOCATION

TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
20

Rear axle

Gearbox

Filter
Gearbox
Front axle

20-03-M179EN (20/01/2011)
TRANSMISSION COMPONENTS
LOCATION 3

COOLING SYSTEM

Cooler 20

Gearbox

(20/01/2011) 20-03-M179EN
TRANSMISSION COMPONENTS
4 LOCATION
20

20-03-M179EN (20/01/2011)
TRANSMISSION CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

20
pages

LOCATION: PRESSURE TEST PORTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2


PRESSURE TEST PORT VALUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
BLOCKING 4TH GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY TIGHTENING TORQUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

(22/02/2012) 20-04-M179EN
TRANSMISSION CONTROL
2 AND ADJUSTMENT

LOCATION: PRESSURE TEST PORTS


20

PP-45
PP-46
PP-37
PP-46 P2
P1 PP-31
PP-45 P1
PP-37 PP-32
PP-31
PP-32

Inching Version

Standard version
20-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
TRANSMISSION CONTROL
AND ADJUSTMENT 3

PRESSURE TEST PORT VALUES

No. of pressure test Values (bar)


Element Correspondence
ports Min. Max

PP-31 Main pressure 19 20.5

20
PP-32 Lubricating pressure 1.5 6

Converter inlet
Gearbox PP-37 3,5 12
pressure

Forward Motion
PP-45 0/1 19
clutch pressure

Reverse Motion clutch


PP-46 0/1 19
pressure

Note:

Two pressure sensitive switches P1 and P2 on the electrovalve enable the Forward Motion clutch pressure
(PP-45) and Reverse Motion clutch pressure (PP-46) to be displayed on the Pad tool.

(22/02/2012) 20-04-M179EN
TRANSMISSION CONTROL
4 AND ADJUSTMENT

BLOCKING 4TH GEAR

–– Remove cap 1.
20

–– Insert screw 2.

bb Observe tightening torque: 11 N.m so as to break screw head.

20-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
TRANSMISSION CONTROL AND
ADJUSTMENT 5
TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY TIGHTENING TORQUES

63 daN.m ±15%

33.9 N.m ±4.1N.m

20
7.1 daN.m 5%
48 daN.m ±10%

4.5 daN.m ±10% 3.7 daN.m ±0.3daN.m

48 daN.m ±10%

7.1 daN.m ±5%

63 daN.m ±15%
3.7 daN.m ±0.3daN.m
3.7 daN.m ±0.3daN.m

63 daN.m ±15%

on
c versi
i
rostat
3.7 daN.m ±0.3daN.m Hyd

48 daN.m ±10%

Rig
ht

nt
Fro 48 daN.m ±10%

63 daN.m ±15%

(22/02/2012) 20-04-M179EN
TRANSMISSION CONTROL AND
6 ADJUSTMENT
20

20-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
SPECIFIC TRANSMISSION TOOLING

20
pages

BASIC MANOMETER BOX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2


DIGITAL MANOMETER BOX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
50 MM MACHINED SOCKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

(19/03/2012) 20-09-M179EN
2 SPECIFIC TRANSMISSION TOOLING

BASIC MANOMETER BOX

This box contains all the components required for measuring


pressure on all Manitou products.
20

2 3 5

1 3 4 5

Basis gauge kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .549671

Consisting of:

1 - 1 gauge 1/9 bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549882


2 - 1 gauge 0/40 bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549883
3 - 2 gauge 0/60 bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549884
4 - 1 gauge 0/400 bar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549885
5 - 2 gauge 0/600 bar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549886
6 - 4 standard hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549887
7 - 2 hoses for telehandler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549888
8 - 7 gauge tap connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549889

20-09-M179EN (19/03/2012)
SPECIFIC TRANSMISSION TOOLING 3

DIGITAL MANOMETER BOX

Digital Manometer Set 0 to 600 bar (0 - 8,700 psi) allows:


- MIN and MAX values to be stored.
- Pressure peaks to be read.
Display units: mbar, bar, PSI, Mpa, kPa and kg/cm².

20
Digital Manometer Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .947785

Consisting of:

1 - 1 Digital manometer 0 to 600 bar (0 - 8,700 psi)


2 - 1 Pressure connector adapter (M16x200)
3 - 1 Pressure connector hose 1,500 mm long

(19/03/2012) 20-09-M179EN
4 SPECIFIC TRANSMISSION TOOLING

50 MM MACHINED SOCKET

Socket 50 machined to an outer diameter of 65 mm which is used to dismantle the flanges connecting
the transmission shaft to the gearbox.
20

Ø 65

20-09-M179EN (19/03/2012)
AXLE

- AXLE CHARACTERISTICS
AND SPECIFICATIONS

- AXLE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT l 547983EN

- AXLE TROUBLESHOOTING (Axle type 212)

30
- SPECIFIC AXLE TOOLING
BRAKE

- BRAKE CHARACTERISTICS
AND SPECIFICATIONS

- BRAKE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS i70 - HYDRAULICS


- BRAKE COMPONENTS LOCATION i70 - HYDRAULICS
- BRAKE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

- BRAKE REMOVAL

40
- SPECIFIC BRAKE TOOLING
BRAKE CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS

pages

SERVICE BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

40
PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

(20/01/2011) 40-01-M179EN
BRAKE CHARACTERISTICS
2 AND SPECIFICATIONS

SERVICE BRAKE

Liquide de frein LHMS


LHMS brake fluid

MAX

263 Towards
Versrear
pont arrière

drive(Idem
axlepont avant)
ilel (same as front
Oi
Hu
Epicyclic step- drive axle)
Réducteur Èpicycloïdale
down gear
R= 1/6
R = 1/6
76
Maitre-cylindre
Master cylinder
Ø31.74 mm
Cylindrée: 31.65 cm3
Ø 31.74mm
Cyl.: 31.65cm³
40

Oil bath disc brake:


Number of discs per wheel 4
Braking area per disc face 146,85 cm2
Recommended operating pressure 70 to 80 bar
Friction material Paper N266
Disc diameter 201.5 mm
Disc thickness 4.75 - 4.85 mm
Action radius 88 mm
Number of slave cylinders 1
Wear compensation Auto
Track width 26.75 mm

40-01-M179EN (20/01/2011)
BRAKE CHARACTERISTICS
AND SPECIFICATIONS 3

PARKING BRAKE

Block
Power supply +
Accumulator
BLOC ALIM+ACCU

40
U3

Disc brake on gearbox


Number of discs 1
Braking area per disc face 51,1 cm2
Total braking area 102,2 cm2
Friction materials asbestos-free
(new: brake pad clearance = 0,5 mm
Play
run-in: brake pad clearance = 0,25 mm)
Brand DANA ITALIA
Disc diameter 290 mm
Disc thickness 10 mm
Wear adjustment mechanical

(20/01/2011) 40-01-M179EN
BRAKE CHARACTERISTICS
4 AND SPECIFICATIONS
40

40-01-M179EN (20/01/2011)
BRAKE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

pages

SERVICE BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

40
–– PEDAL SYSTEM STOP ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
–– PRESSURE CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
–– BLEEDING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
–– SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
–– PRESSURE CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
–– BLEEDING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
–– FREEWHEEL AND TOWING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

(09/02/2011) 40-04-M179EN
2 BRAKE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

SERVICE BRAKE

PEDAL SYSTEM STOP ADJUSTMENT

Brake pedal (Item 1):

–– Use the stop (Item 2) to set the brake pedal (Item 1) to a height of 120 mm above the cab floor
(without floor mat).

–– Tighten the locknut (Item 3).

–– Adjust the brake pedal free travel (2 to 3 mm clearance at the end of the pedal), unblock the stop-
bolt (Item 4) and turn the push-button (Item 5).

–– Tighten the locknut (Item 4).

Accelerator pedal (Item 6):


40

–– Position the stop (Item 7) at a distance of 85 mm as shown.

Brake pedal
position at rest

Stop position under


accelerator pedal
6
7
120

85

40-04-M179EN (09/02/2011)
BRAKE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 3

PRESSURE CONNECTOR

Location:

PP5

FDar
MC
RLF

90°

40
PP2
FDav

Hydraulic diagram:
PRES O F
3b ±0.124b < 2.41b > 3b
NO

b Pp-5

B L1 L 0,32l
N
50b b

Pmv BA Pp-1

P EV
RLF MC
FT
U1
PRES-1
ES. AV.

ES. AR.

90b ±6b
FDav
NF
FDar
O F
< 90b > 110b

Ppv Pd Pp-d U2 Pp-2 T


b 13 b b
0,7 l

Key:

BA: Accumulator unit MC: Master cylinder


ES. AR: Rear axle PP2: Pressure test port
ES. AV: Front axle PP5: Pressure test port
FDar: Rear brake disc RLF: Brake fluid tank
FDav: Front brake disc

Values:
Min. pressure PP2 31 bar Min. pressure PP5 0 bar
Max. pressure PP2 35 bar Max. pressure PP5 80 bar

(09/02/2011) 40-04-M179EN
4 BRAKE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

BLEEDING PROCEDURE

Location:

FDar
MC
RLF
VP
VP
40

VP

VP FDav

Key:

FDar: Rear brake disc


FDav: Front brake disc
MC: Master cylinder
RLF: Brake fluid tank
VP: Bleed screw

Open the front cover (Item 1).

40-04-M179EN (09/02/2011)
BRAKE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 5

The oil tank should be lifted before bleeding. This is done by


removing the tank and placing it on the support provided (Item 2).

4 Use a bleeder (Item 3): Pressure between 1 and 1,2 bar.

Fit the brake bleeder adapter (Item 4) to the tank.

40
3

Place a transparent recovery hose onto the front right bleed


screw (Item VP).

Operate the bleeder.


VP

Loosen the bleed screw, then re-tighten it once the brake fluid
is flowing without air bubbles.

Repeat the operation for the 3 front and rear axle bleed screws.

Top up brake fluid level (Shell LHM S fluid).

(09/02/2011) 40-04-M179EN
6 BRAKE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

PARKING BRAKE

SETTINGS

–– Apply hydraulic pressure to the brake (min. 80 bar).


+0,3
–– Remove the cap (Item 1) and set the clearance (0,5 0
mm) using the adjusting screw (Item 2).

–– Refit the cap (Item 1).

–– Check that the brake linings are free.

–– Lower the hydraulic pressure.

bb If the total maximum clearance exceeds 2,5 mm, the parking brake needs to be adjusted.
40

Disc

1 0,5
+0,3
0

When refitting the handbrake, tighten both screws (Item 3)


by applying a rotation of 540° - 720° in order to compress the
washers (Item 4) about 1,5 - 2,0 mm.

3
3

4 4

40-04-M179EN (09/02/2011)
BRAKE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 7

PRESSURE CONNECTOR

Location:

90°

PP-1

40
RDu

FP BA

Hydraulic diagram:
AC 0,32l
FP 20cm3
50b b

Pmv BA Pp-1
B
EV RDU
75 Microns
FT 12 l/mn

U1
PRES-1
90b ±6b
Ø 0.6
NF

O F
< 90b > 110b A

Ppv Pd Pp-d U2 Pp-2 T


b 13 b b
0,7 l

AC

Key:

BA: Feed block + Accumulator


FP: Negative brake
PP-1: Pressure test port
RDu: Unidirectional flow reducer

Values: Min. pressure PP-1 125 bar


Max. pressure PP-1 160 / 180 bar

(09/02/2011) 40-04-M179EN
8 BRAKE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

BLEEDING PROCEDURE

bb Place on level ground.


Chock the front and rear wheels.

–– Start the truck to charge the accumulator.

–– Stop the truck.

–– Switch the ignition on again.

–– Connect up cable (Ref. 265865) between parking brake electrovalve (Item 1) and cigarette lighter.

–– Open the bleed screw (Item 2).

–– Close the bleed screw (Item 2) when flow is constant (no air bubbles).

–– Remove the cable (Part no. 265865).


40

90°

40-04-M179EN (09/02/2011)
BRAKE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 9

FREEWHEEL AND TOWING

bb This manoeuvre is dangerous. Carefully chock up forklift


truck before towing since the parking brake system
is inoperative.

Place the forward/reverse selection lever and gear lever in neutral.

1 Chock the lift truck.


Remove the cap (Item 1).

Undo the screw (Item 2) with a socket wrench (Item 3) to release


the brake disc. Leave a minimum 5 mm clearance between the
disc (Item 4) and the brake pads (Item 5).

40
Put the towing device in place.

Remove the chocks.

Switch on the hazard warning lights.

bb Do not tow truck at a speed exceeding 6 km/h. Maximum


towing distance: 5 km.

5 5

4 5

(09/02/2011) 40-04-M179EN
10 BRAKE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
40

40-04-M179EN (09/02/2011)
BRAKE REMOVAL

pages

PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

40
–– BRAKE PADS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
–– NEGATIVE BRAKE BLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

(10/02/2011) 40-06-M179EN
2 BRAKE REMOVAL

PARKING BRAKE
40

Key:

1 - Parking brake (Negative brake block)

40-06-M179EN (10/02/2011)
BRAKE REMOVAL 3

BRAKE PADS

Remove cap (Item 3) from the negative brake.

40
3

Unscrew the brake pads (Item 2) by undoing the adjusting


screw (Item 4).

Undo the long screw (Item 5).

Remove the brake pads.

(10/02/2011) 40-06-M179EN
4 BRAKE REMOVAL

NEGATIVE BRAKE BLOCK


6
Unscrew the two side screws (Item 6).
40

Remove the parking brake unit (Item 1).

40-06-M179EN (10/02/2011)
SPECIFIC BRAKE TOOLING

pages

HYDRAULIC BRAKE BLEED VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

40
PARKING BRAKE BLEEDER HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

(13/01/2011) 40-09-M179EN
2 SPECIFIC BRAKE TOOLING

HYDRAULIC BRAKE BLEED VALVE

Bleed valve supplied with all the components required for


bleeding the brake circuits of Manitou products.
Operating instructions included.
40

MANITOU Reference

BRAKE BLEED KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .554019

SPARE PARTS:
– TOP MANOMETER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719980
– BOTTOM MANOMETER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719981
– Membrane. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661913
– HOSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661914
– FLEXIBLE BRAKE (ORANGE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720693
– VALVE RETRACTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 744747
– SET OF 6 CAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 787147

PARKING BRAKE BLEEDER HARNESS


1000

MANITOU Reference

PARKING BRAKE BLEED HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .265865

40-09-M179EN (13/01/2011)
BOOM

- BOOM CHARACTERISTICS
AND SPECIFICATIONS

- BOOM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

- BOOM COMPONENTS LOCATION

- BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

- SPECIFIC BOOM TOOLING

50
BOOM CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS

pages

TRIPLEX (MT 14 METERS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2


QUADRUPLEX (MT 18 METERS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

50

(26/06/2013) 50-01-M179EN
BOOM CHARACTERISTICS
2 AND SPECIFICATIONS

TRIPLEX (MT 14 METERS)

Consisting of 3 elements:

- 1 fixed
- 2 moving

Deployment:

Deployment of Triplex boom controlled simultaneously.


⇒⇒ T1 and T2 extend at the same time.

Machines equipped with Triplex boom:

- MT 1440 MT-X 1440


- MT 1440 A MT-X 1440 A
- MT 1440 H
- MT 1440 HA

Boom weight:

- Approx. 2710 KG
50

50-01-M179EN (26/06/2013)
BOOM CHARACTERISTICS
AND SPECIFICATIONS 3

QUADRUPLEX (MT 18 METERS)

Consisting of 4 elements:

- 1 fixed
- 3 moving

Deployment:

Quadruplex boom deployment controlled simultaneously.


⇒⇒ T1, T2 and T3 extend at same time.

Machines equipped with Quadruplex boom:

- MT 1840 MT-X 1840


- MT 1840 A MT-X 1840 A
- MT 1840 H
- MT 1840 HA

Boom weight:

- Approx. 3092 KG

50

(26/06/2013) 50-01-M179EN
BOOM CHARACTERISTICS
4 AND SPECIFICATIONS
50

50-01-M179EN (26/06/2013)
BOOM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

pages

CHAIN BOOM OPERATING MECHANISM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

50

(17/12/2010) 50-02-M179EN
2 BOOM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
50

50-02-M179EN (17/12/2010)
BOOM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 3
CHAIN BOOM OPERATING MECHANISM

DIAGRAM OF HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT AT BOOM INTERMEDIATE POSITION

Hydraulic hoses (bottom layer)


Hydraulic hoses (top layer)

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF CHAINS AT BOOM INTERMEDIATE POSITION T2 extend chain

T3 extend chain

50
T2 retract chain

Telescope T2 T3 retract chain

Telescope T3

Telescope T1

Boom foot

(17/12/2010) 50-02-M179EN
4 BOOM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
50

50-02-M179EN (17/12/2010)
BOOM COMPONENTS LOCATION

pages

INDEX OF COMPONENT CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2


TX BOOM MAIN COMPONENT LOCATION (3 ELEMENTS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
QX BOOM MAIN COMPONENT LOCATION (4 ELEMENTS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

50

(17/02/2011) 50-03-M179EN
2 BOOM COMPONENTS LOCATION

INDEX OF COMPONENT CODES


pages

- TX boom main component location................................................................................. 3

Item Designation
CSD Double safety valve
CSP Counterbalance valve
T1 Telescope 1
T2 Telescope 2
VT1 Telescope cylinder 1
VT2 Telescope cylinder 2
X134 Retracted boom sensor
X141 ORH panel connector
X194 Intermediate boom extend inductive sensors
X195 Access retractor plug
X202 Intermediate boom extend sensor 2
X203 Intermediate boom extend sensor 1

pages

- QX boom main component location................................................................................ 4


50

Item Designation
CSD Double safety valve
VT Telescopic boom cylinder
B54 QX boom extension inductive sensor C1
B55 QX boom extension inductive sensor C2
B67 Intermediate boom extend sensor 1
B68 Intermediate boom extend sensor 2
S34 Retracted boom sensor
S56 Chain tension switch 1
S57 Chain tension switch 2
S58 Chain tension switch 3
S59 Chain tension switch 4
X130 Boom extend connector C1
X131 Boom extend connector C2
X134 Retracted boom sensor
X141 ORH panel connector
X195 Access retractor plug
X202 Intermediate boom extend sensor 2
X203 Intermediate boom extend sensor 1
X232 Chain tension switch 1 connector
X233 Chain tension switch 2 connector
X234 Chain tension switch 3 connector
X235 Chain tension switch 4 connector

50-03-M179EN (17/02/2011)
BOOM COMPONENTS LOCATION 3
TX BOOM MAIN COMPONENT LOCATION (3 ELEMENTS)

90°

X141

CSD

CSD

X202
X203

X195 X194

VT2

50
T2

VT1
T1

CSP

X134

(17/02/2011) 50-03-M179EN
4 BOOM COMPONENTS LOCATION
QX BOOM MAIN COMPONENT LOCATION (4 ELEMENTS)

180°

X141
X195

X232
X233
S56

S57

X235
50

X234

VT
S59

S58

X134 / S34

X203
CSD X202

X131 B67
B68
X130

X195

B55
B54

50-03-M179EN (17/02/2011)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

pages

PREPARATION AND SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2


IMPORTANT INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
CHECKING BOOM CHAIN WEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
–– OUTER CHAINS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

50
–– INNER CHAINS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
DISMANTLING CHAIN BOOM COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
–– GENERAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
–– STAGES INVOLVED FOR CHANGING CHAINS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
–– "HYDRAULIC KIT" REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
–– "TELESCOPE T2 + T3 ASSEMBLY" REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
–– "TELESCOPE T3" REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
REASSEMBLING CHAIN BOOM COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
–– GENERAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
–– "TELESCOPE T3" REFIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
–– "TELESCOPE T2 + T3 ASSEMBLY" REFIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
–– CHAIN TENSION PRESETS DURING REASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
–– CHECKING AND SETTING CHAIN TENSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
–– "HYDRAULIC KIT" REFIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
2 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

PREPARATION AND SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

• Stabilise the machine on level ground.


• Deactivate battery power supply by means of the battery cut-off.
• Decompress all hydraulic elements.

Whole boom weight = approx. 3092 Kg

Specific tooling:

–– Lifting system (Hoist + strap)

–– Mallet

–– Crowbar

–– Wooden block

–– Rope
50

–– Trestles

–– Channel lever e 50 "Specific tools"

–– Hose routing support tool e 50 "Specific tools"

–– Hose tension adjustment gauge e 50 "Specific tools"

–– Chain checking gauge e 50 "Specific tools"

50-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 3

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

bb

Check internal chain wear during the dismantling procedure.
"Checking boom chain wear".

bb When changing a chain, replace the pair and measure the difference in length between the chains.

bb Where dismantling and reassembly are performed without changing the chain (worn chains
not replaced with new ones), measure the presetting dimensions on the machine (Items 7 & 8)
before the start of dismantling. These dimensions will be useful for presetting the chain tensions
when reassembling.
"Chain tension pre-sets"

Example of pre-set

50
6

4 1

7 3

XLeft hand chain

5
6

XRight hand chain

Key:

1 Chain 6 Locknut
2 Chain tensioner 7 Dimension to read on left chain tensioner before
3 Boom dismantling.
4 Belleville washers 8 Dimension to read on right chain tensioner before
5 Nut dismantling.
(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
4 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

CHECKING BOOM CHAIN WEAR

OUTER CHAINS

Chain wear occurs at a number of locations:

• On the joints, which leads to elongation of the chain.


• On the edge of link plates through contact with the pulleys.
• On the sides of the plates and the protruding pins through contact with the pulley flanges.
• On the alignment of the flats of the extended pins.

CHAIN ELONGATION

We recommend that you perform this operation using the chain checking gauge.

e 50 - "Specific boom tooling"


–– Set the lift truck on its stabilisers, with the boom horizontal.
–– Fully extend the telescopes and continue operating the control for a few moments to properly tension
the chains.
–– As the chain will likely wear unevenly over its length, divide the chain into 4 equal sections and check
50

with the gauge at the centre of each section.

T2 extend chain T3 extend chain

25,4 mm x 9 = 228,6 mm 19,05 mm x 12 = 228,6 mm

25.4 mm 19.05 mm

= = = = = = = =

bb If the maximum dimension is exceeded (228.6 mm +2 % = 233.2 mm), replace the pair of chains.

50-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 5

PLATE EDGE WEAR

As for chain elongation, perform a check in the middle of each equal section using a calliper gauge.

15.5 mm
24 mm

T2 extend chain T3 extend chain

bb If the dimension is less than the minimum dimension (24 mm - 2% = 23.5 mm and 15.5 mm
-2 % = 15.2 mm), replace the pair of chains.

EXTENDED PIN WEAR

As for chain elongation, perform a check in the middle of each equal section using a calliper gauge.
42.25 mm
53.6 mm

50
T2 extend chain T3 extend chain

bb If the dimension is less than the minimum dimension (53.6 mm - 2% = 52.5 mm and 42.25 mm
-2 % = 41.4 mm), replace the pair of chains.

–– In addition to wear, the high pressures between the side of the plates and the pulleys may force out
material, causing the articulations to jam. Replace the pair of chains in this case also.

ALIGNMENT OF EXTENDED PIN FLATS

Check the chains over their entire length.


–– High friction between the plates and the extended pins may cause the pins to turn within the outer
plates and thus come out of their housing.

NOT OK OK

bb If the flats are not aligned in the longitudinal direction of the chain, replace the pair of chains.

(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
6 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

INNER CHAINS

The telescopes need to be dismantled to check the boom inner chains.

e "Dismantling chain boom components".


Chain wear occurs at a number of locations:

• On the joints, which leads to elongation of the chain.


• On the edge of link plates through contact with the pulleys.
• On the sides of the plates and the protruding pins through contact with the pulley flanges.
• On the alignment of the flats of the extended pins.

CHAIN ELONGATION

We recommend that you perform this operation using the chain checking gauge.

e 50 - "Specific boom tooling"


–– As the chain will likely wear unevenly over its length, divide the chain into 4 equal sections and check
with the gauge at the centre of each section.
50

19,05 mm x 12 = 228,6 mm

bb
19.05 mm

If the maximum dimension is exceeded (228.6 mm +2 % = 233.2 mm), replace the pair of chains.

PLATE EDGE WEAR

As for chain elongation, perform a check in the middle of each equal section using a calliper gauge.
15.5 mm

bb If the dimension is less than the minimum dimension (15.5 mm -2 % = 15.2 mm), replace the
chain or pair of chains.

50-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 7

EXTENDED PIN WEAR

As for chain elongation, perform a check in the middle of each equal section using a calliper gauge.

42.25 mm

bb If the dimension is less than the minimum dimension (42.25 mm - 2 % = 41.4 mm), replace the
chain or pair of chains.

–– In addition to wear, the high pressures between the side of the plates and the pulleys may force out
material, causing the articulations to jam. Replace the pair of chains in this case also.

ALIGNMENT OF EXTENDED PIN FLATS

Check the chains over their entire length.


–– High friction between the plates and the extended pins may cause the pins to turn within the outer
plates and thus come out of their housing.

50
NOT OK OK

bb If the flats are not aligned in the longitudinal direction of the chain, replace the chain or pair
of chains.

(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
8 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

DISMANTLING CHAIN BOOM COMPONENTS


50

GENERAL INFORMATION

In order better to understand chain boom operation and dismantling procedure:

o 50 "Boom schematic diagram"


The "chain boom component dismantling" operation is broken down into a number of stages:

• "Hydraulic kit" removal

• "Telescope T2 + T3 assembly" removal


⇒⇒ The "Hydraulic kit removal" operation must be completed

• "Telescope T3" removal


⇒⇒ The "Hydraulic kit removal" and "Telescope T2 + T3 assembly" operations must be completed

These various stages are detailed below in this chapter.

50-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 9

STAGES INVOLVED FOR CHANGING CHAINS

50
The table below shows the various actions to be taken according to the chains to be replaced.

Chain designation Action to be taken

Extend T2
Extract T2+T3 assembly.
Retract T3

Extract T1+T2+T3+ hydraulic kit assembly.

Comment:
Retract T2

It is not obligatory to remove the hydraulic kit to change the "Retract


T2" chain

Extend T3 Extract T2+T3 assembly, the extract T3.

(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
10 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
50

5 "HYDRAULIC KIT" REMOVAL


1

Remove protection cover (Item 1) by undoing the 4 screws


(Item 2).
2
5

Undo the 2 screws (Item 3) from the "attachment hydraulic


4 tube support bracket" (Item 4) on the right hand side of the
3 boom head.

3 Take out two hydraulic tube clamps (Item 5).

Undo the two screws (Item 6) that hold the bracket (Item 7)
supporting the two hydraulic tubes on the left side of the
6
boom head.

7
6

50-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 11

Disconnect the electrical connector (Item 8).

Undo the boom head stop (Item 12).

12 Place an oil container under boom head.

Pull the set of five hydraulic tubes (Item 13) to the outside of the
13
13 boom head then unscrew using 27 mm and 30 mm wrenches.
13
13
13 Then use stoppers to plug the hydraulic connections to prevent
any flow of oil.

50
Pull on the set of five hydraulic hoses (Item 14) to pull out the
clamp (Item 15).

15

14

Undo the two screws (Item 16) of the clamp.

Remove the clamp (Item 15).

15
Put the hydraulic hoses (Item 14) back inside the boom head so
that they do not become caught when extracting the hydraulic kit.

16

14

(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
12 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

Unscrew and remove the rear cover (Item 17) attached to the
frame (6 screws).

17

Remove the "hose guide" (Item 18) by unscrewing the 2 screws


(Item 19) on either side.

18

19 19
50

Unscrew pulley axle greasing nipple (Item 20).

20

Unscrew the two stops (Item 21) positioned on the "spring


supports" (Item 22).
21
22 21 22
Using a 22 mm socket wrench (Item 24), turn the screw (Item 23)
23
on each side in a clockwise direction to slacken the hose
23
24 tensioning system.

50-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 13

Using the special "channel lever" (Item 25), pull the channel
(Item 26) to slacken the hoses (Item 27).

26

25

27

Undo the right hand side "pulley support bracket" (Item 28) by
removing the 3 screws (Item 29) with a 15 mm wrench.

29

29

29

50
28

Firstly, remove only the "pulley support bracket" (Item 28) on


28
the right hand side.

Remove the right hand pulley (Item 30) from its axle (Item 31).

Do the same for the central pulley (Item 32).


31
Then remove the left hand pulley (Item 33) together with its
axle (Item 31).
33 32 30

Undo the left hand side "pulley support bracket" (Item 34) by


removing the 3 screws (Item 35) with a 15 mm wrench.
35

35

35

34

(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
14 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

If possible use the "channel lever" (Item 25) to push the channel
(Item 26) so as to gain better accessibility for undoing the two
screws of the "spring supports"
26

25

Using a 13 mm wrench, undo the two screws (Item 36) of the


right hand side "spring support" (Item 37).
37
Repeat the operation on the left hand side "spring support".
36
36
50

Attach electrical harness (Item 38) with a tie (Item 39) to prevent
it being damaged when the hydraulic kit (Item 40) is extracted.
39
38
Pull the "hydraulic kit" assembly (Item 40) out by about 50 cm so as
to gain access for disconnecting the five hoses and disconnecting
40
electrical connector.

Place an oil container under hoses.


42

Disconnect five hoses (Item 41) using 27 mm and 30 m wrenches.

Plug the hose ends with stoppers (Item 42).


41
41
41
43
41
Disconnect the electrical connector (Item 43).
41

50-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 15

Use a rope (Item 44) to tie the hoses against the truck so that
they do not hamper hydraulic kit extraction.

44

Pull the "hydraulic kit" assembly (Item 45) out by about 1 meter.
47

Also pull out the hoses (Item 46) above it to assist extraction.
46

Place the sling and hoist (Item 47) to support the assembly
during extraction.
45

50
46
Pull out the "hydraulic kit" assembly (Item 45), checking that
hoses (Item 46) come with it.

Set down the "hydraulic kit" assembly (Item 45) on two trestles
48
45 (Item 48).

48

(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
16 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

"TELESCOPE T2 + T3 ASSEMBLY" REMOVAL

4
⇒⇒ The "Hydraulic kit removal" operation must be completed.

5
Using a 24 mm wrench, undo the nuts and locknuts (Items 1
3 & 2) of the "T3 extend chain tensioners" (Item 3) attached to
2
telescope T1 (Item 4).
1
5
3 Remove the Belleville washers (Item 5).
50

Remove the two chain tensioners (Item 3) on telescope T3.

Using a 36 mm wrench, undo the nuts and locknuts (Items 6


& 7) of the "T2 extend chain tensioners" (Item 8) attached to
boom foot (Item 9).
9
10
6
Remove the Belleville washers (Item 10).

Remove the two chain tensioners (Item 8) on telescope T2.


10
8
7
6

Remove the two "T2 extend chain tensioners" (Item 8) by


removing the pins and cotter pins (Items 9 & 10).

9
10

50-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 17

Undo the screw (Item 11) of the axle pin that holds the chain
rollers (Item 12) in place on telescope T1 (Item 4).
12

12

11

Use a tube and a mallet (Item 13) to free the roller axle pin (Item 14).

Remove the two rollers and their wedges.


13

14

50
Remove the circlip (Item 17) from the cylinder pin (Item 18).

17

18

Use 15 mm wrench to remove the four screws (Item 19) from the


20
telescopic boom cylinder (Item 20) screws (Item 19) then remove
19
the fixing brackets (Item 21).
19
21
19

19
21

(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
18 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

Using a sling and hoist (Item 22), gently lift the cylinder (Item 23)
whilst pulling out cylinder pin (Item 24).
22

23

Use a tube and mallet (Item 25) to free the pin from its housing.

25

24
50

Raise cylinder sufficiently to gain access to the four nuts (Item 26).


23
Place a wooden chock (Item 27) between the cylinder (Item 23)
and the boom foot (Item 28).

27

28

Undo the four nuts (Item 26) of the "T2 retract chain tensioners"
(Item 29) without removing them.

26
29
26 26
26
29

50-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 19

Undo the four screws (Item 30) of the "T2 retract chain blades"
(Item 31) attached to the back of telescope T2.
30 31
30 30
30

Remove the two nuts (Item 32) from the "T3 retract chain tensioner"
(Item 33) attached to the front of telescope T1.

32

32

33

50
35 Remove the left hand and upper pads (Item 35) + shims (Item 36) +
35 screws and nuts (Item 37) from the base of telescope T2 (Item 34).

36 This operation gives increased clearance to facilitate the extraction


36
34
of the T2 + T3 assembly.

36 37 37

37
37

37 37
35

Remove the brush seal (Item 38) at the bottom of the boom foot
(Item 39).
41
Remove all brush seals (Item 40) from telescope T1 (Item 41).

39
40

38

(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
20 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

Separate the "T3 retract chain" (Item 42) from its tensioner
(Item 43) by removing the cotter pin (Item 44) and the pin
(Item 45).

45

44
43

42

Place a rope (Item 46) around the links at the end of the chain.

This operation is necessary so that the chain can be tensioned


during T2 + T3 assembly extraction to avoid any possible kinking.

46
50

Use a crowbar (Item 47) to slightly offset the T2+T3 assembly


(Item 48) from telescope T1 (Item 49).

49

47

48

50
Using a 19 mm socket wrench, undo the sixteen nuts (Item 50) of
the slide pads on telescope T1 (Item 49). Then undo the screws
and remove the pads + shims.
50 50

50 49

50-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 21

51
Use the sling and hoist (Item 51) to pull out the "telescope T2
+ T3" assembly (Item 52) pulling on the "T3 retract chain" with
the rope (Item 53).

bb
52

Check that the "T3 retract chain" remains in tension during


T2 + T3 assembly extraction.

53

Pull on the "telescope T2 + T3" assembly but do not pull it out


completely.

Place a container (Item 54) to receive the "T3 retract chain"


(Item 55).

55

54

50
Position temporary shims (Item 56) between telescope T1 (Item 57)
and T2 (Item 58).
58

This will hold the boom straight and avoid crushing the "T3
retract chain" when moving the sling to the centre of gravity of
57
the T2 + T3 assembly.

56 56

Reposition the sling (Item 59) at the centre of gravity of the


"Telescope T2+T3" assembly to ensure it remains balanced when
removed.

Remove the temporary shims.


59
Completely remove the "telescope T2+T3" assembly and set it
down on two trestles.

(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
22 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
50

"TELESCOPE T3" REMOVAL


5 5

6
3 6 ⇒⇒ The "Hydraulic kit removal" and "Telescope T2 + T3 assembly
removal" operations must be completed.

7
Remove the left hand and upper slide pads (Item 5) + shims
7 7 (Item 6) + screws and nuts (Item 7) from the base of telescope
7
T3 (Item 3).
6

7
5
This operation gives increased clearance to facilitate the extraction
7
of telescope T3.

Undo the two nuts (Item 8) of the "pad support bracket" (Item 9).

Remove the support bracket.

10
Unscrew the two nuts (Item 10) of the "T3 retract chain blade"
10
9
8 (Item 11) attached to the back of telescope T3.
8
11
Remove the blade.

50-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 23

Remove all the brush seals (Item 12) from telescope T2 (Item 13).

13 12

Remove the screw (Item 14) from the axle pin (Item 15) of the
rollers (Item 16).
15

Remove the axle pin (Item 15) then the rollers (Item 16).
16 14

50
Undo the sixteen nuts of the slide pads on telescope T2 (Item 17).
17

18 Then undo the screws (Item 18) and remove the pads + shims
19
18 (Item 19).
19

18
19
18

Using a sling and hoist (Item 20), gently lift telescope T3 (Item 21)
then remove the shims located between T2 and T3.

20

21

(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
24 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

Pull on telescope T3 (Item 21) but do not pull it out completely.

20 Place a wooden chock (Item 22) under the boom head.


This operation stabilizes the boom while the sling is moved to
the centre of gravity of telescope T3.

Reposition the sling (Item 20) at the centre of gravity of telescope


T3 to ensure it remains balanced during removal.
21
Fully remove telescope T3 and set it down.

22
50

50-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 25

REASSEMBLING CHAIN BOOM COMPONENTS

50
GENERAL INFORMATION

In order to better understand chain boom operation and reassembly procedure:

e 50 "Boom schematic diagram"


The "chain boom component reassembly" operation is broken down into a number of stages:

• "Telescope T3" refit


• "Telescope T2 + T3 assembly" refit
⇒⇒ The ”Telescope T3 refit“ operation must be completed
• "Hydraulic kit" refit
⇒⇒ The "Telescope T3 refit" and "Telescope T2 + T3 assembly refit" operations must be completed

These various stages are detailed below in this chapter.

bb


During the reassembly procedure:
- Grease the slip face of each slide pad before installation
- Grease the telescope sliding faces.

(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
26 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

"TELESCOPE T3" REFIT

bb Apply "Loctite 243 normal thread lock" to all screw/


insert and nut/screw connections located only on the
inside of the boom.

Refit all the slide pads (Item 1) at the bottom of telescope T3


(Item 2).

Place shims (Item 3) only on the underside of telescope T3 (Item 2).


50

Using a sling and hoist, insert telescope T3 into telescope T2


(Item 4) without fully inserting it. Leave a clearance of about 30 cm.

2 Use a crowbar to push the bottom of telescope T3 (Item 2)


against the bottom right hand side of telescope T2 (Item 4).

Measure the clearance "J1" between the two telescopes on left


1
hand side. Divide this value by 2 to determine the thickness of
3
3 the shim to be inserted on each side of telescope T3.
4
1
Shim thickness = J1/2
1

Insert a shim on either side of telescope T3.

5 Determine the clearance "J2" between the upper pad (Item 5)


6 J2 and the top of telescope T3.

Insert a shim (Item 6) under each pad (Item 5) to take up this


clearance (between 0 and 0,5 mm).

J1

50-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 27

Insert the two pads (Item 7) and two shims (Item 8) into the top
of telescope T2 (Item 4).
Secure them by tightening their rods and nuts.

9 Insert the four side pads + rods (Item 9) on each side of telescope T2.
4

J3 Insert the two pads + shims + rods on the top of telescope T2.
9

7 Use a crowbar (Item 10) to push telescope T3 (Item 2) against


8
the right hand side of telescope T2 (Item 4).
10 2
Measure the clearance "J3" between the two telescopes on the
left hand side. Divide this value by 2 to determine the thickness
of the shim to be inserted on each side of telescope T2.

Shim thickness = J3/2

Insert a shim (Item 11) on either side of telescope T2.


Total clearance between 0 and 0.5 mm.
11

50
Determine the clearance "J4" between the upper pad and the
13 shim (Item 13).

Insert a shim (Item 14) to take up this clearance.


14

J4
Tighten the rods and nuts of each pad according to the specified
tightening torques.

Observe the tightening torques and assembly recommendations.


9 mini

C1=15 N.m +- 15%


C1 = 15 N.m ± 15%
C2=92 N.m +- 15% C2 = 92 N.m ± 15%
Wedging

Fully insert telescope T3 into telescope T2.


0 +- 0,5

(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
28 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

Attach the "T3 retract chain blade" (Item 15). Tighten the two
screws (Item 16) to a torque of 95 N.m.

bb Bring the heel of the chain plate tightly against the


seating before tightening the fastening screws.

Refit the "pad support bracket" (Item 17) then tighten its two
nuts + washers (Item 18).

17 16 Apply "Loctite 243 normal threadlock" to the fasteners.


15

18 18
16
50

22
22 Refit all the slide pads (Item 22) at the bottom of telescope T2
(Item 23).

Place shims (Item 24) only on the underside of telescope T2


23
(Item 23).

24
22
22

24 22

50-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 29

"TELESCOPE T2 + T3 ASSEMBLY" REFIT

1
⇒⇒ The ”Telescope T3 refit“ operation must be completed

Using a sling and hoist (Item 1), insert the "telescope T2 + T3"
assembly (Item 2) into telescope T1 (Item 3).
During this operation, check that the "T3 retract chain" feeds in
smoothly and remains in tension.
Place the "T2 extend chains" on the centre of T2 to ensure that
2 they do not slide to the side.

50
Position temporary shims (Item 4) between telescope T1 (Item 3)
and telescope T2 (Item 5).
5
This will hold the boom straight and avoid crushing the "T3
retract chain" (Item 6) when moving the sling (Item 1) to the
4 boom head position.
4

3
1

1 Reposition the sling (Item 1) at the head of the boom then insert
the "telescope T2 + T3" assembly into telescope T1 (Item 3).

Comment: Do not insert the T2 + T3 assembly fully into T1. Leave


3 about 30 cm clearance.

Lift the T2 + T3 assembly and remove the temporary shims (Item 4).

(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
30 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

Insert 2 slide pads (Item 7) + 2 shims (Item 8) between telescopes


T1 (Item 3) and T2 (Item 5).
3
5

Tighten their rods + locating rings + nuts.

bb Apply "Loctite 243 normal thread lock" to all screw/


insert and nut/screw connections located only on the
inside of the boom.
50

Observe the tightening torques and assembly recommendations.


9 mini

C1=15 N.m +- 15%

C2=92 N.m +- 15% C1 = 15 N.m ± 15%


C2 = 92 N.m ± 15%
Wedging

0 +- 0,5

Insert the 2 slide pads (Item 9) + rods (Item 10) to the left hand
11 side of telescope T1 (Item 11).
10
9 Repeat the operation on the right hand side of telescope T1.
10

10

9
10

50-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 31

Insert the 2 slide pads (Item 12) + shims (Item 13) at the top of
telescope T1 (Item 11).

11

13

12

Use a crowbar to push the head of telescope T2 against the right


hand side of telescope T1.

Measure the clearance "J1" between the two telescopes on left


hand side. Divide this value by 2 to determine the thickness of
the shim to be inserted on either side of telescope T1.
J1
Shim thickness = J1/2

Insert a shim on either side of telescope T1.


Total clearance between 0 and 0.5 mm.

50
Determine the clearance "J2" between the shim (Item 13) and
14
13 J2 the underside of telescope T1.

15 Insert shims (Item 14) on each slide pad to take up this clearance.
15
Tighten all the nuts of the slide pads (Item 15) to recommended
torque.
15

C1 = 15 N.m ± 15%
15
C2 = 92 N.m ± 15%

Attach the "T3 retract chain" (Item 16) to its tensioner (Item 17)
by refitting the pin and its cotter pin (Item 18).
17

Then fully insert the "telescope T2 + T3" assembly into telescope T1.
16 18

(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
32 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

Use a crowbar to push the bottom of telescope T2 against the


20
bottom right hand side of telescope T1.
20
Measure the clearance "J3" between the two telescopes on the
left hand side. Divide this value by 2 to determine the thickness
T1 of the shim to be inserted on each side of telescope T2.
21
21
J4
T2 Shim thickness = J3/2
19 J3
Insert a shim (Item 19) on either side of telescope T2.

Find the "J4" clearance between upper pad (Item 20) and T2
telescope upper side.

Insert a shim (Item 21) to each pad (Item 20) to take up this
22 clearance.
22
Tighten their rods + locating rings + nuts (Item 22).

22
bb Apply "Loctite 243 normal thread lock" to all screw/
insert and nut/screw connections located only on the
inside of the boom.
50

Observe the tightening torques and assembly recommendations.


9 mini

C1=15 N.m +- 15%

C2=92 N.m +- 15% C1 = 15 N.m ± 15%


C2 = 92 N.m ± 15%
Wedging

0 +- 0,5

Insert the "T2 + T3" assembly fully into T1.

Attach the two "T2 retract chain plates" (Item 23) to the foot of
telescope T2 (Item 24) by tightening the 4 screws (Item 25) to
a torque of 95 N.m.

Apply "Loctite 243 normal threadlock" to the fasteners.

24
bb Bring the heel of the chain plate tightly against the
seating before tightening the fastening screws.

23

25 23

50-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 33

Before repositioning the two rollers (Item 26) on telescope T1,


temporarily place a rag (Item 27) between telescope T2 (Item 28)
and telescope T1 (Item 29) to prevent the washer falling into
29 the boom.
27

28

26

Place the roller (Item 26) and its washer (Item 30).
26

30

50
Insert the "roller axle pin" (Item 31). Remove the rag and place
it on the other side.

31
Repeat the operation for the second roller.
29
Once the second roller and its washer are in place, use a mallet
to fully insert the "roller axle pin" (Item 31).

Remove the rag then screw and tighten the axle pin locking
screw on telescope T1 (Item 29).

Place the rollers (Item 32) on telescope T2 (Item 33) then insert


their axle pins (Item 34).
33
32
Screw and tighten the axle pin locking screw (Item 34) on
34
telescope T2.

(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
34 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

Attach the two "T2 extend chain tensioners" (Item 35) with pins
and cotter pins (Item 36).

36
35

36
35

Fit the "T3 extend chain tensioners" (Item 37) on telescope T2


(Item 38).

39
Insert the Belleville washers (Item 39) then the nuts (Item 40).
40

37

40 Pre-set the tension of the "T2 retract chains" so as to obtain


39 dimension X1.
37 38

e "Chain tension pre-sets during reassembly"


50

41

Using a sling and hoist (Item 41), refit the cylinder (Item 42) on
42
telescope T1 (Item 43).

Use a mallet to insert its hinge pin in telescope T1 (Item 43)


43
then fit its circlip.

Refit and tighten the plates (Item 44) on either side of the cylinder
(Item 42) by tightening the 4 screws (Item 45).
45

45

45
44
44

45

50-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 35

Fit the "T2 extend chain tensioners" (Item 46) on telescope T1.

Insert the Belleville washers (Item 47) then the nuts (Item 48).

bb
48

Pay attention to the stacking direction of the Belleville


washers (Item 47).
47

46

50

(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
36 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

CHAIN TENSION PRESETS DURING REASSEMBLY

STEP 1: "T2 RETRACT CHAIN" PRESETS

Set the dimension "X1" by turning the nut (Item 1).

1
With no worn chain replacement:
50

X1Left = Dimension read on "left chain tensioner" before


dismantling.
X1Right
X1Right = D imension read on "right chain tensioner"
1
before dismantling.

With worn chain replacement with new:


X1Left
1) Measure the difference in length (ΔL) between the
chains.

ΔL
2) Position the “left chain tensioner” at:

X1Left = 65 mm.

3) Position the “right chain tensioner” at:

X1Right = 65 mm + ΔL ⇒ if LRight chain < LLeft chain

X1Right = 65 mm + ΔL ⇒ if LRight chain > LLeft chain

50-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 37

STEP 2: "T3 RETRACT CHAINS" PRE-SETTING

Set the dimension "X2" by turning the nut (Item 2).


2

With no worn chain replacement:

X2 = dimension measured on machine before dismantling.


X2
With worn chain replacement with new:

X2 = 90 mm.

STEP 3: "T2 EXTEND CHAIN" PRESETS

Before tightening the nuts (Item 3), protect the cylinder rod
(Item 8).
3
Set the dimension "X3" by turning the nut (Item 3).

With no worn chain replacement:

50
X3 = dimension measured on machine before dismantling.
X3Left
With worn chain replacement with new:

X3 = 40 mm.
3

STEP 4: "T3 EXTEND CHAIN" PRESETS


X3Right
Set the dimension "X4" by turning nut (Item 4).

With no worn chain replacement:

X4 = dimension measured on machine before dismantling.


4

With worn chain replacement with new:

X4 = 55 mm.

X4Left Carry out a full boom extend/retract cycle.

When the boom is extended, the "extend chains" should quickly


become taut and the retract chains should become a little slack.
4
When the boom is retracted, the "extend chains" should become
a little slack and the retract chains should quickly become taut.
X4Right

(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
38 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

CHECKING AND SETTING CHAIN TENSIONS


The procedure is carried out with boom in horizontal position and in 2 situations:

⇒⇒ During the boom component reassembly procedure


or
⇒⇒ Periodic inspection

T3 Underside of chain

Top of T1

107 -010
T2
H2
Bottom
chain
Top of T2
T1
75 -10
0

H1
50

1) Fully extend the boom then retract it by a total of 200 mm.

2) Monitor "extend chains" slack:

⇒⇒ H1 = 75 0
-10
mm

⇒⇒ H2 = 107 0
-10
mm

bb
Turn their nuts to obtain dimensions "H1" and "H2".

The distance to the underside of the left and right chains must be the same to within 2mm.

3) Fully retract the telescopes with care.

4) C
 heck that the telescopes are at the mechanical stop. If
they are not, measure the following clearances:

⇒⇒ Clearance between T1 and T2 (Item 6)


⇒⇒ Clearance between T2 and T3 (Item 7)

bb
6

Acceptable clearance = less than 3 mm

T3 T2
T1
7
50-04-M179EN 6 (22/02/2012)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 39

Where clearance is greater than 3 mm, carry out the following procedure:

No Clearance T1/T2 ≤ Clearance Clearance T1/T2 > Clearance No


T2/T3 T2/T3
Yes Yes

Slacken the T2 extend chain by the value Slacken the T3 retract chain by the difference
of clearance T1/T2 between clearances T1/T2 and T2/T3

Tighten the T2 retract chains by the value Slacken the T2 extend chain by the value
of clearance T1/T2 of clearance T1/T2

Tighten the T2 retract chains by the value


of clearance T1/T2

Tighten the T3 extend chains by the difference


between clearances T1/T2 and T2/T3

Carefully retract the boom

No No
Clearance T1/T2 is zero

50
Yes

Measure clearance between T2/T3

No No
Clearance T2/T3 > 3 mm Clearance T2/T3 ≤ 3 mm

Yes Yes

Slacken the T3 extend chains by the


value of the clearance

Tighten the T3 retract chain by the


value of the clearance

Fully extend the boom then retract it by


approx. 200 mm
Checking tension of extend chains

Tighten the T2 extend chains:


0
dimension 107 -10 mm above T1
If chains are too taut
⇒ chain failure.
Tighten the T3 extend chains:
0
dimension 75 -10 mm above T2

Carefully extend and retract the boom

No Yes
End of procedure Clearance > 3 mm
(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
40 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

Note: Where there is a difference in tensioner length on a pair of chains, this difference should be
maintained, do not set the tensioners to the same dimension.

5) Tighten the locknuts of each "chain tensioner" once all chain tensions have been set. Tighten the
locknuts to a torque of:

C = 85 N.m

6) Refit the cotter pins on each "chain tensioner".


50

50-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 41

"HYDRAULIC KIT" REFIT

⇒⇒ The ”Telescope T3 refit“ operation must be completed

Place the special "Hose routing support" tool (Item 1) inside


1
telescope T3. This tool assists the insertion of hoses into the
hose channel.

Using a sling and hoist, position the "Hydraulic kit" at rear of truck.

50
Apply a layer of grease to the channel within the pad support
areas between channel and pads attached onto telescope T3.

Feed the hoses and the electrical harness (Item 2) into the channel
by sliding them over the special tool (Item 1).

Insert the "Hydraulic kit" approximately 20 cm into the boom.

Remove the special tool (Item 1).

2 Insert "Hydraulic kit" by inclining it so that it passes over the "T3


1 retract chain".

(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
42 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

Connect the hoses and the electrical connector (Item 3) at the


foot of the boom.

3
bb Place an oil container to recover any flow of oil from
the hoses.

Fully insert "Hydraulic kit" into the boom.

Attach the "spring support bracket" (Item 4) onto telescope


T2 (Item 5), by tightening the two screws (Item 6) on each
side of telescope T2. Apply "Loctite 243 normal threadlock" to
the fasteners.

bb
6 6
4
The "Spring support" should be fixed in a hight position
in the holes as shown in the photograph.
5
50

Attach the "left hand pulley support bracket" (Item 7) onto


9 telescope T1 (Item 8). Apply "Loctite 243 normal threadlock"
to the three screws (Item 9) then tighten them.

7
9

Pre-assemble two pulleys (Item 10) with the axle pin (Item 11).
10
10

11

50-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 43

Position the "pulley + axle pin" assembly (Item 12) with hoses
(Item 13).

Then insert the third pulley onto the axle pin.

13
12

Attach the "right hand pulley support bracket" (Item 14) onto


telescope T1 (Item 8). Apply "Loctite 243 normal threadlock" to
the three screws (Item 15) then tighten them.
8

15

15
15

14

50
Screw in the grease nipple (Item 16).

Refit the "hose guide" (Item 17). Tighten the two screws (Item 18)
on each side. Apply "Loctite 243 normal threadlock".
18

16
17

18

HOSE TENSION ADJUSTMENT

Loosen the 2 nuts (Item 19).


19
19

(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
44 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

Use the special "hose tension adjustment gauge" tool (Item 20)


to set the two "spring supports" (Item 21) to 120 mm by turning
the nuts (Item 19).

–– Clockwise rotation = reduce dimension


–– Anti-clockwise rotation = increase dimension
22
22 21
21
19
19 Tighten the stop screw (Item 22) on each "spring support".
20
Remove the special tool.

Refit the hoses at the top of the boom.

Connect up hoses and reconnect electrical connector.

Refit brush seals blades on the telescopes.

Perform a complete boom extend/retract test to test the correct


rolling out of the hosing. Carry out operation twice.

Carry out same test under load.


50

50-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
SPECIFIC BOOM TOOLING

pages

CHANNEL LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
HOSE ROUTING SUPPORT TOOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
HOSE TENSION ADJUSTMENT GAUGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
CHAIN CHECKING GAUGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

50

(06/10/2011) 50-09-M179EN
2 SPECIFIC BOOM TOOLING

CHANNEL LEVER

90°
50

690 mm

100 mm

50-09-M179EN (06/10/2011)
SPECIFIC BOOM TOOLING 3

HOSE ROUTING SUPPORT TOOL

630
mm

45 mm

120°

mm
170

50
600 mm

70 mm
124 mm

(06/10/2011) 50-09-M179EN
4 SPECIFIC BOOM TOOLING

HOSE TENSION ADJUSTMENT GAUGE

60 m
m
30 m
m

mm
120
50

CHAIN CHECKING GAUGE

CHAIN CHECKING GAUGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161583

50-09-M179EN (06/10/2011)
HYDRAULICS

- HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS
AND SPECIFICATIONS

- HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

- HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS LOCATION

- HYDRAULIC CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

- HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS REMOVAL

- HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS REFIT

- HYDRAULIC SPECIFIC TOOLING

70
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS
AND SPECIFICATIONS

HYDRAULIC COMPONENT SHEETS

PRIORITY FLOW DIVIDER (DPP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2


POWER ASSISTED BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
STEERING UNIT OSPC 200 LS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
PVG 100 VALVE BANK (INLET ELEMENT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
PVG 100 VALVE BANK (TELESCOPING ELEMENT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
PVG 100 VALVE BANK (OUTLET ELEMENT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

70
PVG 32 VALVE BANK (ATTACHMENT ELEMENT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
PILOT SAFETY VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
DUMP CORRECTION VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
HYDRAULIC DISTRIBUTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
STABILISER COUNTERBALANCE VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
DOUBLE TELESCOPE COUNTERBALANCE VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
“ACCESS” DISCHARGE VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
COMPLETE ELECTROVALVE (OPTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
COMPENSATING ISOLATION VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
CONTROL HEAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
CONTROL HEAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
TX TELESCOPE DOUBLE COUNTERBALANCE VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
FLOW DISTRIBUTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
SD 8/8 DISTRIBUTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

(01/02/2011) 70-01-M179EN
PRIORITY FLOW DIVIDER (DPP)
Values for information purposes only.

Role:

EF
- Supply for several receptors from only one pump.
- Maintaining priority for steering and brake power supply.
CF

LS
70

1
LS CF EF
DDP
1 - Calibrated connection.
2 2 - Strainer.
3 3 - Spring slide.

Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
70-01-M179EN (01/02/2011)
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
3

Values for information purposes only.

LS CF EF
EF
CF

LS

Once the engine has started, the pump outputs in a line crossing the priority flow divisor.

The pressure increases until it compresses the spring, which changes the position of the slide.

This slide position change causes direct line connections with the valve.

LS CF EF
EF
CF

70
LS

The steering and the master-cylinder are priorities. It is impossible to maneuver the valve.

As soon as the steering orbitrol or the master-cylinder are subject to stress, this information is given to
the priority flow divisor.

This information causes a change in the position of the slide, so as to supply the steering and braking
with power in priority.

Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________

(01/02/2011) 70-01-M179EN
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
4

POWER ASSISTED BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER


Values for information purposes only.

R
B
Role:

- Send pressurized liquid to push the brake piston to block


N
L1
the wheels.

- Cumulate a mechanical (pedal) and hydraulic force to


P
help the driver.

N P
A

A
R B
70

L1

L
C

A-A

B L1 L -P : Power pressure.
N
RLF -L : LS pressure (Signal line).
- L1 : LS direction pressure.
-N : Return to tank.
R -B : Braking pressure.
-R : Connexion RLF.
- RLF : LHM tank.

P
Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________

70-01-M179EN (01/02/2011)
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
5

Values for information purposes only.

L1 P
N
1 B L1 L
N
RLF

Pressure from the block accumulator arrives on P. The ball (1) prevents oil from passing because it is
held on its seat.
The pilot line is connected to the tank return because the master cylinder is not used, therefore L is
connected to N.

L1 P
N
B L1 L
N
RLF

When the driver starts to press on the pedal, all components are in contact with each other. In this case,

70
the return tank is switched off from the LS line (L).
The master cylinder is ready to send pressure to the brakes using the power system.

L1 P
N
3 2 B L1 L
N
1 RLF

4 P

The driver presses fully down on the pedal. With the movement of the slide (2), the needle (3) pushes
the ball (1) to enable pressure to be sent onto the power piston (4).
The master-cylinder sends pilot pressure to the flow divisor to give priority to braking.

Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________

(01/02/2011) 70-01-M179EN

C
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
6

STEERING UNIT OSPC 200 LS


Values for information purposes only.

T
P
Role:
L
– Direct and dose the flow in order to supply the steering
R circuit.

– It is a rotating distributor.

LS

R L
1. Secondary relief valve.

2. Distributor pump.
1
3. Main relief valve.
70

2
200 cm³/tr

3 -P : Pressure.
-T : Tank return.
LS -R : Exit towards the right side.
-L : Exit towards the left side.
- LS : Pilot line.

T P

Note:

70-01-M179EN (01/02/2011)
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
7

Values for information purposes only.

R L

When the driver turns the steering wheel towards the right, he passes
the flow rate from P to R and sends pilot pressure towards the divisor
to get priority.
LS

T P

R L

When there is an impact on a wheel, the pressure increases in the line.


This pressure opens the valve which enables the resulting pressure to
be evacuated and therefore protects the hydraulic and mechanical
steering components.
LS

T P

R L

70
When the wheels are on full lock, the pressure in the steering circuit
rises. The LS line operates the relief valve and directs the flow to the
tank.
LS

T P

(01/02/2011) 70-01-M179EN
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
8

PVG 100 VALVE BANK (INLET ELEMENT)


Values for information purposes only.

Role :
T0

3 - Direct hydraulic flowrate on each valve section.

- Limit maximum pressure.


B1
P B2
A1
A2
B3
T
- Return flowrate when joystick in neutral.
A3 B5

B4
- Limit pilot pressure of the pilot heads.
Pgauge
A5

A4

M
A4 B4 A5 B5

A1 B1 A2 B2 A3 B3 T

LS
2 bar
70

Ø 0.6

1 VS
Pp
Ø 0.7

2 270 bar
3
4
P2
15 bar
EE
5
13 bar
M

TO P Pp ET EL EI ES EA +(ECD,Esd,Esg)
Pgauge

1 - Safety valve. - LS : Signal line.


2 - Main pressure relief valve. - T0 : Pilot return.
3 - Adjustment screw of main pressure relief valve. -P : Pump pressure
4 - Pressure relief valve (Stand By). - PP : Pressure port.
5 - Pressure regulator (Pilot pressure = spring). - Pgauge : Pressure port.

Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
70-01-M179EN (01/02/2011)
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
9

Values for information purposes only.

LS

Hydraulic pressure arrives at P.


Ø 0.6

VS No movement = nil pressure, the safety valve is not electrically powered,


Ø 0.7
a ΔP is created with the 0.6 mm jet. The hydraulic flowrate will therefore
be directed towards the tank via the relief valve.

Pressure at P = spring of the safety valve.

LS
TO P Pp
Pgauge

Ø 0.6

Hydraulic pressure arrives at P. VS


Ø 0.7

When movement is required then SV is electrically powered and the

70
ΔP will be nil. A build up in pressure will start from 15 bar (spring relief
valve calibration).

The main pressure will be applied on the regulator which enables a


pilot pressure of 13 bar to be obtained of on each pilot head.

TO P Pp
Pgauge

What role does the non-return valve have?

How is the main pressure limited?

What is the exact calibration of the maximum pressure relief valve?

(01/02/2011) 70-01-M179EN
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
10

PVG 100 VALVE BANK (TELESCOPING ELEMENT)


Values for information purposes only.

Role:
T0

- Enable several receptors to be supplied depending on


the deviator sliding pilot.
B1
P B2
A1 T
B3
A2

A3 B5
3 2 A
B4 B A
Pgauge 1 1
A5

5
A4
4

1 - Clapets antichocs.
2 - Circuit selector.
3 - Pressure balance. T
P
T
4 - Steering head
5 - Valve slide.

A4 B4 A5 B5

3 1
70

2 A1 B1 A2 B2 A3 B3 T
190 b
4

LS

6b

Ø 0.6

VS
Ø 0.7 Pp

P2
EE

TO P Pp ET EL EI ES EA +(ECD,Esd,Esg)
5
Pgauge

Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
70-01-M179EN (01/02/2011)
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
11

Values for information purposes only.


A1 B1

The slide is in neutral position.


To
The pressure which is on the closed position of the slide, corresponds
Ls
to the waiting pressure created by the inlet composent. This pressure
is 15 bars.

(See inlet composent sheet)

Pp

A1 B1
P
T

70
ET

To
Ls

Hydraulic pressure arrives at P.

Oil goes through the valve, then through the pressure balance.

The pressure balance: Pp


- open the circuit to the valve and to the load.
- send a pressure signal to the inlet composent through the
circuit selector.

P
T
ET
(01/02/2011) 70-01-M179EN
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
12

PVG 100 VALVE BANK (OUTLET ELEMENT)


Values for information purposes only.

T0

B1
P B2
A1 T
B3
A2

A3 B5

B4

Pgauge A5

A4

A4 B4 A5 B5

A1 B1 A2 B2 A3 B3 T
70

LS

Ø 0.6

VS
Ø 0.7 Pp

P2
EE

280 bar

TO P Pp ET EL EI ES EA +(ECD,Esd,Esg)
Pgauge

Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
70-01-M179EN (01/02/2011)
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
13

PVG 32 VALVE BANK (ATTACHMENT ELEMENT)


Values for information purposes only.

Role:

T0
- Enable several receptors to be supplied depending on
the deviator sliding pilot.

B1
P B2
A1 T
B3
A2
A
A3 B5

B4

Pgauge A5

A4 B A 2

T T
1 - Deviator.
2 - Valve slide. 4
3 - Pressure balance.
4 - Circuit selector.

LSB LSA
3 P

70
A4 B4 A5 B5

A1 B1 A2 B2 A3 B3 T

1
LS

Ø 0.6

VS
Ø 0.7 Pp

P2
EE 3
4
M

TO P Pp ET EL EI ES EA +(ECD,Esd,Esg)
Pgauge

Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
(01/02/2011) 70-01-M179EN
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
14

Values for information purposes only.

A B

Hydraulic pressure arrives at P.

No movement = idle pressure in the P line.

The Ls line is connected to the tank.

The B line is closed.

A B

Ls
P
T

Hydraulic pressure arrives at P.

Movement (P towards A) = Pressure increase according to receptor


70

requirements.

Simultaneously, pressure increases in line Ls (Pressure Ls = Pressure required


by the receptor).

Max. pressure in Ls = Max. pressure in A


= Max pressure in P – Idle pressure.

Ls
P
T

What is the max. pressure in line B if the main relief valve is calibrated at 200 bar?

What is the role of mark 2 pressure balance?

70-01-M179EN (01/02/2011)
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
15

PILOT SAFETY VALVE


Values for information purposes only

Role:

– Insulates the cylinder in case of hose breakage.

V1 – Cylinder movement requires the starting of the I.C. engine.

– Limits max. pressure from impacts.

V2

70
C1 C2
1 3 1 - Temporization screws.

2 2 - By-pass valve.
4
3 - Slide with max. adjustment screw.

4 - One way valve.


V1 V2

Note:

(01/02/2011) 70-01-M179EN
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
16

Values for information purposes only

C1 C2

V1 V2

Return control during cylinder descent.

C1 C2

V1 V2
70

When a position is secured, no component is able to exert sufficient pressure to open the valve.

Only a pressure peak due to an impact can open it.

C1 C2

V1 V2

When the cylinder is pushed, the supply (no-return valve to pass) and return are free.

Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
70-01-M179EN (01/02/2011)
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
17

DUMP CORRECTION VALVE


Values for information purposes only.

Role :
V2

- Insulates the tilt cylinder in case of hose breakage.

V1

2 C2 C1 2 1 - Non-return valve.
2 - Balancing valve.
1 1

V2 V1

70

Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________

(01/02/2011) 70-01-M179EN
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
18

HYDRAULIC DISTRIBUTOR
Values for information purposes only.

T
B
A

LC

LC

LC
LS

A B A B A B LS

Ø0,8
70

Maximum pressure (bar) 310

Maximum flowrate (L/min) 60

Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
70-01-M179EN (01/02/2011)
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
19

STABILISER COUNTERBALANCE VALVE


Values for information purposes only.

Role :
2
M

- Insulates the stabilizers cylinder in case of hose breakage.


C1

C2

V1

M1

V2

C2 1 - Non-return valve.
C1 M1 2 - Balancing valve.
2
1 M2

70
2
V1 V2

Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________

Maximum pressure (bar) 350

Maximum flowrate (L/min) 60

(01/02/2011) 70-01-M179EN
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
20

DOUBLE TELESCOPE COUNTERBALANCE VALVE


Values for information purposes only.

Role :

C1
- Insulates the cylinder in case of hose breakage.
C2
- Cylinder movement requires the starting of the I.C.
engine.
V1
- Limits max. pressure due to impacts.
V2
70

C1 C2
300b 1 1 300b 1 - Balancing valve.
2 - By-pass ring.
3 - Temporization screws.
2 2

3
V1 3 V2

Maximum pressure (bar) 350

Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
70-01-M179EN (01/02/2011)
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
21

“ACCESS” DISCHARGE VALVE


Values for information purposes only.

P
Role :
C P1
- Discharge or accumulative flow from two different hydraulic
lines.
T

LS

C
PRES 3 1 - Non-return valve.
2 - Tank slide.

70
1 3 - Pilot electrovalve.

T
2 10 bar

Ø1
LS

Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
(01/02/2011) 70-01-M179EN
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
22

Values for information purposes only.


C
PRES

When engine speed is less than 1300 rpm, there is no flow accumulation.
T The electrovalve is controlled electrically. No pressure is applied by
the spring.
From more than 10 bar, steering pump flowrate is therefore directed
LS towards the tank.

C
PRES

From more than 1300 rpm, flow accumulation is only done for telescope
T / lifting / tilting requests. The electrovalve is no longer supplied.
The accumulation of two pumps is done when the ΔP between the
pressure line and the LS line is lower than 10 bar.
LS (LS + 10 bar > Main Pressure)

P
70

C
PRES

When the ΔP is greater than 10 bar, the flow accumulation cancels


T itself. As the opening of the valve slide has a lower applied flow than
this, the ΔP shall therefore increase.
The accumulation of flow is not required because movement only
LS needs a low flowrate.

What role does the non-return valve have?

What is the role of the restrictor?

70-01-M179EN (01/02/2011)
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
23

COMPLETE ELECTROVALVE (OPTION)


Values for information purposes only.

P1
P2 C2

C3

C1

C4

C4 C2
2 Key :

C3 C1 1 - Non - return valve


2 - Valve

70
1 1
P2 P1

Maximum pressure (bar) 310


Maximum flowrate (L/min) 90

Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________

(01/02/2011) 70-01-M179EN
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
24

COMPENSATING ISOLATION VALVE


Values for information purposes only.

Role :

- Insulate the compensating cylinder in case of hose breakage.

V2
C2

Pil

1 - Non-return valve.
2 - Balancing valve.
2
Pil
C2 V2

320b +20
70

Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
70-01-M179EN (01/02/2011)
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
25

CONTROL HEAD
Values for information purposes only.

Role :
T0

- Move the valve component slide proportionally to the


joystick request.

- This electro-hydraulic type control uses a pilot pressure


B1
P B2
A1
A2
B3
T
coming from the valve component.
A3 B5

B4

A5
Usc
A4

Ubat 0V

B A
8

7
Key : 1 3 Pp
Usp
1, 2, 3, 4. Electrovalves.
5. Slide position sensor. 2 4
6. Valve slide.
7. Electronic card.

70
8. LED voltage 12V.
Pp. Pilot pressure. 5 6
Usc. Control signal (manipulators).
Ubat. Supply to the control component.
Usp. Position sensor signal.

4
3 2
1 Pins Appellation Description
Signal voltage:
1 Vin 0,25 x Vbat +
0,75 x Vbat +
2 Vbat + Voltage terminal
3 Vbat- Chassis
4 Error

Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
(01/02/2011) 70-01-M179EN
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
26

Values for information purposes only.


The electronic system is always comparing the Usc control signal with the Usp position signal. This signal
will be within: 0, 25U and 0.75 U. U is the electronic card’s voltage.

Signal = 0.50 x U
B A
Consequences:

- No excited electrovalve.
1 3 Pp
- No slide movement.
(No flowrate towards «A» and
2 4 «B».)

Signal = 0.25 x U
B A
Consequences:

- Electrovalves 1 and 2 excited.


70

1 3 Pp
- Max. movement of slide towards «A».
2 4 (Max flowrate towards «A».)

Signal = 0.75 x U
B A
Consequences:

- Electrovalves 3 and 4 excited.


1 3 Pp
- Max. movement of slide towards «B».
2 4 (Max. flowrate towards «B».)

Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
70-01-M179EN (01/02/2011)
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
27

CONTROL HEAD
Values for information purposes only.

T0 Role :

- Move the valve component slide proportionally to the


joystick request.
B1
P B2
A1
A2
B3
T
This electro-hydraulic type control uses a pilot pressure
A3 B5 coming from the valve component.
B4

A5
Usc
A4

Ubat 0V

B A
8

7
Key : 1 3 Pp
Usp
1 . 2. Electrovalves.
5. Slide position sensor.
6. Valve slide.

70
7. Electronic card.
8. LED voltage 12V. 5 6
Pp. Pilot pressure.
Usc. Control signal (manipulators).
Ubat. Supply to the control component.
Usp. Position sensor signal.

4
3 2
1 Pins Appellation Description
Signal voltage:
1 Vin 0,25 x Vbat +
0,75 x Vbat +
2 Vbat + Voltage terminal
3 Vbat- Chassis
4 Error

Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
(01/02/2011) 70-01-M179EN
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
28

CONTROL HEAD (LIFTING COMPONENT)


Values for information purposes only.
The electronic system is always comparing the Usc control signal with the Usp position signal. This signal
will be within: 0, 25U and 0.75 U. U is the electronic card’s voltage.

Signal = 0.50 x U
B A
Consequences:

- No excited electrovalve.
1 3
- No slide movement.
(No flowrate towards «A» and
«B».)

Signal = 0.25 x U
B A
Consequences:

- Electrovalve 1 excited.
70

1 3

- Max. movement of slide towards «A».


(Max flowrate towards «A».)

Signal = 0.75 x U
B A
Consequences:

- Electrovalve 3 excited.
1 3

- Max. movement of slide towards «B».


(Max. flowrate towards «B».)

Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
70-01-M179EN (01/02/2011)
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
29

TX
TXTELESCOPE DOUBLE
TELESCOPING COUNTERBALANCE
DOUBLE SAFETY VALVE VALVE bf2,3
Values for information purposes only.

Role :

- Isolates cylinder in case of hose rupture.

- Imposes IC engine start to authorise cylinder movement.

- Limits max. pressure from impacts.

70
C1 C2
300b 300b 2
1 1 1 - Balancing valve
2
2 - By-pass ring
110b
3 - Time delay screw
3

3
V1 V2

Maximum pressure (bar) 350


V1 -> C1 = 150 l/min
Nominal flow rate (L/min)
V2 -> C2 = 250 l/min

Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
(01/02/2011)
(19/01/2011) 70-01-M179EN
F70-3-0035EN
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
30

FLOW DISTRIBUTOR
Values for information purposes only.

SPi
Role:

This valve sends hydraulic flow to reservoir in proportion


to the solenoid valve supply value.

EPi
70

SPi
B
EPi
A

Maximum pressure (bar) 345 345


Nominal flow rate (L/min) 105 l/mn
Resistance 10 Ω
Maximum current 1,2 A

70-01-M179EN (01/02/2011)
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
31

Values for information purposes only.

C
If «SPi» is supplied at a maximum, the passage
from «A» to «C» is open to the maximum. That
corresponds to maximum flow.

B SPi

EPi

A
A = Valve bank
B = TanK
C = Lifting cylinder.

C =X%
If «SPi» is supplied at X %, the passage of «A» to «C»
is open at X % that corresponds to X % ofthe flow.
Pressure is thus greater upstream of «SPi».

70
«EPi» is opened and flow goes from the reservoir in
B SPi
proportion to the solenoid valve supply.

EPi

(01/02/2011) 70-01-M179EN
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
32

SD 8/8 DISTRIBUTOR

Values for information purpos

Role:
P2
- Limit maximum pressure.

- Direct the hydraulic flow to the receiver


V
T - Cut off hydraulic movements (VS).
T1 - Limit impact pressure.
P - Return flow when joystick in neutral.

(P - P2) : Distributor feed


(T - T1) : Return
(V) : Control feed
70

L P2 B8 A8 T1 T B7 A7 B6 A6 B5 A5 B4 A4 B3 A3 B2 A2 B1 A1 P
D 200b 280b 210b

Pp-9
b 160b

NO NF NF NF NO
VS
M2 B B B B B

V A
NF
A
NF
A
NF
A
NF
A
NF

M
VS 2 180b

270b

EE2 ET2 ES ET1 EA EI EL Esg Esd ECD EE

(EE2): 2nd inlet element


(ET2): telescope element 2
(ES): output element
(ET1): telescope element 1
(EA): attachment element
(EI): tilting element
(EL): lifting element
(ESG AND ESD): left and right stabilizer element
70-01-M179EN (01/02/2011)

(ECD): leveling element


HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
33

Values for information purposes only

VS

T
Ac
LP

LP
Ac
VS
Contact
L P2 B8 A8 T1 T B7 A7 B6 A6 B5 A5 B4 A4 B3 A3 B2 A2 B1 A1 P
D LP 200b 280b 210b

Pp-9

70
b 160b

NO NF NF NF NO
VS PRES
33b ±1b
M2 B B B B B F O
A A A A A NF < 33b > 40b
V NF NF NF NF NF

M
VS 2 180b
Pp-8
LP
b

Ac 270b

EE2 ET2 ES ET1 EA EI EL Esg Esd ECD EE

(LP): Relief valve


(T): Valve slide
(Ac): Anti-shock valve
(VS): Safety valve
( ): Slide position switches

Note:

(01/02/2011) 70-01-M179EN
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
34

Values for information purposes only


INLET ELEMENT (EE) AND OUTPUT ELEMENT (ES)
P

The safety valve (VS) is in the neutral position.


VS PRES
33b ±1b
F O
The flow passes through the safety valve and returns to the tank.
NF < 33b > 40b

Pp-8
b
270b

EE

The valve VS moves after having received current on the coil.

The flow is directed towards the valve slides. VS PRES


33b ±1b
F O
NF < 33b > 40b

Pp-8
70

b
270b

EE

T1 T
The flow passes through all the distributor elements before collecting
to be sent to the tank.

160b

ES
70-01-M179EN (01/02/2011)
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
35

Values for information purposes only


INLET ELEMENT (EE2)
L P2
D
Pp-9 The safety valve (VS) is in the neutral position.
b

M2
The flow passes through the safety valve and returns to the tank.
V

VS 2 180b

EE2

L P2
D
The valve VS moves after having received current on the coil.
Pp-9
The flow is directed towards the valve slides. b

M2
V

70
VS 2 180b

EE2

(01/02/2011) 70-01-M179EN
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
36

Values for information purposes only


TILTING COMPONENT (EI)
B5 A5

200 bar 280 bar


The slide is in the neutral position.

A The flow passes through the spool and returns to the tank.
B

T P

T1

EI
B5 A5

The slide moves downwards following operator action. 200 bar 280 bar
P1
The flow is directed to A5 and the pressure on the tilting movement
increases. A
B
T P
70

T1

EI
B5 A5

200 bar 280 bar The slide moves upwards following operator action.
A
The flow is directed to B5 and the pressure on the tilting movement
B
increases.

T P

T1

EI
70-01-M179EN (01/02/2011)
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
37

Values for information purposes only


LIFTING ELEMENT (EL)
B4 A4

280 bar
P1 The slide is in the neutral position.
NF
A The flow passes through the spool and returns to the tank.
B
NF
T P

T1

EL

B4 A4

The slide moves downwards following operator action.


280 bar
P1
The flow is directed to A4 and the pressure on the lowering movement
increases. A
B
T P

70
T1

EL

B4 A4

The slide moves upwards following operator action.


280 bar
P1
A The flow is directed to B4 and the pressure on the lifting movement
B increases.

T P

T1

EL
(01/02/2011) 70-01-M179EN
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
38

Values for information purposes only


LEFT AND RIGHT STABILIZER ELEMENTS (ESG AND ESD)
B3 A3

The slide is in the neutral position.


P1

A The flow passes through the spool and returns to the tank.
B

T P

T1

ESG

B3 A3

The slide moves downwards following operator action.


P1
The flow is directed to A3 and the pressure on the stabilizer raising
movement increases. A
B

T P
70

T1

ESG

B3 A3

The slide moves upwards following operator action.


P1
The flow is directed to B3 and the pressure on the stabilizer lowering
A
movement increases.
B

T P

T1

ESG
70-01-M179EN (01/02/2011)
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
39

Values for information purposes only


SLOPE CORRECTOR ELEMENT (ECD)
B1 A1

P1
The slide is in the neutral position.

A The flow passes through the spool and returns to the tank.
B

T P

T1

ECD

B1 A1

The slide moves downwards following operator action.


P1
The flow is directed to A1 and the pressure on the sloping movement
increases.
A
B
T P

70
T1

ECD

B1 A1

The slide moves downwards following operator action.


P1
A The flow is directed to B1 and the pressure on the sloping movement
B increases.

T P

T1

ECD
(01/02/2011) 70-01-M179EN
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
40

Values for information purposes only


ATTACHMENT ELEMENT (EA)
B6 A6

The slide is in the neutral position.


P1

The flow passes through the spool and returns to the tank.

T P

T1

EA

B6 A6

The spool moves downwards under the effect of a pilot pressure.

The flow is directed to A6 and the pressure on the attachment movement P1


increases

T P
70

T1

B6 A6 EA

The spool moves downwards under the effect of a pilot pressure.


P1

The flow is directed to B6 and the pressure on the attachment


movement increases.

T P

T1

EA
70-01-M179EN (01/02/2011)
HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

pages

MT 1440 _ MT-X 1440 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A

MT 1840 _ MT-X 1840 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B

MT1440 A _ MT-X 1440 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C

MT 1840 A _ MT-X 1840 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D

70

(25/06/2013) 70-02-M179EN
2 HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
70

70-02-M179EN (25/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS A1

MT 1440
pages

KEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3
HYDRAULIC DIAGRAM (MT 1440 _ MT-X 1440) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A5

70

(25/06/2013) 70-02-M179EN
A2 HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
70

70-02-M179EN (25/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS A3
MT 1440 _ MT-X 1440

KEY

Position on
Item Designation Characteristics (Options)
diagram
AC ACCUMULATOR I4/M4
BA FEED BLOCK + ACCUMULATOR K2
BE SEALING PLUG S7
BR BREATHER PLUG Q6
CA SUCTION STRAINER S11
CAR CHECK VALVE Q16/I30
CPD DOUBLE COUNTERBALANCE VALVE I36/I41/M39
CSD DOUBLE COUNTERBALANCE VALVE K15
CSP PILOT SAFETY VALVE G28/I14/M31
D 9-ELEMENT DISTRIBUTOR Q18
EE - MAIN INLET ELEMENT S35
ECD - FRAME LEVELING ELEMENT S34
Esd - RIGHT STABILIZER ELEMENT S32
Esg - LEFT STABILIZER ELEMENT S31
EL - LIFTING ELEMENT S29
EI - TILTING ELEMENT S27
EA - ATTACHMENT ELEMENT S26
ET1 TELESCOPE ELEMENT 1 S24
ES - OUTLET ELEMENT S23
ET2 TELESCOPE ELEMENT 2 S21
EE2 - INLET ELEMENT 2 S19
D3 3-POSITION STEERING DISTRIBUTOR C11
- POSITION 1: SHORT STEERING A12
- POSITION 2: FRONT WHEEL STEERING A12
- POSITION 3: CRAB POSITION A12

70
EVAA(O) REAR ATTACHMENT ELECTROVALVE E26 OPTION
EVTF(O) BOOM HEAD ELECTROVALVE C23 OPTION
FDar REAR DISC BRAKE E16
FDav FRONT DISC BRAKE E2
FP NEGATIVE BRAKE G6 With clogging indicator
EN RETURN FILTER Q7 With clogging indicator
M ENGINE Q11 TURBO 74.5 kw 1104D-44 TA
- IDLE SPEED 850 rpm (±10)
- NOMINAL RPM LOADED 2,200 rpm
- MAX. RPM UNLADEN 2350 rpm
MC MASTER CYLINDER C7
MR COOLER MOTOR Q13
N LEVEL S6
P HYDRAULIC PUMP Q11
PAAV(O) FRONT ATTACHMENT CONNECTOR A21/A23/A28/ OPTION
E18/G18
PAAR(O) REAR ATTACHMENT PLUG C28 OPTION
PD STEERING PUMP E11
Pp PRESSURE CONNECTOR K6/M6/M2/M4
A7/I33/G34 S38/
Q18
PRES PRESSURE SWITCH A6/G38/K8/Q38
PRF(O) LEAKAGE RETURN CONNECTOR G18 OPTION

(25/06/2013) 70-02-M179EN
A4 HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
MT 1440 _ MT-X 1440

Position on
Item Designation Characteristics (Options)
diagram
R HYDRAULIC TANK S8
RDU UNIDIRECTIONAL FLOW REDUCER G5
RF OIL COOLER Q14
RLF BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR C6
VAI(O) ISOLATION VALVE A27/C20 OPTION
VIC COMPENSATING ISOLATION VALVE I31
VRD FLOW REDUCTION VALVE M31
VS SAFETY VALVE * Q36/S19
VC COMPENSATING CYLINDER I34 DE 110x55 C 485
VCD BANKING CORRECTOR CYLINDER K40 SIZE 120x55 C 158
VDar REAR STEERING CYLINDER E14
VDav FRONT STEERING CYLINDER E4
VI TILTING CYLINDER E28 SIZE 150x75 C 355
VL LIFTING CYLINDER I32 SIZE 170x85 C1100
VSD RIGHT STABILISER CYLINDER I41 SIZE 125x60 C 486
VSG LEFT STABILISER CYLINDER I37 SIZE 125x60 C 486
VT1 TELESCOPE CYLINDER 1 K18 SIZE 120x65 C3766
VT2 TELESCOPE CYLINDER 2 I18 SIZE 100x60 C3834
VTS DL (O) SINGLE SIDE-SHIFT CARRIAGE CYLINDER A18
VVT(O) CARRIAGE LOCKING CYLINDER A25/C18 SIZE 60x45 C 183 - OPTION
(cuts out any aggravating movements when machine reaches its stability limits)

Note:

• The calibration pressures of the main relief valves on the inlet elements are given for maximum
engine speed.
70

• The calibration pressures of the secondary relief valves are at an engine speed of 1,000 rpm.
• The pressure relief valves should be adjusted at an oil temperature of 50°C.

70-02-M179EN (25/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS A5
HYDRAULIC DIAGRAM (MT 1440 _ MT-X 1440)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

PRES O F
3b ±0.124b < 2.41b > 3b 2
NO 3 1

A Pp-5 PAAV(O) PAAV(O) PAAV(O) A


b AV AR (2 PRISES) (2 PRISES) VVT(O) (2 PRISES)

3 2 1 VTSDL(O)
B L1 L
N VAI(O)
1 2 3 4 3 4
A B T
D3
3 2 1

RLF MC P P
C VVT(O) C4 C1 C3 C2 C
PAAR(O)
(1 ou 2 PRISES)
VAI(O)
PONT AVANT

PONT ARRIERE
1

FDav VDav R L VDar 2

x
200b FDar
PD 200b
C4
2 C3
PAAV(O) C2
E
200 cm3/tr
(2 PRISES) 1
C1 EVAA(O) E
2 EVTF(O)
VI
x
LS 140b
Standard x 1

T P C1 C2
PAAV(O) P2 P1 CSP2 320b +20
0

(2 PRISES)
P2 P1
FP 20cm3 110b O F
G PRES < 36.2b > 50b
G
V1 V2 50b ±2b

PRF(O)
B C2 b Pp-7 NO NO NO NO

RDU A A A A
Pil
75 Microns Pp-6
12 l/mn VSG VSD

32
b
V2

0b
+2
0
0
(TETE) VIC
Ø 0.6 VT2 CAR
I VC I
0b C1 C2 M1 M1 C2 C1
A C1 C2
320b +20 CPD1 CPD2
AC
0

100b 280b M2 M2 280b 100b


0,32l
50b
CSP1 VL
b
110b

Pmv Pp-1 V1 V2 V1 V2 V2 V1
BA

70
conjonction : 123b (PIED)
disconjonction : 145b
EV
K VT1 K
FT C1 C2
RV1
U1 370b +20
0
VCD
0.5b
PRES-1 C1 C2
Beta 13.2 (2) =200

90b ±6b
RV2
45b
+10b
180b
+15b
NF CSD 300b 300b

30b ±3b
0.5b 110b CSP3
O F
110b V1 V2
< 90b > 110b

Ppv Pd Pp-d U2 Pp-2 T


CPD3 C2 C1
350b 350b
M C M
b 13 b b
0,7 l V1 V2
VRD
AC V2 V1
B Ø1

O O

L P2 B8 A8 T1 T B7 A7 B6 A6 B5 A5 B4 A4 B3 A3 B2 A2 B1 A1 P
D 200b 280b 210b

RF CAR
FR Pp-9
2b
LS CF EF 160b
b
Q 2.5b P 3b
VS PRES Q
BR M2 B
NO
B
NF
B
NF
B
NF
B
NO 33b ±1b
16µm F O
135 l/mn
300 l/mn 8b
MR D V A A A A A NF < 33b > 40b

0.03b
M NF NF NF NF NF

160b M
BE 27.3 cm3/tr 45 cm3/tr VS 2 180b
Pp-8
17.1 cm3/tr
19cm³ /tr b
CA P T 270b
N
S 135µm 160 L/mn
S
R
EE2 ET2 ES ET1 EA EI EL Esg Esd ECD EE

(25/06/2013) 70-02-M179EN
A6 HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
70

70-02-M179EN (25/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS B1

MT 1840 _ MT-X 1840


pages

KEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B3
HYDRAULIC DIAGRAM (MT 1840 _ MT-X 1840) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B5

70

(25/06/2013) 70-02-M179EN
B2 HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
70

70-02-M179EN (25/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS B3
MT 1840 _ MT-X 1840

KEY

Position on
Item Designation Characteristics (Options)
diagram
AC ACCUMULATOR I4/M4
BA FEED BLOCK + ACCUMULATOR K2
BE SEALING PLUG Q7
BR BREATHER PLUG Q6
CA SUCTION STRAINER S11
CAR CHECK VALVE I30/Q16
CPD DOUBLE COUNTERBALANCE VALVE I36/I41/M39
CSD DOUBLE COUNTERBALANCE VALVE K14
CSP PILOT SAFETY VALVE G28/K31
D 9-ELEMENT DISTRIBUTOR O18
EE - MAIN INLET ELEMENT S35
ECD - FRAME LEVELING ELEMENT S34
Esd - RIGHT STABILIZER ELEMENT S32
Esg - LEFT STABILIZER ELEMENT S31
EL - LIFTING ELEMENT S29
EI - TILTING ELEMENT S27
EA - ATTACHMENT ELEMENT S26
ET1 TELESCOPE ELEMENT 1 S24
ES - OUTLET ELEMENT S23
ET2 TELESCOPE ELEMENT 2 S21
EE2 - INLET ELEMENT 2 S19
D3 3-POSITION STEERING DISTRIBUTOR C11
- POSITION 1: SHORT STEERING A12
- POSITION 2: FRONT WHEEL STEERING A12
- POSITION 3: CRAB POSITION A12

70
EVAA(O) REAR ATTACHMENT ELECTROVALVE E27 OPTION
EVTF(O) BOOM HEAD ELECTROVALVE E23 OPTION
FDar REAR DISC BRAKE E16
FDav FRONT DISC BRAKE E2
FP NEGATIVE BRAKE G6 With clogging indicator
EN RETURN FILTER Q7 With clogging indicator
M ENGINE Q11 TURBO 74.5 kw 1104D-44 TA
- IDLE SPEED 850 rpm (±10)
- NOMINAL RPM LOADED 2,200 rpm
- MAX. RPM UNLADEN 2350 rpm
MC MASTER CYLINDER C7
MR COOLER MOTOR Q13
N LEVEL S6
P HYDRAULIC PUMP Q11
PAAV(O) FRONT ATTACHMENT CONNECTOR A21/A23/A28/E18/ OPTION
G18
PAAR(O) REAR ATTACHMENT PLUG C28 OPTION
PD STEERING PUMP E11
Pp PRESSURE CONNECTOR K6/M6/M2/M3 A7/
I33/G34 S38/Q18
PRES PRESSURE SWITCH A6/G38/K8/Q38
PRF(O) LEAKAGE RETURN CONNECTOR G19 OPTION

(25/06/2013) 70-02-M179EN
B4 HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
MT 1840 _ MT-X 1840

Position on
Item Designation Characteristics (Options)
diagram
R HYDRAULIC TANK S8
RDU UNIDIRECTIONAL FLOW REDUCER G5
RF OIL COOLER Q14
RLF BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR C6
VAI(O) ISOLATION VALVE A27/C20 OPTION
VIC COMPENSATING ISOLATION VALVE I31
VRD FLOW REDUCTION VALVE M31
VS SAFETY VALVE * Q19/Q36
VC COMPENSATING CYLINDER I34 DE 110x55 C 485
VCD BANKING CORRECTOR CYLINDER K40 SIZE 120x55 C 158
VDar REAR STEERING CYLINDER E14
VDav FRONT STEERING CYLINDER E4
VI TILTING CYLINDER E28 SIZE 150x75 C 355
VL LIFTING CYLINDER I32 SIZE 170x85 C1157
VSD RIGHT STABILISER CYLINDER I41 SIZE 125x60 C 486
VSG LEFT STABILISER CYLINDER I37 SIZE 125x60 C 486
VT TELESCOPE CYLINDER I17 SIZE 115x75 C3730
VTS DL (O) SINGLE SIDE-SHIFT CARRIAGE CYLINDER A18
VVT(O) CARRIAGE LOCKING CYLINDER A25/C18 SIZE 60x45 C 183 - OPTION
(cuts out any aggravating movements when machine reaches its stability limits)

Note:

• The calibration pressures of the main relief valves on the inlet elements are given for maximum
engine speed.
70

• The calibration pressures of the secondary relief valves are at an engine speed of 1,000 rpm.
• The pressure relief valves should be adjusted at an oil temperature of 50°C.

70-02-M179EN (25/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS B5
HYDRAULIC DIAGRAM (MT 1840 _ MT-X 1840)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

PRES O F
3b ±0.124b < 2.41b > 3b 2
NO 3 1

A Pp-5 PAAV(O) PAAV(O) PAAV(O) A


b AV AR (2 PRISES) (2 PRISES) VVT(O) (2 PRISES)

B L1 L
3 2 1 VTSDL(O)
N VAI(O)
1 2 3 4 3 4
A BT
D3
3 2 1

RLF MC P P
C VVT(O) C4 C1 C3 C2 C
PAAR(O)
(1 ou 2 PRISES)

PONT ARRIERE
VAI(O)
PONT AVANT

FDav VDav R L VDar 2

x
FDar
PD 200b 200b
C4
2 C3
PAAV(O) C2
E
200 cm3/tr
(2 PRISES) 1
C1 EVAA(O) E
x 2 EVTF(O)
VI
LS 140b
Standard x 1

T P C1 C2
PAAV(O) P2 P1 CSP2 320b +20
0

(2 PRISES)
P2 P1
FP 20cm3 110b O F
G PRES < 36.2b > 50b
G
V1 V2 50b ±2b

PRF(O)
B C2 b Pp-7 NO NO NO NO

RDU A A A A
Pil
75 Microns Pp-6
12 l/mn VSG VSD

32
b
V2

0b
+2
0
0
VIC
Ø 0.6
CAR
I VC I
VT 0b C1 C2 M1 M1 C2 C1
A
CPD1 CPD2
AC VL 100b 280b M2 M2 280b 100b
0,32l
50b b

Pmv Pp-1 V1 V2 V2 V1
BA

70
conjonction : 123b
disconjonction : 145b
EV C1 C2
K C1 C2 370b +20
0
K
FT
RV1
CSD VCD
U1 300b 300b
Beta 13.2 (2) =200

0.5b
PRES-1
RV2 90b ±6b 110b CSP3
45b 180b NF V1 V2
0.5b +10b +15b
30b ±3b O F
< 90b > 110b
V2 V1 C
Ppv Pd Pp-d U2 Pp-2 T
CPD3 C2 C1
350b 350b
M
b 13 b b
VRD M
0,7 l
V2 V1
B Ø1
AC
A

O O

P2 A8 B8 T1 T B7 A7 B6 A6 B5 A5 B4 A4 B3 A3 B2 A2 B1 A1 P
D 200b 280b 210b

RF CAR
FR
2b
LS CF EF
2.5b P 3b
180b
VS PRES
BR Pp-9 B
NO
B
NF
B
NF
B
NF
B
NO 33b ±1b
Q 16µm F O Q
135 l/mn
300 l/mn 8b
MR D b A A A A A NF < 33b > 40b

M 210b NF NF NF NF NF
0.03b
160b M2 M
BE 27.3 cm3/tr 45 cm3/tr VS 2
Pp-8
17.1 cm3/tr
19cm³ /tr b
CA P T 270b
N
135µm 160 L/mn
R
S S
EE2 ET2 ES ET1 EA EI EL Esg Esd ECD EE
L V

(25/06/2013) 70-02-M179EN
B6 HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
70

70-02-M179EN (25/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS C1

MT 1440 A _ MT-X 1440 A


pages

KEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C3
HYDRAULIC DIAGRAM (MT 1440 A _ MT-X 1440 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C5

70

(25/06/2013) 70-02-M179EN
C2 HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
70

70-02-M179EN (25/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS C3
MT 1440 A _ MT-X 1440 A

KEY

Position on
Item Designation Characteristics (Options)
diagram
AC ACCUMULATOR I4/M4/K32/I32
AD DECOMPRESSION ACCUMULATOR Q37
BA FEED BLOCK + ACCUMULATOR I3
BE SEALING PLUG S5
BR BREATHER PLUG Q4
CA SUCTION STRAINER S9
CAR CHECK VALVE K22/O11/O21/Q14
CPD DOUBLE COUNTERBALANCE VALVE I34/I39/I40
CSD DOUBLE COUNTERBALANCE VALVE K13
CSP PILOT SAFETY VALVE G19/I12/I26
D1 4-ELEMENT DISTRIBUTOR O25
EE - MAIN INLET ELEMENT S25
ET - TELESCOPE ELEMENT 1, 2, 3 S27
EL - LIFTING ELEMENT S29
EI - TILTING ELEMENT S31
COMMON ELEMENT
EA - ATTACHMENT ELEMENT S34
ECD - FRAME LEVELING ELEMENT S35
Esd - RIGHT STABILIZER ELEMENT S35
Esg - LEFT STABILIZER ELEMENT S35
ES - OUTLET ELEMENT S33
D2 CD, SD and SG VALVE K35
D3 3-POSITION STEERING DISTRIBUTOR A11
- POSITION 1: SHORT STEERING A13
- POSITION 2: FRONT WHEEL STEERING A12

70
- POSITION 3: CRAB POSITION A12
DBE AXLE LOCKING VALVE BANK S16
EVAA(O) REAR ATTACHMENT ELECTROVALVE E27 OPTION
EVTF(O) BOOM HEAD ELECTROVALVE E23 OPTION
F FILTER Q16/S37
FDar REAR DISC BRAKE C16
FDav FRONT DISC BRAKE C3
FP NEGATIVE BRAKE E6 With clogging indicator
EN RETURN FILTER Q5 With clogging indicator
M TURBO I.C. ENGINE Q9 74.5 kw 1104D-44 TA
- IDLE SPEED 850 rpm (±10)
- NOMINAL RPM LOADED 2,200 rpm
- MAX. RPM UNLADEN 2350 rpm
MC MASTER CYLINDER C8
MR COOLER MOTOR Q11
N LEVEL S3
P HYDRAULIC PUMP Q9
PAAV FRONT ATTACHMENT CONNECTOR E19
PAAV(O) FRONT ATTACHMENT CONNECTOR A21/A23/A29 OPTION
PAAR(O) REAR ATTACHMENT PLUG C28 OPTION
PD STEERING PUMP C11
Pp PRESSURE CONNECTOR I6/K5/K2/K3/A8
I23/I24/Q37/S27

(25/06/2013) 70-02-M179EN
C4 HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
MT 1440 A _ MT-X 1440 A

Position on
Item Designation Characteristics (Options)
diagram
PRES PRESSURE SWITCH A6/G36/K7
PRF(O) LEAKAGE RETURN CONNECTOR E19 OPTION
PS ORH EMERGENCY HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT MANUAL PUMP Q19
R HYDRAULIC TANK S6
RDU UNIDIRECTIONAL FLOW REDUCER G6
RF OIL COOLER Q12
RLF BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR C7
VAI(O) ISOLATION VALVE A27/C21 OPTION
VD DISCHARGE VALVE K12
VDA ACCUMULATOR DISCHARGE VALVE K31
VDL LIFTING DISCHARGE VALVE I30
VIC COMPENSATING ISOLATION VALVE I21
VLP PRESSURE LIMITING VALVE K30
VS SAFETY VALVE * Q25
VBE AXLE LOCKING CYLINDER S19 SE 70 C 163
VC COMPENSATING CYLINDER K24 DE 110x55 C 485
VCD BANKING CORRECTOR CYLINDER G41 SIZE 120x55 C 158
VDar REAR STEERING CYLINDER C15
VDav FRONT STEERING CYLINDER C4
VI TILTING CYLINDER G19 SIZE 150x75 C 355
VL LIFTING CYLINDER G27 SIZE 170x85 C1100
VSD RIGHT STABILISER CYLINDER G39 SIZE 125x60 C 486
VSG LEFT STABILISER CYLINDER G34 SIZE 125x60 C 486
VT1 TELESCOPE CYLINDER 1 I16 SIZE 120x65 C3766
VT2 TELESCOPE CYLINDER 2 G16 SIZE 100x60 C3834
VTS DL (O) SINGLE SIDE-SHIFT CARRIAGE CYLINDER A18
70

VVT(O) CARRIAGE LOCKING CYLINDER A25/C19 SIZE 60x45 C 183 - OPTION


(cuts out any aggravating movements when machine reaches its stability limits)

Note:

• The calibration pressures of the main relief valves on the inlet elements are given for maximum
engine speed.
• The calibration pressures of the secondary relief valves are at an engine speed of 1,000 rpm.
• The pressure relief valves should be adjusted at an oil temperature of 50°C.

70-02-M179EN (25/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS C5
HYDRAULIC DIAGRAM (MT 1440 A _ MT-X 1440 A)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

PRES O F
3 1
PAAV(O) PAAV(O) PAAV(O)
3b ±0.124b < 2.41b > 3b
(2 PRISES) (2 PRISES) VVT(O) (2 PRISES)

NO AV AR VTSDL(O)
A b Pp-5 3 2 1 VAI(O) A
1 2 3 4 3 4

B L1 L
N A B T
D3
3 2 1

P
VVT(O) C4 C1 C3 C2 PAAR(O)
(1 ou 2 PRISES)
RLF MC P VAI(O)
1
C C

PONT ARRIERE
PONT AVANT

x
FDav VDav R L VDar
C4
FDar C3
PD 200b 200b
2
PAAV C2
(2 PRISES) 1
C1 EVAA(O)
200 cm3/tr

2
EVTF(O)
PAAV
E LS 140b (2 PRISES) 1 E

T P
P2 P1
PRF(O)
FP 20cm3 P2 P1

O F
PRES < 36.2b > 50b
(TETE)
B VI
50b ±2b

G RDU VT2 G
VL
75 Microns
12 l/mn NO NO NO NO VCD
C1 C2 A A A A
320b +20
C1 C2 VSG VSD
CSP2
0
320b +20
0

Ø 0.6 CSP1
110b
AC A
110b

0,32l V1 V2 V2
V1 C1 C2 P-IN C1 C2 M1 M1 C2 C1 C2 C1
50b b (PIED) CSP3 370b +20
0
AC CPD2 350b 350b

I C2 T 25b
100b 280b M2 M2 280b 100b I
b Pp-7 0,6L
Pmv BA Pp-1 VT1 ACC
Pil
conjonction : 123b
disconjonction : 145b
Pp-6 110b CPD3 V2 V1
V1 V2

32
b
EV C1 C2 V2 VDL V1 V2 V2 V1 Ø1

0b
CPD1

+2
0
0
FT CSD 300b VIC
RV1
U1
300b
or
0.5b
PRES-1 CAR VC
Beta 13.2 (2) =200

110b A B A B A B LS

70
RV2
45b 180b
90b ±6b
NF
AC D2
0.5b +10b +15b 0b 25b
K 30b ±3b O F 0,6L
Ø0.8
K
< 90b > 110b VLP
V1 V2 VDA
Ppv Pd Pp-d U2 Pp-2 T 2 1 P
b 13 b b C VD T
0,7 l
P1
AC
T
M 10 b
Ø1
M
LS

P A5 B5 A4 B4

150 l/mn

100 l/mn

100 l/mn

100 l/mn
180 l/mn
100 l/mn Sur la fonderie
du distributeur:
A5 -> A1
A1 B1 A2 B2 A3 B3 T B5 -> B1
A4 -> A2
B4 -> B2
D1 265b

O 190b 190b O
LS 265b 280b
210b
190b
2b
CAR
A CAR 2b 6b 6b 6b
A B
Ø0.6
FR RF CAR 2b
2b
LS CF EF
AD
P PS VS
Ø0.7 Pp 7b
2.5b
3b T 0,7L
Q BR F 270b Q
16µm
8b
135 l/mn
300 l/mn
MR D
10µm
Alim. Purge Alim.
Purge Pp-8
M b
M 15b
0.03b
160b

BE 27.3 cm3/tr 45 cm3/tr


13b
10µm
F
17.1 cm3/tr DBE 265b
+10%
0
19cm³ /tr
CA P T P2
N
S
135µm 160 L/mn VBE EE ET EL EI ES EA +(CD, SD, SG) S
R TO P
Pgauge

b
Pp-9

(25/06/2013) 70-02-M179EN
C6 HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
70

70-02-M179EN (25/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS D1

MT 1840 A _ MT-X 1840 A


pages

KEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D3
HYDRAULIC DIAGRAM (MT 1840 A _ MT-X 1840 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D5

70

(25/06/2013) 70-02-M179EN
D2 HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
70

70-02-M179EN (25/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS D3
MT 1840 A _ MT-X 1840 A

KEY

Position on
Item Designation Characteristics (Options)
diagram
AC ACCUMULATOR I4/M4/K32/I32
AD DECOMPRESSION ACCUMULATOR Q37
BA FEED BLOCK + ACCUMULATOR I3
BE SEALING PLUG S5
BR BREATHER PLUG Q4
CA SUCTION STRAINER S9
CAR CHECK VALVE K22/O11/O21/Q14
CPD DOUBLE COUNTERBALANCE VALVE I34/I39/I40
CSD DOUBLE COUNTERBALANCE VALVE I12
CSP PILOT SAFETY VALVE G19/I25
D1 4-ELEMENT DISTRIBUTOR O25
EE - MAIN INLET ELEMENT S25
ET - TELESCOPE ELEMENT 1, 2, 3 S27
EL - LIFTING ELEMENT S29
EI - TILTING ELEMENT S31
COMMON ELEMENT
EA - ATTACHMENT ELEMENT S34
ECD - FRAME LEVELING ELEMENT S35
Esd - RIGHT STABILIZER ELEMENT S35
Esg - LEFT STABILIZER ELEMENT S35
ES - OUTLET ELEMENT S33
D2 CD, SD and SG VALVE K35
D3 3-POSITION STEERING DISTRIBUTOR A11
- POSITION 1: SHORT STEERING A13
- POSITION 2: FRONT WHEEL STEERING A12

70
- POSITION 3: CRAB POSITION A12
DBE AXLE LOCKING VALVE BANK S16
EVAA(O) REAR ATTACHMENT ELECTROVALVE E27 OPTION
EVTF(O) BOOM HEAD ELECTROVALVE E23 OPTION
F FILTER Q16/S37
FDar REAR DISC BRAKE C16
FDav FRONT DISC BRAKE C3
FP NEGATIVE BRAKE E6 With clogging indicator
EN RETURN FILTER Q5 With clogging indicator
M TURBO I.C. ENGINE Q9 74.5 kw 1104D-44 TA
- IDLE SPEED 850 rpm (±10)
- NOMINAL RPM LOADED 2,200 rpm
- MAX. RPM UNLADEN 2350 rpm
MC MASTER CYLINDER C8
MR COOLER MOTOR Q11
N LEVEL S3
P HYDRAULIC PUMP Q9
PAAV FRONT ATTACHMENT CONNECTOR E19
PAAV(O) FRONT ATTACHMENT CONNECTOR A21/A23/A29 OPTION
PAAR(O) REAR ATTACHMENT PLUG C28 OPTION
PD STEERING PUMP C11
Pp PRESSURE CONNECTOR I6/K6/K2/K3/A8
I23//I24/Q37/S27

(25/06/2013) 70-02-M179EN
D4 HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
MT 1840 A _ MT-X 1840 A

Position on
Item Designation Characteristics (Options)
diagram
PRES PRESSURE SWITCH A6/G36/K7
PRF(O) LEAKAGE RETURN CONNECTOR E19 OPTION
PS ORH EMERGENCY HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT MANUAL PUMP Q19
R HYDRAULIC TANK S6
RDU UNIDIRECTIONAL FLOW REDUCER G6
RF OIL COOLER Q12
RLF BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR C7
VAI(O) ISOLATION VALVE A27/C21 OPTION
VD DISCHARGE VALVE K12
VDA ACCUMULATOR DISCHARGE VALVE K31
VDL LIFTING DISCHARGE VALVE I30
VIC COMPENSATING ISOLATION VALVE I21
VLP PRESSURE LIMITING VALVE K30
VS SAFETY VALVE * Q25
VBE AXLE LOCKING CYLINDER S19 SE 70 C 163
VC COMPENSATING CYLINDER K24 DE 110x55 C 485
VCD BANKING CORRECTOR CYLINDER G41 SIZE 120x55 C 158
VDar REAR STEERING CYLINDER C15
VDav FRONT STEERING CYLINDER C4
VI TILTING CYLINDER G19 SIZE 150x75 C 355
VL LIFTING CYLINDER G27 SIZE 170x85 C1157
VSD RIGHT STABILISER CYLINDER G39 SIZE 125x60 C 486
VSG LEFT STABILISER CYLINDER G34 SIZE 125x60 C 486
VT TELESCOPE CYLINDER G15 SIZE 115x75 C3730
VTS DL (O) SINGLE SIDE-SHIFT CARRIAGE CYLINDER A18
VVT(O) CARRIAGE LOCKING CYLINDER A25/C19 SIZE 60x45 C 183 - OPTION
70

(cuts out any aggravating movements when machine reaches its stability limits)

Note:

• The calibration pressures of the main relief valves on the inlet elements are given for maximum
engine speed.
• The calibration pressures of the secondary relief valves are at an engine speed of 1,000 rpm.
• The pressure relief valves should be adjusted at an oil temperature of 50°C.

70-02-M179EN (25/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS D5
HYDRAULIC DIAGRAM (MT 1840 A _ MT-X 1840 A)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

PRES O F
3 1
PAAV(O) PAAV(O) PAAV(O)
3b ±0.124b < 2.41b > 3b
(2 PRISES) (2 PRISES) VVT(O) (2 PRISES)

NO AV AR VTSDL(O)
A b Pp-5 3 2 1 VAI(O) A
1 2 3 4 3 4

B L1 L
N A B T
D3
3 2 1

VVT(O) C4 C1 C3 C2
P PAAR(O)
(1 ou 2 PRISES)
RLF MC P VAI(O)
1
C C

PONT ARRIERE
PONT AVANT

x
FDav VDav R L VDar
C4
FDar C3
PD 200b 200b
2
PAAV C2
(2 PRISES) 1
C1 EVAA(O)
200 cm3/tr

2
EVTF(O)
PAAV
E LS 140b (2 PRISES) 1 E

T P
P2 P1
PRF(O)
FP 20cm3 P2 P1

O F
PRES
B VT VI
50b ±2b
< 36.2b > 50b

G RDU G
75 Microns
12 l/mn VL NO NO NO NO VCD
A A A A
C1 C2 VSG VSD
CSP2 320b +20
0

Ø 0.6

AC 110b
A C1 C2 P-IN
0,32l
C1 C2 V1 V2 CSP3 370b +20
0
AC C1 C2 M1 M1 C2 C1 C2 C1
50b b CSD T 25b
0,6L
CPD2 350b 350b

I 300b 300b C2 ACC 100b 280b M2 M2 280b 100b I


BA Pp-1
b Pp-7
Pmv
Pil 110b
conjonction : 123b Pp-6
V1 V2 CPD3 V2 V1
disconjonction : 145b
VDL

32
b
EV V2 V1 V2 V2 V1 Ø1

0b
CPD1

+2
0
0
FT V2 VIC or
RV1
U1 V1
0.5b
PRES-1 CAR VC
Beta 13.2 (2) =200

AC A B A B A B LS

70
RV2
45b 180b
90b ±6b
NF 25b D2
0.5b +10b +15b 0b 0,6L
K 30b ±3b O F VLP Ø0.8
K
< 90b > 110b VDA
Ppv Pd Pp-d U2 Pp-2 T 2 1 P
b 13 b b C VD T
0,7 l
P1
AC
T
M 10 b
Ø1
M
LS

P A5 B5 A4 B4

150 l/mn

100 l/mn

100 l/mn

100 l/mn
180 l/mn
100 l/mn Sur la fonderie
du distributeur:
A5 -> A1
A1 B1 A2 B2 A3 B3 T B5 -> B1
A4 -> A2
B4 -> B2
D1 265b 280b

O 210b 190b O
LS 265b
210b
210b
2b
CAR
A CAR 2b 6b 6b 6b
A B
Ø0.6
FR RF CAR 2b
2b
LS CF EF
AD
P PS VS
Ø0.7 Pp 7b
2.5b
3b T 0,7L
Q BR F 270b Q
16µm
8b
135 l/mn
300 l/mn
MR D
10µm
Alim. Purge Alim.
Purge Pp-8
M b
M 15b
0.03b
160b

BE 27.3 cm3/tr 45 cm3/tr


13b
10µm
F
17.1 cm3/tr DBE 265b
+10%
0
19cm³ /tr
CA P T P2
N
S
135µm 160 L/mn VBE EE ET EL EI ES EA +(CD, SD, SG) S
R TO P
Pgauge

b
Pp-9

(25/06/2013) 70-02-M179EN
D6 HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
70

70-02-M179EN (25/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS LOCATION

pages

MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A

MT 1840 / MT-X 1840 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B

MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C

MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D

70

(27/06/2013) 70-03-M179EN
2 HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS LOCATION
70

70-03-M179EN (27/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS LOCATION A1

MT 1440 / MT-X 1440


pages

KEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2
LOCATION (MT 1440 / MT-X 1440) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3

70

(27/06/2013) 70-03-M179EN
A2 HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS LOCATION
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440

KEY

Item Designation Electric code equivalence

BA FEED BLOCK + ACCUMULATOR


CA SUCTION STRAINER
CPD DOUBLE PILOT VALVE (Levelling cylinder)
CPD DOUBLE PILOT VALVE (right hand and left hand stabilizer cylinders)
CSD DOUBLE COUNTERBALANCE VALVE (VT1)
CSP3 PILOT SAFETY VALVE (Lifting cylinder)
CSP2 PILOT SAFETY VALVE (Tilting cylinder)
CSP1 COUNTERBALANCE VALVE (VT2)
D 9-ELEMENT DISTRIBUTOR
D3 3-POSITION STEERING DISTRIBUTOR
EN RETURN FILTER
JSM HYDRAULIC CONTROL LEVER
MC MASTER CYLINDER
P HYDRAULIC PUMP
PD STEERING PUMP
R HYDRAULIC TANK
RLF BRAKE FLUID TANK
VC COMPENSATING CYLINDER
VCD LEVELING CYLINDER
Vdar REAR STEERING CYLINDER
Vdav FRONT STEERING CYLINDER
VI TILTING CYLINDER
VIC COMPENSATING ISOLATION VALVE
VL LIFTING CYLINDER
VRD FLOW REGULATION VALVE
70

VSD RIGHT HAND STABILISER CYLINDER


VSG LEFT HAND STABILISER CYLINDER
VT1 TELESCOPIC BOOM CYLINDER 1
VT2 TELESCOPIC BOOM CYLINDER 2

70-03-M179EN (27/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS LOCATION A3
LOCATION (MT 1440 / MT-X 1440)

VC
CSD
CSP1

VIC
VT2
VT1 JSM
D3
FR
VRD
D
PD
RLF
VL
MC

Vdar CA

70
CSP3 R
VSG

P
BA
CPD1
VCD

CPD3 VI

Vdav
CSP2

VSD CPD2

(27/06/2013) 70-03-M179EN
A4 HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS LOCATION
70

70-03-M179EN (27/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS LOCATION B1

MT 1840 / MT-X 1840


pages

KEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2
LOCATION (MT 1840 / MT-X 1840) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B3

70

(27/06/2013) 70-03-M179EN
B2 HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS LOCATION
MT 1840 / MT-X 1840

KEY

Item Designation Electric code equivalence

BA FEED BLOCK + ACCUMULATOR


CA SUCTION STRAINER
CPD DOUBLE PILOT VALVE (Levelling cylinder)
CPD DOUBLE PILOT VALVE (right hand and left hand stabilizer cylinders)
CSD DOUBLE COUNTERBALANCE VALVE (VT)
CSP3 PILOT SAFETY VALVE (Lifting cylinder)
CSP2 PILOT SAFETY VALVE (Tilting cylinder)
D 9-ELEMENT DISTRIBUTOR
D3 3-POSITION STEERING DISTRIBUTOR
EN RETURN FILTER
JSM HYDRAULIC CONTROL LEVER
MC MASTER CYLINDER
P HYDRAULIC PUMP
PD STEERING PUMP
R HYDRAULIC TANK
RLF BRAKE FLUID TANK
VC COMPENSATING CYLINDER
VCD LEVELING CYLINDER
Vdar REAR STEERING CYLINDER
Vdav FRONT STEERING CYLINDER
VI TILTING CYLINDER
VIC COMPENSATING ISOLATION VALVE
VL LIFTING CYLINDER
VRD FLOW REGULATION VALVE
VSD RIGHT HAND STABILISER CYLINDER
70

VSG LEFT HAND STABILISER CYLINDER


VT TELESCOPIC BOOM CYLINDER

70-03-M179EN (27/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS LOCATION B3
LOCATION (MT 1840 / MT-X 1840)

CSD
VC

VIC
VT JSM
VRD D3
FR
D
PD RLF

VL
MC

Vdar CA R
CSP3

70
VSG

P
BA
CPD1
VCD

CPD3 VI

Vdav
CSP2

VSD CPD2

(27/06/2013) 70-03-M179EN
B4 HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS LOCATION
70

70-03-M179EN (27/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS LOCATION C1

MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A


pages

KEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C2
LOCATION (MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C3

70

(27/06/2013) 70-03-M179EN
C2 HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS LOCATION
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A

KEY

Item Designation Electric code equivalence

AC ACCUMULATOR (35 bar)


AD DECOMPRESSION ACCUMULATOR (7 bar)
BA FEED BLOCK + ACCUMULATOR
CA SUCTION STRAINER
CPD DOUBLE PILOT VALVE (Levelling cylinder)
CPD DOUBLE COUNTERBALANCE VALVE (Right-hand and left-hand stabilizer cylinders)
CSD DOUBLE COUNTERBALANCE VALVE (VT1)
CSP3 PILOT SAFETY VALVE (Lifting cylinder)
CSP2 PILOT SAFETY VALVE (Tilting cylinder)
CSP1 COUNTERBALANCE VALVE (VT2)
D1 4-ELEMENT DISTRIBUTOR
D3 3-POSITION STEERING DISTRIBUTOR
DBE AXLE LOCKING VALVE BANK
EN RETURN FILTER
JSM HYDRAULIC CONTROL LEVER
MC MASTER CYLINDER
P HYDRAULIC PUMP
PD STEERING PUMP
R HYDRAULIC TANK
RLF BRAKE FLUID TANK
VBE AXLE LOCK CYLINDER
VC COMPENSATING CYLINDER
VCD LEVELING CYLINDER
VD DISCHARGE VALVE
VDA ACCUMULATOR DISCHARGE VALVE (VL)
70

Vdar REAR STEERING CYLINDER


Vdav FRONT STEERING CYLINDER
VI TILTING CYLINDER
VIC COMPENSATING ISOLATION VALVE
VL LIFTING CYLINDER
VSD RIGHT HAND STABILISER CYLINDER
VSG LEFT HAND STABILISER CYLINDER
VT1 TELESCOPIC BOOM CYLINDER 1
VT2 TELESCOPIC BOOM CYLINDER 2

70-03-M179EN (27/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS LOCATION C3
LOCATION (MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A)

VC
CSD
CSP1

VIC
VDA AD
VT2 VT1
D1
D3
JSM

VL PD

RLF
DBE AC
FR
VD MC
VBE
Vdar CA
CSP3 R
VSG

70
P
BA
CPD1
VCD

CPD3 VI

Vdav
CSP2

VSD CPD2

(27/06/2013) 70-03-M179EN
C4 HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS LOCATION
70

70-03-M179EN (27/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS LOCATION D1

MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A


pages

KEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D2
LOCATION (MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D3

70

(27/06/2013) 70-03-M179EN
D2 HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS LOCATION
MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A

KEY

Item Designation Electric code equivalence

AC ACCUMULATOR (35 bar)


AD DECOMPRESSION ACCUMULATOR (7 bar)
BA FEED BLOCK + ACCUMULATOR
CA SUCTION STRAINER
CPD DOUBLE PILOT VALVE (Levelling cylinder)
CPD DOUBLE COUNTERBALANCE VALVE (Right-hand and left-hand stabilizer cylinders)
CSD DOUBLE COUNTERBALANCE VALVE (VT)
CSP3 PILOT SAFETY VALVE (Lifting cylinder)
CSP2 PILOT SAFETY VALVE (Tilting cylinder)
D1 4-ELEMENT DISTRIBUTOR
D3 3-POSITION STEERING DISTRIBUTOR
DBE AXLE LOCKING VALVE BANK
EN RETURN FILTER
JSM HYDRAULIC CONTROL LEVER
MC MASTER CYLINDER
P HYDRAULIC PUMP
PD STEERING PUMP
R HYDRAULIC TANK
RLF BRAKE FLUID TANK
VBE AXLE LOCK CYLINDER
VC COMPENSATING CYLINDER
VCD LEVELING CYLINDER
VD DISCHARGE VALVE
VDA ACCUMULATOR DISCHARGE VALVE (VL)
Vdar REAR STEERING CYLINDER
70

Vdav FRONT STEERING CYLINDER


VI TILTING CYLINDER
VIC COMPENSATING ISOLATION VALVE
VL LIFTING CYLINDER
VSD RIGHT HAND STABILISER CYLINDER
VSG LEFT HAND STABILISER CYLINDER
VT TELESCOPING BOOM CYLINDER

70-03-M179EN (27/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS LOCATION D3
LOCATION (MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A)

CSD

VC

VIC
VDA AD
VT
D1
D3
JSM

VL PD

RLF
DBE AC
FR
VD MC
VBE
Vdar CA
CSP3 R

70
VSG

P
BA
CPD1
VCD

CPD3 VI

Vdav
CSP2
VSD CPD2

(27/06/2013) 70-03-M179EN
D4 HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS LOCATION
70

70-03-M179EN (27/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

pages

PRESSURE TEST PORTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2


–– VALUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
–– PRESSURE TEST PORT LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
BLEEDING PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
–– REAR AXLE LOCKING CYLINDERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
–– COMPENSATING, TILTING CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
COMPENSATING ISOLATION VALVE (VIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
–– HYDRAULIC DIAGRAM: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

70
–– COMPENSATING ISOLATION VALVE (VIC) OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
TIGHTENING TORQUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
–– MAIN DISTRIBUTOR (MT 1440 - MT-X 1440) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
–– MAIN DISTRIBUTOR (MT 1840 - MT-X 1840) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
–– MAIN DISTRIBUTOR (MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A) . . . . . . . . 10
–– LEVELLING / STABILISER DISTRIBUTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
COUNTERBALANCE VALVE TEST PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
–– PREPARATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
–– TESTING THE LIFTING AND TILTING CYLINDER VALVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
–– TESTING THE TELESCOPE CYLINDER VALVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
–– TESTING THE STABILISER CYLINDER VALVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
–– TESTING THE LEVELLING CYLINDER VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

(27/06/2013) 70-04-M179EN
2 HYDRAULIC CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

PRESSURE TEST PORTS

VALUES
Values (bar)
Element No. of pressure test ports Correspondence
Min. Max

Steering circuit
PP-d 8 /10 140 /160
pressure

Parking brake
Accu. Block PP-1 125 160/180
circuit pressure

Brake assistance
PP-2 31 35
circuit pressure

Brake Master Braking circuit


PP-5 0 80
Cylinder pressure

PP-6 Tilt-up pressure 3 280


Compensating
cylinder
PP-7 Tilt-down pressure 0 190/210

PP-8 Main pressure 2 270


EP distributor
70

Control assistance
PP-9 5 13
pressure

PP-8 Valve pressure 0 270


Mechanical
distributor Telescope extend
PP-9 0 160
pressure

70-04-M179EN (27/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 3
PRESSURE TEST PORT LOCATION

hanical distribu
M ec tor
180°
PP-5

PP-9

PP-d
PP-2
PP-8 PP-1

70
tributor
PP-9 EP dis
PP-7

PP-6
PP-8

(27/06/2013) 70-04-M179EN
4 HYDRAULIC CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
70

70-04-M179EN (27/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 5

BLEEDING PROCEDURES

REAR AXLE LOCKING CYLINDERS

Comments: Bleeding to be carried out cold if possible.

–– Disconnect electrovalves (Items 1 and 2) from the cylinders (Items 3 and 4).

–– Start the machine.

–– Install a capillary on the right hand cylinder (Item 3) MINIMESS coupling (Item 5) and recover the oil
in a container.

–– Remove the capillary once the operation is completed.

–– Install a capillary on the left hand cylinder (Item 4) MINIMESS coupling (Item 6) and recover oil in
a container.

–– Remove the capillary once the operation is completed.

6 1

70

2
5

(27/06/2013) 70-04-M179EN
6 HYDRAULIC CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

COMPENSATING, TILTING CIRCUIT

–– Loosen the upper nut (Item 1) on the compensating isolation valve (Item 2).

–– Release the air.

–– Re-tighten the nut (Item 1).

VC VIC
70

70-04-M179EN (27/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 7

COMPENSATING ISOLATION VALVE (VIC)


HYDRAULIC DIAGRAM:

Maximum reverse tilt movement Key:

CAR: One way valve


VI CSP: Pilot safety valve
D1: Distributor
EI : - Tilting element
C1 C2 ES: - Output element
CSP2 320b +20
0
PP: Pressure test port
VC: Compensating cylinder
VI: Tilting cylinder
110b VIC: Compensating isolation valve
V1 V2

C2 b Pp-7
Pil
Pp-6
32

b
V2
0b
+2
0
0

VIC
CAR VC

70
0b

CAR

3b 19cm³ /tr
P T

N
R

Tilting cylinder feed (270 bar)

Tank return (± 0 bar)

Fan motor return (3 bar)

(27/06/2013) 70-04-M179EN
8 HYDRAULIC CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

COMPENSATING ISOLATION VALVE (VIC) OPERATION

Role of compensating cylinder:

The compensating cylinder maintains the tool clamp at a constant angle relative to the plane of the
frame during a lifting/lowering movement (for example, to keep a fork horizontal).

Compensating isolation valve (VIC) operation:

The role of the compensating isolation valve is to avoid pressure peaks on the piston side of the
compensating cylinder (E.g.: full reverse tilt stroke, most frequent case).

At maximum reverse tilt, the pressure applied to the VIC control (tilting cylinder piston-side
circuit) is 270 bar.
The second VIC control (tilting cylinder rod-side circuit) is close to zero bar, as the flow in this
circuit is directed towards the tank.
The addition of these two controls does not allow the VIC to open (which is calibrated at 320
bar), and the compensating cylinder does not therefore receive the 270 bars of pressure, which avoids
the boom becoming unbalanced.
70

70-04-M179EN (27/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 9

TIGHTENING TORQUES

MAIN DISTRIBUTOR (MT 1440 - MT-X 1440)

Item Distributor / Connector (N.m)

A1
A2 60
A3
A4 60
A5
60
A6
A7 60

P2 B1
B2 60
B8
V B3
B4 60
B7 B5
B6 60
B5 B6
P1 B4
S1 B3 A7 B7 60
S2 B2 A6
B1 A5 B8 60
S4 M A4
S3 A3 M - M2 35
A2 P1 - P2 100
A1
M2 S1 - S4 30
T1
T1 100
V 35

MAIN DISTRIBUTOR (MT 1840 - MT-X 1840)

70
Item Distributor / Connector (N.m)

A1
A2 60
A3
A4 60
M2
A5
60
A6
A7 60
P2
B1
B8
V B2 60
B3
B4 60
B7 B5
B6 60
B5 B6
P1 B4
S1 B3 A7 B7 60
S2 B2 A6
B1 A5 B8 60
S4 M A4
S3 A3 M - M2 35
A2
A1 P1 - P2 100

T1 S1 - S4 30
T1 100
V 35

(27/06/2013) 70-04-M179EN
10 HYDRAULIC CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

MAIN DISTRIBUTOR (MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A)

Pp 9
Item Distributor / Connector (N.m)

To
A1 110
A2 100
A3 110
A4 80
A5 80
B1 110
B2 100
B3 110
P
B4 80
B5 80 B1 P2 S
LS 60 B2
Pg Pp
M 35 B3
P 160 A1 T S
P2 35 A2 S

Pg / A3

B5

M
Pp9 /
B4
Pp 35 A5
S 22 +50 A4
T 210
LS

To 60

LEVELLING / STABILISER DISTRIBUTOR


70

(MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A)


B
A B
A B
A

LS

Item Distributor / Connector (N.m)


+5
A 70 0 S
+5
B 70 0
S
+5
LS 35 0
+5
S
P 70 0

S 20/21
+5
T 70 0

P
T
70-04-M179EN (27/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 11

COUNTERBALANCE VALVE TEST PROCEDURE

The aim of this procedure is to test the load holding capacity of the counterbalance valves for the lifting,
titling, telescope, stabiliser and levelling cylinders.

PREPARATION

Remove the plastic cover (Item 1) located behind the cab in order
to access the mechanical controls of the electro-proportional
hydraulic distributor (Item 2).

100 l/mn

100 l/mn

100 l/mn
100 l/mn

180 l/mn

150 l/mn

A1 B1 A2 B2 A3 B3 T A1 B1 A2 B2

265b 190b
280b
190b
265b
210b
LS 190b D1
2b 6b 6b 6b
Ø 0.6

70
VS Pp
Ø 0.7

270b

P2
EE 15b
13b

300b
M

TO P Pp-9 ET EL EI ES EA +(CD,SD,SG)
Pgauge

2 2 2

(27/06/2013) 70-04-M179EN
12 HYDRAULIC CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

TESTING THE LIFTING AND TILTING CYLINDER


VALVES

Use a load representing the nominal capacity.

Position the machine in a secure area


70

Lower the stabilisers to their maximum extent

Maximum tilting towards rear (max. reverse tilt)

Raise the boom a few degrees (1).

Telescope until the cut-off (2) is reached.


2
Switch off the engine.
1

70-04-M179EN (27/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 13

Mechanically control (in both directions) the lifting distributor


(Item 1) using a 9 mm combination wrench (the aim being to
simulate a hose break).

The load will lower very slightly (decompression of the whole


circuit between the counterbalance valve and the distributor
spool) and then stabilise.

Perform the same operation on the tilting distributor line (Item 2).

TESTING THE TELESCOPE CYLINDER VALVES

70
Use a load representing the nominal capacity.

Position the machine in a secure area

(27/06/2013) 70-04-M179EN
14 HYDRAULIC CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

Lower the stabilisers to their maximum extent

3
1m

Raise the boom to the maximum angle (1).


2
Maxi
Fully extend the first telescope element (2), and then the second
Maxi
element by 1 meter (3). It is not necessary to extend the third element.
1

Switch off the engine

Mechanically control (in both directions) the telescope distributor


70

(Item 3) using a 9 mm combination wrench.

The load will lower very slightly (decompression of the whole


circuit between the counterbalance valve and the distributor
spool) and then stabilise.

70-04-M179EN (27/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 15

TESTING THE STABILISER CYLINDER VALVES

Use a load representing the nominal capacity.

Position the machine in a secure area

70
Lower the stabilisers to their maximum extent

Maximum tilting towards rear (max. reverse tilt)

Telescope until the cut-off (1) is reached.

(27/06/2013) 70-04-M179EN
16 HYDRAULIC CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

Stop the engine, switch on the ignition again, and then obtain
driver presence (door closed, and press on accelerator pedal).

The operator in the cab controls the raising of the stabilizers


while a second operator manually controls the distributor (Item
4) using a 9 mm wrench. After decompression of the lines, the
stabilizers should not rise.

TESTING THE LEVELLING CYLINDER VALVE

Use a load representing the nominal capacity.

Position the machine in a secure area


70

With the machine supported on its tyres, tilt the machine a few
degrees by means of the (right or left) levelling cylinder

Stop the engine, switch on the ignition again, and then obtain
driver presence (door closed, and press on accelerator pedal).

The operator in the cab controls the slope on the side towards
which the machine is tilted, while a second operator manually
controls the distributor (Item 5) using a 9 mm wrench. After
decompression of the lines, the machine should not tilt.

70-04-M179EN (27/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC COMPONENT REMOVAL

pages

OIL TANK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
MECHANICALLY CONTROLLED DISTRIBUTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

70

(07/03/2012) 70-06-M179EN
2 HYDRAULIC COMPONENT REMOVAL

OIL TANK
70

PREPARATION AND SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

Drain the oil tank before removing it.


For this:
⇒⇒ Retract all cylinders to force out the oil.
⇒⇒ Remove the drain screw

Special tool:

⇒⇒ Pallet truck (500 kg)

70-06-M179EN (07/03/2012)
HYDRAULIC COMPONENT REMOVAL 3

2
1

Disconnect the oil tank hoses indicated in zones 1 and 2.

Disconnect the return filter hose (Item 3).

Undo the three screws (Item 4).


70

(07/03/2012) 70-06-M179EN
4 HYDRAULIC COMPONENT REMOVAL

Undo the screw (Item 5).

Undo the two screws (Item 6).


6
6

Place a pallet truck under the oil tank (Item 7).


70

Remove all screws.

Take out the oil tank (Item 7).

70-06-M179EN (07/03/2012)
HYDRAULIC COMPONENT REMOVAL 5

70

(07/03/2012) 70-06-M179EN
6 HYDRAULIC COMPONENT REMOVAL

MECHANICALLY CONTROLLED DISTRIBUTOR


70

PREPARATION AND SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

–– Stabilise the machine on level ground.


–– Raise the boom and secure it in position (anti-drop - strut).
–– Decompress all hydraulic components before dismantling.
–– Deactivate battery power supply by means of the battery cut-off.

70-06-M179EN (07/03/2012)
HYDRAULIC COMPONENT REMOVAL 7

Remove the 2 protective covers by unscrewing the 9 screws


(Item 1).

1 1

2
Undo the six push-pull rivets inside the bellows (Item 2).
Disconnect the electrical connector from the JSM (Item 4).
Undo the locknut (Item 3) on each lever.
Unscrew the levers then remove the bellows and its belt.
4

6
Remove mechanical valve side panel (Item 5) by undoing its four
screws (Item 6).

70
5

Identify and disconnect the electrical connectors.

23
X1

7
X6

6
X7 2
X7

X8
0
X7 X 1
8 79
X8 X
4 77 X7
X8 X
83
X8 X 2
6 81
X8
5 5
X7

(07/03/2012) 70-06-M179EN
8 HYDRAULIC COMPONENT REMOVAL

Identify and disconnect hydraulic hoses.

Remove the emergency stop by unscrewing the 2 screws (Item


7) from its bracket and by disconnecting the electrical connector.

7
7

Undo the three fastening screws (Item 9) attaching the valve


assembly and distributor support bracket (Item 8).
70

8 Lift and remove the assembly from inside the cab.

70-06-M179EN (07/03/2012)
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS REFIT

pages

OIL TANK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
MECHANICALLY CONTROLLED DISTRIBUTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

70

(07/03/2012) 70-07-M179EN
2 HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS REFIT

OIL TANK
70

PREPARATION AND SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

The oil tank is drained.

Special tool:

⇒⇒ Pallet truck (500 kg)

70-07-M179EN (07/03/2012)
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS REFIT 3

Position the oil tank (Item 1) on truck using a pallet truck.

Attach the oil tank (Item 1) onto the truck with 6 screws (Items
2, 3 & 4).
2
2

70
3

4 1

(07/03/2012) 70-07-M179EN
4 HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS REFIT

Connect the hose (Item 5) to the return filter (Item 6).

8
7
70

Connect the oil tank hoses identified in zones 7 and 8.

Top up the oil level.

Oil quantity = 111 L (mean level)

70-07-M179EN (07/03/2012)
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS REFIT 5

70

(07/03/2012) 70-07-M179EN
6 HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS REFIT

MECHANICALLY CONTROLLED DISTRIBUTOR


70

PREPARATION AND SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

–– The machine is stabilized on level ground.


–– The boom is raised and secured in position (anti-drop – strut).
–– All the hydraulic elements are decompressed.
–– Deactivate battery power supply by means of the battery cut-off.

70-07-M179EN (07/03/2012)
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS REFIT 7

Attach the distributor + support bracket assembly (Item 1) to the


frame with the three fastening screws (Item 2).

Attach the emergency stop (Item 3) to the cab with the two
fastening screws (Item 4).
Connect its electrical connector.
4
4

Connect the hydraulic hoses to the distributor.

70

(07/03/2012) 70-07-M179EN
8 HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS REFIT

Connect the electrical connectors.

23
X1

7
X6

6
X7 2
X7

X8
0
X7 X 1
8 79
X8 X
4 77 X7
X8 X
2 83
X8 X
6 81
X8
5 5
X7

Attach the side panel (Item 5) to the cab with its four fastening
6
screws (Item 6).

7
Refit the bellows assembly (Item 7) + levers (Item 8) + JSM (Item 9).
Tighten the locknut on each lever.
70

Connect the electrical connector of the JSM (Item 9).


Click six push-pull rivets inside the bellows (Item 7).
9

Refit the 2 protection covers, securing them in place with the


9 fastening screws (Item 10).

10

10 10

70-07-M179EN (07/03/2012)
SPECIFIC HYDRAULIC TOOLING

pages

BASIC MANOMETER BOX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2


DIGITAL MANOMETER BOX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

70

(27/06/2013) 70-09-M179EN
2 SPECIFIC HYDRAULIC TOOLING

BASIC MANOMETER BOX

This box contains all the components required for measuring


pressure on all Manitou products.

2 3 5

1 3 4 5
70

Basis gauge kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .549671

Consisting of:

1 - 1 gauge 1/9 bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549882


2 - 1 gauge 0/40 bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549883
3 - 2 gauge 0/60 bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549884
4 - 1 gauge 0/400 bar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549885
5 - 2 gauge 0/600 bar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549886
6 - 4 standard hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549887
7 - 2 hoses for telehandler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549888
8 - 7 gauge tap connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549889

70-09-M179EN (27/06/2013)
SPECIFIC HYDRAULIC TOOLING 3

DIGITAL MANOMETER BOX

Digital Manometer Set 0 to 600 bar (0 - 8,700 psi) allows:


- MIN and MAX values to be stored.
- Pressure peaks to be read.
Display units: mbar, bar, PSI, Mpa, kPa and kg/cm².

Digital Manometer Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .947785

Consisting of:

1 - 1 Digital manometer 0 to 600 bar (0 - 8,700 psi)


2 - 1 Pressure connector adapter (M16x200)
3 - 1 Pressure connector hose 1,500 mm long

70

(27/06/2013) 70-09-M179EN
4 SPECIFIC HYDRAULIC TOOLING
70

70-09-M179EN (27/06/2013)
ELECTRICITY

- ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND


SPECIFICATIONS

- ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

- ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION

- ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

- ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS REFIT

- ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING

- ELECTRICAL SPECIFIC TOOLING

80
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND
SPECIFICATIONS

pages
FUSES AND RELAYS (ENGINE HOOD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUSES AND RELAYS (CAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
COMPUTER/TRUCK ALLOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
MANIMUX CLUSTER MC ECU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
MANIMUX POWER MP1 ECU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
MANIMUX POWER MP2 ECU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
TECHNICAL SHEETS FOR ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
–– - ANTI-THEFT OUTPUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

80
–– A11 - BMEP JOYSTICK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
–– A12 - JOYSTICK JSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
–– B1 - REVERSING BUZZER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
–– B2 - HORN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
–– B3 - ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
–– B5 - ENGINE WATER TEMPERATURE SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
–– B6 - AIR FILTER SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
–– B7 - HYDRAULIC FILTER SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
–– B8 - MASTER CYLINDER PRESSURE SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
–– B9 + B10 - WHEEL ALIGNMENT SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
–– B11 + B12 - VALVE POSITION SENSOR (BV PRESSURE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
–– B13 - TRANSMISSION OIL PRESSURE SWITCH (MECHANICAL VERSION) . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
–– B13 - TRANSMISSION OIL PRESSURE SWITCH (INCHING VERSION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
–– B14 - TRANSMISSION SPEED SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
–– B22 - MECHANICAL DISTRIBUTOR PRESSURE SWITCH CONTACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
(05/11/2018) 80-01-M179EN
–– B23 - TELESCOPE ANGLE POTENTIOMETER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
–– B24 - TRANSMISSION OIL THERMOSWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
–– B34 - WATER IN FUEL FILTER SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
–– B35 TO B44 - WALVOIL SLIDE POSITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
–– B47 + B48 - ANGULAR SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
–– B74 - RADIATOR MINIMUM WATER LEVEL SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
–– D+ - ALTERNATOR INPUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
–– W - ALTERNATOR ROTATION SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
–– E15 - ROTATING BEACON LIGHT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
–– R2 - FUEL LEVEL GAUGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
–– S2 - IGNITION KEY SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
–– S9 - NC DOOR OPENING SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
–– S10 - NO DOOR OPENING SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
–– S11 - BRAKE FLUID SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
–– S14 - DECLUTCH PUSH BUTTON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
–– S34 - BOOM RETRACTED SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
–– S46 - ACCELERATOR SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
–– Y3+Y4 - FORWARD AND REVERSE ELECTROVALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
–– Y9+Y16 - VS ELECTROVALVE (MECHANICAL VERSION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
–– Y40+Y41 - STABILISER DEFLECTOR ELECTROVALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
–– Y42 - LEVELLING DEFLECTOR ELECTROVALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
–– Y47 - PVEA ELECTROVALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
–– Y44+Y45+Y46 - PVEH ELECTROVALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
–– Y50 - VRD ELECTROVALVE (MECHANICAL VERSION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
–– - INDUCTIVE SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
80

80-01-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS 3

FUSES AND RELAYS (ENGINE HOOD)

K23 K26
3 4 F41 40A 1

1 4 2
2 K20 1
F42 50A 2

3
K22 K25
3 F43 80A 3

5 30A
23 F60 24 5 F55 6

1 4 2
21 F59 22 7 F54 8
F44 40A 4

K21 K24 19 F58 20 9 F53 10


3 F45 40A 5
17 F57 18 11 F52 12
5

15 F56 16 13 F51 14
1 4 2 F46 80A 6

Module M3 Module M2 Module M1

BF1 (engine hood)


Modules Item Designation
F41 Manimux Power 2 (20A)
F42 Ignition switch (50A)
F43 Alternator (80A)
Module 1
F44 Manimux Power 1 (40A)
F45 BF3 cab fusebox power supply (40A)
F46 Preheat (80A)
F52 Diesel preheater relay K22 (20A)
F54 Engine speed radio control relay K23 (30A)
Module 2
F55 Engine start and platform relay K21 (25A)
K20 Preheat relay (70A)
Module 3 K21 Engine start relay (20/35A)
Module 3 K22 Diesel preheater relay (20/35A)
(cont'd) K23 Engine start relay – radio control (20/35A)

80

(05/11/2018) 80-01-M179EN
4 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS

FUSES AND RELAYS (CAB)

MO
DU
MO LE
1
DU
LE
MO
15 A

2
DU 2A

MO LE
3
5A

DU
LE
10 A

4
2A

15 A 20 A

5A 10 A

3A 15 A

10 A 3A 10 A

MODULE 4 MODULE 3 MODULE 2 MODULE 1

BF3 (Cab) BF3 (Cab)


Modules Item Designation Modules Item Designation
F1 Relay K4 predisposition (Max 10A) F21 Roof light and door contact (3A)
F2 Rear hydraulic two way electrovalve S18 (7,5A) F22 Cluster + Vbat power supply (3A)
F3 S35 circuit breaker power supply (Max 10A) RC battery charger + APC 120 power supply
F23
(X112,18) (2A)
F4 Heating / Ventilation (20A)
F24 Auto return front windscreen wiper motor (15A)
Module S19 Override + seat switch movement forcing
F5
1 power supply (2A) F25 Digicode (2A)
F6 Boom head electrical connector S17 (Max 15A) F26 Car radio (7,5A)
F7 Anti-theft + customer engine immobiliser (2A) F27 Rear windscreen + roof + side wiper motor (15A)
Module
F8 Pneumatic seat (10A) F28 Diagnostic plug (5A)
2
F9 Ignition switch position 1 (2A) F29 Air-conditioning compressor relay K12 (7,5A)
F10 Car radio + APC (2A) F30 Air-conditioning motor fan (20A)
F11 Cigarette lighter (10A) F31 Start safety relay K5 (10A)
Front windscreen wiper + windscreen- Side windscreen wiper and windscreen
F12 F32
washer (7,5A)
80

washer (15A)
F33 Diagnostic plug (5A)
Rear windscreen wiper + windscreen-
F13 F35 ORH console (X112/17) (2A)
washer (10A)
F14 K1 relay predisposition (Max 10A) F37 APC 120 (Inching) X112/16 power supply (15A)
Module
K1
1 S36 and S37 circuit breaker power supply Module
F15
(cont'd) (Max 15A) 3 Front intermittent windscreen wiper relay
K2
Working light S42 switch power supply on boom (10/20A)
F16
+ S43 cab option (Max 15A) K3 Air-conditioning motor fan relay (10/20A)
F17 Rear working lights (15A) K4
Module
F18 Rear window defrost (Max 15A) 3 Engine stop safety relay + Cluster digicode
K5
Roof windscreen wiper and windscreen (cont'd) (10/20A)
F19
washer (7.5A) Air-conditioning compressor control relay
K6
F20 Electric window winder (15A) (10/20A)
Module K11
4 K12 Air-conditioning time-delay relay (20/30A)

80-01-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS 5

ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS
Item Diagram Item Diagram Item Diagram

B+
6
5
4 7
X1 3 8
4 9
D+ X15 2
1 10
2 3
1
11
12
8
10 2
5
9 6
S17 7
7 X2 8 1 12
1 9 2 11
10 3 10
4 9
5 8
8 X16 6 7
10 2
X3
1
9
S18
7
1 X4

X17 1
2
8 X5
10 2

X18 1
9
S19 X7 1 2
7
1 2

1
2
X20

8 X8
1
10 2
2

9 X21 1
S35 1
7 2
2
1 3

80
X11 7
4 8
5 6 X22
9
8
10 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A1 A

B
A

B
A8
9 B1 C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
C B8
C1 C8
S36
7 1
X12
1 X23 (Cab)
2

31
1
8
10 2
A8 A1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
A A

X13 B8
B B

B1
9
C C

C8 C1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

S37
7
1
40 X23
10 (Engine)

(05/11/2018) 80-01-M179EN
6 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS

Item Diagram Item Diagram Item Diagram

6 6 X56
5 5 B
X25 X36 A
4 4 C
1 1
2 2
3 3
X57 2

X26 1 X37 2 1
2 2

1
X58
1
2

X27 1 X38 1
2
2
X60 1
2
X39
X28 1
2

X61
2 4
1 3
3 2
3 2 1
X40
1
5
X29
6 6
5 7 X62 1
4 8
2

X42
X63
X30

X45
X64 2

6
5
X31 X46 1
4
1 2 X65 3
80

2 2
3 1

X47

6 X66 3
5 2
1
X32
4 X52
1
2
3
1 12
2 11
X53 1 3 10
4 9
2 5 8
6 X67 6 7
5
X35
4
1 X54 1
2
3 2

X55 X68
B 1
A 2
C

80-01-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS 7

Item Diagram Item Diagram Item Diagram

X84 X105 1
X69 A
A
B 2
C
B

X85 X106 1
X70 2
A
B 2
1

X86 X109 1
A
B 2
X71 1
2 4
3
X87 3
2
1
1
X110 7
(Cab) 13

X88 3
X72 1 2 6
2 4 1 12
3 18

X91 1
X73
2

X110 3
X75 1 4 2
(Frame) 6 1
2 X92 1 5 7
12 8
2 11 9
10
X76 18 17 16 15 14 13
2
1 2
23

1 4
X93 3
6
5
8
7

X77 1
7
A X111
B
13
1 24 2

4
X94 3
6
6
5
12

80
8
X78 7
18
A
B

X79 X96 3
A 2 1
B 1
X112 7
(Cab) 13

X80
6
A
B
X97 3 12
2 18
1

X81
A
B X112 4
3
2

6 (Frame) 6
5
1
7
12 8
5 11
10
9
X100
X82 4 18 17 16 15 14 13

1
A
2
B
3

X83
A
B

(05/11/2018) 80-01-M179EN
8 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS

Item Diagram Item Diagram Item Diagram

X113
(Cab) 1 X133 2

1 1
X113
X152 2
(Engine) 1
3
4 8
7
X134 1
2 4 6
3 5
X114 1
2 4
3

X156 4
3
2
1 1
X115 16 X135 2
8
9 3
1 4 8
7
6
X116 5 X157 4
(Frame) 3
2
1 2
1

X116 4
(Engine) X138 3
2 1
1
2
X158 4
3
6 2
5 1
4 7 1
3 8 2 6
9 3 5
X118 2
10 X139 4
1
11
12
X159 4
3
2
1

6 X140 3
5
2 X160 1
X121
80

4 1
1
2 2
3

X161
X148 2
X123 1 1

X162 1
4
X124 3 2
1 X149
2

X163 1
2
X125 2
X151
1
X164 1
2
X132 2

1
X188 1
2

80-01-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS 9

Item Diagram Item Diagram

X189 2
X200
1
1 2

X257
X190 1 1

(Frame) 2

4
2 3

X191 1 X257 1
(Engine) 2 4
2 3

X194 1 X258
2 4 2
3
1

X260 1
1 12 2
2 11
3 10 4
4 9 3
5
5 8 2
X195 6 7 1
X263

1
X196
2

1
2 6
5

80
3
X197 4

X198 1
2 4
3

1
X199 2
3
4 8
7
6
5

(05/11/2018) 80-01-M179EN
10 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS

COMPUTER/TRUCK ALLOCATION

Type of Manimux
Type of truck Type of Manimux Power computer Inching computer option
Cluster computer
MT 1440
MP12
MT-X 1440
MT 144O A
MP12 + MP22
MT-X 144O A
MC2 Econ.B 120 (APC120)
MT 1840
MP12
MT-X 1840
MT 1840 A
MP12 + MP22
MT-X 1840 A
80

80-01-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS 11

ECU INPUTS/OUTPUTS
MANIMUX CLUSTER MC ECU
Key:
ALIM: Supply INANA: Analog Input OUTANA: Analog output
EJ: Gauge inlet INTOR: Logic Input OUTOR: Logic Output
GND: Ground LSS: Output safety line WK: Wake up

A9

Cluste
r
X14 (CN104)

X13 (CN105)

PIN TYPE Designation PIN TYPE Designation


X13 (CN105) X14 (CN104)
1 CAN H Manimux CAN High 1 POWER SUPPLY Commutator switch power supply (+BAT)
2 CAN H Manimux CAN High 2 INTOR Position light
3 CAN CAN ground 3 INTOR Dipped beam headlight
4 EL Start key position 1 4 INTOR Headlight
5 INTOR D+ alternator excitation 5 INTOR Horn
6 OUTOR Fuel electrovalve control relay command re-read 6 POWER SUPPLY Commutator switch power supply (+BAT)
7 OUTOR Intermittent wiper relay command re-read 7 POWER SUPPLY Commutator switch power supply (APC)
8 OUTOR Intermittent wiper relay command re-read 8 INTOR Right indicator light
9 GND CLUSTER Ground 9 INTOR Left indicator light
10 POWER SUPPLY Manimux Cluster power supply (+BAT)
11 CAN L Manimux CAN Low
12 CAN L Manimux CAN Low
13 CAN CAN ground
16 OUTOR Fuel electrovalve control relay command re-read
17 INTOR Ignition key in preheat position

80
18 INTOR OVERRIDE switch
19 GND Reserve ground
20 POWER SUPPLY Manimux Cluster power supply (+BAT)
21 EL Cab emergency stop push-button
22 GND Reserve ground
24 WK Manimux Power Wake-up
25 EL Flashing bicolour anti-theft LED
26 EL Flashing bicolour anti-theft LED
27 INANA Fuel level gauge
28 INTOR Front windscreen wiper intermittent
29 INTOR Anti-theft
30 INTOR Ignition key in start position
31 INTOR Pressure switch on master cylinder
32 GND CLUSTER Ground
33 EST Spare
34 INTOR Engine air filter clogged
35 INTOR Low brake fluid level
36 INTOR Engine oil pressure switch
37 INANA Spare
38 LSS Output inhibition
39 INTOR Door opening contact
40 INTOR Engine water thermoswitch

(05/11/2018) 80-01-M179EN
12 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS

MANIMUX POWER MP1 ECU


Key:
ALIM: Supply GND: Ground OUTANA: Proportional Output
EFC: Current frequency input INANA: Analog Input OUTOR : Logic Output
ER: Wake-up Input INTOR: Logic Input

A1
(CN1-P1)

MP
1
X148/CN1-P1

PIN TYPE Designation PIN TYPE Designation


2 OUTANA Gear box pressure sensor power supply voltage 50 INANA Boom angle 1 sensor
3 OUTANA Gear box pressure sensor power supply voltage 51 INANA Analogue left-hand stabiliser pressure sensor
4 INTOR Load limiter input (Australia) 52 EFC Speed sensor
5 INTOR Accelerator NC contact 53 INTOR Right stabilizer pressure switch 2
6 INTOR NO contact on door 54 INTOR Left-hand stabiliser pressure switch 2
7 INTOR Lifting electrovalve slide position l+ contact B 55 INTOR Direction assistance pressure switch
9 INTOR Lowering electrovalve slide position L- contact A 56 INTOR Joystick push button 1
10 INTOR Tilting electrovalve slide position contact B 57 INTOR Telescope working light switch (TUV)
11 CAN CAN A ground 58 INTOR Push button “+”
14 CAN CAN B ground 59 INTOR Forward gear selection
15 GND Power supply ground 60 INTOR Hydraulic filter clogging contact
16 VBAT Manimux Power 12V battery voltage 61 OUTANA Walvoil safety valve 1 and 2 electrovalve current
17 VBAT Manimux Power 12V battery voltage 62 OUTANA Forward electrovalve current
19 INANA Joystick telescope roller (R1) 63 OUTANA Reverse electrovalve current
20 INANA Reverse motion pressure sensor 64 OUTANA Trailer stop light current
Analogue accelerator pedal (PSRO9I at stage 3A) 65 OUTOR
21 INANA
Analogue right-hand stabiliser pressure sensor 66 OUTANA RD L Walvoil electrovalve current
22 POWER SUPPLY Gear box speed sensor power supply 67 OUTANA Auxiliary proportional electrovalve direction 1 H Walvoil
23 INTOR Right stabiliser pressure switch 1 68 OUTANA Auxiliary proportional electrovalve direction 2 H Walvoil
24 INTOR Left-hand stabiliser pressure switch 1
80

69 OUTANA Proportional electrovalve telescope extended H Walvoil


25 INTOR Presence of water in diesel fuel 70 OUTANA Proportional electrovalve telescope retracted H-Walvoil
26 INTOR Accelerator NO contact 71 CAN A Manimux CAN High
27 INTOR NO contact on seat 72 CAN A Manimux CAN Low
Push button ‘-’ (Hydrostatic) 73 CAN B CAN Truck high
29 INTOR
Declutch push button
74 CAN B Machine CAN low
30 INTOR Reverse gear selection
75 GND Power supply ground
31 OUTOR CAN gauge power supply
76 VBAT Manimux Power 12V battery voltage
32 OUTANA Gear box pressure sensor power supply voltage
77 VBAT Manimux Power 12V battery voltage
34 OUTANA Roller power supply voltage
78 GND
36 OUTANA Walvoil RD electrovalve
79 INANA Forward motion pressure sensor
37 OUTANA Auxiliary proportional electrovalve direction 1 L Walvoil
80 INANA Boom angle 2 sensor
38 OUTANA Auxiliary proportional electrovalve direction 2 L Walvoil
81 INANA
39 OUTANA Walvoil L telescope extend proportional electrovalve
82 GND Ground JSM roller + contact
40 OUTANA Walvoil L telescope retract proportional electrovalve
83 INTOR Boom retracted NO contactor 1
41 CAN A Manimux CAN High
84 INTOR Boom retracted NC contactor 2
42 CAN A Manimux CAN Low
85 INTOR Joystick telescope roller extension (R1)
43 CAN B CAN Truck high
86 INTOR Joystick telescope roller retraction (R1)
44 CAN B Machine CAN low
87 INTOR Joystick attachment roller plus direction (R2)
45 GND Power supply ground
88 INTOR Joystick attachment roller minus direction (R2)
46 VBAT Manimux Power 12V battery voltage
89 INTOR Joystick push button 2
47 VBAT Manimux Power 12V battery voltage
90 ER Power wake-up
48 GND Boom angle 1 & 2 sensor ground
49 INANA Joystick attachment roller (R2)
80-01-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS 13

Key:
ALIM: Supply GND: Ground LSS: Output safety line
EFC: Current frequency input INANA: Analog Input OUTANA: Proportional Output
ER: Wake-up Input INTOR: Logic Input OUTOR : Logic Output

A1
(CN2-P1)
MP X149/CN2-P1
1

PIN TYPE Designation PIN TYPE Designation


1 OUTANA Accelerator pedal power supply voltage 53 OUTOR Cab lighting control
2 OUTANA Accelerator pedal power supply voltage 54 OUTOR Fan by-pass relay control
3 INTOR Leveling slide position contact B 57 INTOR Cooling liquid low level
4 INTOR Right-hand stabiliser lowered slide position contact A 58 GND Movement safety electrovalve ground (S58)
5 INTOR Left-hand stabiliser lowered slide position contact A 59 OUTANA Front right working light
8 INANA Boom inductive sensor at chain 2 60 OUTANA Right dipped beam headlight
9 INANA Parking brake pressure switch 61 OUTANA Right main beam headlight
10 INANA Gearbox oil temperature (PSR09) 62 OUTANA Rotating beacon light
11 INANA Front wheel alignment sensor 63 OUTANA Left dipped beam headlight
13 GND Front wheel alignment sensor ground 64 INTOR Right-hand stabiliser raised slide position contact A
14 OUTANA Front left position light 65 OUTANA Trailer right indicator light
15 OUTANA Rear left position light + registration number plate light (TUV) 66 OUTANA Trailer reverse lights
16 OUTANA Front right position light 67 OUTANA Trailer fog lights
17 OUTANA Rear right position light 68 OUTANA Trailer left indicator light
18 OUTOR Rear wheel alignment sensors power supply 69 OUTANA
19 OUTOR Gear box temperature sensor power supply 70 OUTANA Parking brake electrovalve current

80
20 OUTOR Parking brake pressure switch power supply 71 INANA
21 OUTOR Boom angle sensor power supply (20 mA) 72 OUTANA Right-hand stop light current
22 INTOR Chain boom voltage sensor 73 OUTANA Rear left indicator light
24 INANA Output safety line signal (LSS) Reverse light
74 OUTANA
27 INTOR Gear box oil pressure switch Reversing buzzer
28 INTOR Pressure switch on Walvoil distributor (VS) 75 OUTANA Reverse light current
29 INTOR Braking assistance circuit pressure switch (TUV) 76 OUTANA Trailer rear right position light option
30 INTOR Platform overload information P1 77 OUTANA Telescope head electrovalve
31 OUTANA Left main beam headlight current 78 OUTANA Rear right indicator light
32 GND Rear wheel alignment sensor ground 79 OUTANA Rear fog light
33 INTOR Leveling slide position contact A 80 OUTOR Chain boom inductive sensor power supply
34 INTOR Left-hand stabiliser raised slide position contact B 81 INTOR Seat NC contact
39 INANA Boom inductive sensor at chain 1 82 OUTOR
40 OUTANA Parking brake electrovalve current 83 OUTOR Negative brake control 1
41 INANA Rear wheel alignment sensor 84 OUTOR APC120 computer unit micro supply
42 OUTANA Right-hand stop light current 87 OUTANA Front left working light
43 OUTANA Front left indicator light 88 INTOR Tilting electrovalve slide position contact A
44 OUTANA Reverse lights current 89 OUTANA Front right working light
45 OUTANA Left-hand side lights current 90 OUTANA Horn
46 OUTANA Right-hand side lights current
48 OUTANA Front right indicator light
49 OUTOR Front wheel alignment sensor power supply
50 OUTOR Chain boom inductive sensor power supply

(05/11/2018) 80-01-M179EN
14 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS

MANIMUX POWER MP2 ECU


Key:
ALIM: Supply GND: Ground LSS: Output safety line
EFC: Current frequency input INANA: Analog Input OUTOR: Logic Output
ER: Wake-up Input INTOR: Logic Input OUTANA: Proportional Output

A2
(CN1-P2)

MP
2
X150/CN1-P2
PIN TYPE Designation PIN TYPE Designation
1 OUTOR 47 VBAT Manimux Power 12V battery voltage
Longitudinal electro-proportional manipulator block 49 INANA Joystick raise
2 OUTANA
power supply voltage 50 INANA Joystick tilt-down or hydraulic function direction 2
Longitudinal electro-proportional manipulator block 53 INTOR
3 OUTANA
power supply voltage
54 INTOR
Platform hydraulic request source selection
4 INTOR 55 INTOR Intermediate Inductive sensor 2 (platform option)
(platform option)
56 INTOR Tilting proportional electrovalve status
5 INTOR Radio control hydraulic request source selection (option) 57 INTOR Telescope proportional electrovalve status
6 INTOR Rescue button (platform option) 58 INTOR
59 INTOR
60 INTOR
11 CAN CAN A ground 61 OUTANA Left rear axle locking electrovalve current

62 OUTANA Boom descent movement discharge electrovalve current


15 GND Power supply ground
63 OUTANA
16 VBAT Manimux Power 12V battery voltage
64 OUTANA Right rear axle locking electrovalve current
17 VBAT Manimux Power 12V battery voltage
65 OUTOR Deflector electrovalve voltage
19 INANA Joystick tilt-up or hydraulic function direction 1
66 SPWM
20 INANA Tilt meter X signal
67 SPWM
21 INANA Inclinometer Y signal
80

71 CAN A Manimux CAN High


23 INTOR
69 SPWM
24 INTOR
72 CAN A Manimux CAN Low
25 INTOR
Platform intermediate extension inductive sensor
73 CAN B
26 INTOR
Lifting proportional electrovalve status
27 INTOR
Auxiliary proportional electrovalve status
75 GND Power supply ground
29 INTOR
Hydrostatic engaged gear sensor
76 VBAT Manimux Power 12V battery voltage
30 INTOR
Rescue key contact (platform option)
77 VBAT Manimux Power 12V battery voltage
31 OUTOR
Lifting electrovalve power supply voltage
80 INANA Joystick lower
Longitudinal electro-proportional manipulator block
32 OUTANA 83 INTOR
power supply voltage
Transversal electro-proportional manipulator block 84 INTOR
34 OUTANA 85 INTOR Telescope suspension pressure switch 1
power supply voltage
35 OUTOR Telescope electrovalve power supply voltage 86 INTOR Telescope suspension pressure switch 2
36 SPWM Fan regulation L 87 INTOR
88 INTOR
CAN A 89 INTOR
41 Manimux CAN High
(H) 90 ER Power wake-up
CAN A
42 Manimux CAN Low
(L)

45 GND Power supply ground


46 VBAT Manimux Power 12V battery voltage

80-01-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS 15

Key:
ER: Wake-up Input INTOR: Logic Input OUTOR : Logic Output
GND: Ground LSS: Output safety line
INANA: Analog Input OUTANA: Proportional Output

A2
(CN2-P2)

X151/CN2-P2
MP
2

PIN TYPE Designation PIN TYPE Designation


1 OUTANA 55 GND Telescope suspension electrovalve 1 ground
Air admission temperature probe power supply 56 OUTANA Danfoss tilting electrovalve
2 OUTANA
(Fan option) 58 GND Telescope suspension solenoid valve 2 ground
14 OUTANA 59 OUTANA
15 OUTANA 65 OUTANA Telescope suspension electrovalve 1
16 OUTANA 66 OUTANA Hydrostatic high speed electrovalve current
17 OUTANA 67 OUTANA Telescope suspension electrovalve 2
18 OUTOR Intermediate sensor power supply voltage 68 OUTANA Hydrostatic low speed electrovalve current
19 OUTOR 69 OUTANA Hydrostatic motion direction electrovalve current
20 OUTOR 70 OUTANA Danfoss load-shedding electrovalve current
21 OUTOR 72 OUTANA Danfoss right outrigger electrovalve current
23 OUTOR 73 OUTANA Danfoss levelling electrovalve current
24 LSS Output safety line signal 75 OUTANA Danfoss left outrigger electrovalve current
26 OUTANA Danfoss auxiliary electrovalve 76 OUTANA
40 OUTANA Danfoss load-shedding electrovalve current 77 OUTANA
42 OUTANA Danfoss right outrigger electrovalve current 78 OUTANA
43 OUTANA Danfoss levelling electrovalve current

80
79 OUTANA
44 OUTANA Danfoss left outrigger electrovalve current 80 OUTOR
45 OUTANA
82 OUTOR Platform/radio control engine speed relay control voltage
46 OUTANA
48 OUTANA 83 OUTOR Tilting electrovalve power supply voltage
49 OUTOR Intermediate sensor power supply voltage 84 OUTOR
50 OUTOR 85 OUTANA Danfoss telescope electrovalve
51 OUTOR 86 OUTANA Danfoss lifting electrovalve
53 OUTOR Auxiliary electrovalve power supply voltage 87 OUTANA
89 OUTANA
54 OUTOR Platform/radio control start relay control voltage
90 OUTANA Hydrostatic low speed electrovalve current

(05/11/2018) 80-01-M179EN
16 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS

TECHNICAL SHEETS FOR ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS

- Anti-theft output

PIN Function
1 Power supply + Battery
Power Supply + Post
2
contact (APC)
3 Plug X118
6 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 4 5 3 2 1

5
7 4 Manimux info power supply
4
3 8
9 5 Starter electrovalve input
2
10
1 6 Emergency stop output
11
12
7 Engine EV relay input Diagram
8 Starter output

9 Anti-theft/cluster info

10 LED Cluster Input/Output

11 LED Cluster Input/Output

12 Cab ground M1

Corresponding connector

PIN Min. Typical Max


Manimux current 4 mA 6 mA /

Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________

A11 - BMEP Joystick

PIN Function 1

1 X axis signal 2
AXE Y
80

2 X sensors power supply X152

2
8

3 X sensors ground
1 7

2 4 X axis signal 1 1
6

3
5

4 8 5 Y axis signal 1
4

AXE X
3

7
6 Y sensors ground
2

6 1

5 7 Y sensors power supply 2

Diagram
8 Y axis signal 2
Corresponding connector

PIN Min. Typical Max


Supply voltage 4.5 V 5V 5.5 V

Power supply current / 2 x 8 mA /

Output voltage 0.5 V 2.50 V 4.5 V

Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
80-01-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS 17

A12 - Joystick JSM

PIN Function N
12
X67
F

1 JSM 5V power supply


11

JSM
2 Roller 1 direction + 1

3 Roller 1 direction - 5

1 12

-
4

2 11 4 Roller 2 direction +

+
B16 6

3 10
4 5 Roller 2 direction - 3

-
9

+
2
5 8 B15

6 7 6 Signal Roller 1 10

7 Signal Roller 2
Diagram
8 JSM ground
Stabilizer or levelling
9
control
Boom head electrovalve
10
option
11 Forward gear

12 Reverse gear
Corresponding connector

PIN Min. Typical Max


Current in potentiometer under 5 V ± 10% / 1 mA 2 mA

Output voltage 0.5 V / 4.5 V

Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________

B1 - Reversing buzzer

PIN Function

1 Buzzer power supply X38


1

80
1 2

2
2 Frame ground M3

Corresponding connector

Diagram

PIN Min. Typical Max


Resistance (10%) 19.5 Ω 21.7 Ω /

Mean current / 0.60 A 0.75 A

Voltage / 12 V /

Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
(05/11/2018) 80-01-M179EN
18 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS

B2 - Horn

PIN Function

1 Horn power supply

Corresponding connector

1 X39

Diagram

PIN Min. Typical Max


Voltage / 12 V /

Resistance (10%) / 2.17 Ω /

Mean current / 6.00 A /

Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________

B3 - Engine oil pressure switch

PIN Function X17 1 2

1 Pressure information
1
80

2
2 Plug
P

Corresponding connector

Diagram

PIN Min. Typical Max


Manimux current 1 4 mA 6 mA /

Voltage threshold U < 2V = 0 U > 6,5V = 1 Umax = 16V

Type of input Type 1 negative logic input (ELN1)

Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
80-01-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS 19

B5 - Engine water temperature sensor

PIN Function
X18 1 2
1 Water temperature info
1
2
2 Engine Ground

Corresponding connector t°

Diagram

PIN Min. Typical Max


Supply voltage / 12 V /

Resistance range 20 Ω / 2000 Ω

Temperature range 0 °C / 120 °C

Resistance at 60 °C / 134 ± 12,5 Ω /

Resistance at 90 °C / 51.2 ± 4,3 Ω /

Resistance at 100 °C / 38.5 ± 3 Ω /

Temperature (°C) Resistance (Ω) Temperature (°C) Resistance (Ω)


0 1743 100 38

5 1364 105 33

10 1076 110 29

15 850 115 26

20 677 120 22

25 544

30 439

35 357

80
40 291

45 240

50 197

55 151

60 134

65 114

70 97

75 82

80 70

85 60

90 51

95 44

Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
(05/11/2018) 80-01-M179EN
20 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS

B6 - Air filter switch

PIN Function
X20 1 2
1 Clogging info

2 Engine Ground
P
Corresponding connector

Diagram

PIN Min. Typical Max


Manimux current 1 4 mA 6 mA /

Voltage threshold U < 2V = 0 U > 6,5V = 1 Umax = 16V

Type of input Type 1 negative logic input (ELN1)

Note: (Black cable: ground / Grey cable: data)

Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________

B7 - Hydraulic filter switch

PIN Function

X21 1 2
1 Oil pressure info
1
2
80

2 Frame ground M2

Corresponding connector P

Diagram

PIN Min. Typical Max


Manimux current 1 4 mA 6 mA /

Voltage threshold U < 2V = 0 U > 6,5V = 1 Umax = 16V

Type of input Type 1 negative logic input (ELN1)

Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
80-01-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS 21

B8 - Master cylinder pressure switch

PIN Function

X64 1 2
1 Pressure information
2

1 2 Cab ground M1
P
Corresponding connector

Diagram

PIN Min. Typical Max


Manimux current 1 4 mA 6 mA /

Voltage threshold U < 2V = 0 U > 6,5V = 1 Umax = 16V

Type of input Type 1 negative logic input (ELN1)

Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________

B9 + B10 - Wheel alignment sensor

PIN Function
1 Weight
3
2 Signal _ +
2
1
3 Power supply

80
Corresponding connector

3 2 1

X65
X66

Diagram

PIN Min. Typical Max


Supply voltage / 12 V /

Direct current / 10 mA /

Output logic Contact closed = wheels aligned

Output type PNP at Vbat

Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
(05/11/2018) 80-01-M179EN
22 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS

B11 + B12 - Valve position sensor (BV pressure)

PIN Function
A Manimux ground X55
X56
B B 5V Power Supply B
A
C
Analogue forward and
C reverse motion pressure C
signal
Corresponding connector A

Diagram

PIN Min. Typical Max


Supply voltage / 5V /

Power supply current / / 7 mA

Output voltage 0.5 V 2.5 V 4.5 V

Load resistance 20,000 Ω / /

Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________

B13 - Transmission oil pressure switch (mechanical version)

PIN Function
X57 1 2
1 Pressure switch info
2

1 2 Frame ground M2
80

Corresponding connector
P

Diagram

PIN Min. Typical Max


Manimux current 1 4 mA 6 mA /

Voltage threshold U < 2V = 0 U > 6,5V = 1 Umax = 16V

Type of input Type 1 negative logic input (ELN1)

Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
80-01-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS 23

B13 - Transmission oil pressure switch (inching version)

PIN Function

Pressure switch info X57 1 2


1
(Econ.B)
2
Manimux 12V power
1 2
supply
Corresponding connector
P

Diagram

PIN Min. Typical Max


Econ.B current 1 2 mA / /

Manimux Voltage U < 2.25V = 0 U > 3,8V = 1 Umax = 16V

Type of input Logic type 1 positive input (ELP1)

Note: Info on forward gear only.

Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________

B14 - Transmission speed sensor

PIN Function

1 Sensor power supply


1
c
Manimux and Econ.B
2 X62
2

80
frequency signal

Corresponding connector

2 1

Diagram

PIN Min. Typical Max


Supply voltage / 12 V /

Mean current / 10.5 mA /

Low level current / 7 mA /

High level current / 14 mA /

Tooth frequency 0 Hz / 25,000 Hz

Comments:
- Frequency info + Manimux Power 1 power supply in standard Mechanical version.
- Frequency info + Inching version Econ.B power supply.

Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
(05/11/2018) 80-01-M179EN
24 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS

B22 - Mechanical distributor pressure switch contact

PIN Function
X76 1 2
1 Distributor pressure info
2

1 2 Frame Ground M1

Corresponding connector P

Diagram

PIN Min. Typical Max


Manimux current 1 4 mA 6 mA /

Voltage threshold U < 2V = 0 U > 6,5V = 1 Umax = 16V

Type of input Type 1 negative logic input (ELN1)

Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
80

80-01-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS 25

B23 - Telescope Angle Potentiometer

PIN Function
1 Ground
2 12 V Power Supply

Track 1 angle signal


3
6 (0 .5 to 4 .5V)
5
4 2 3 1 5 6 4
1
4 Ground
2 + S 0 + S 0
3 5 12 V Power Supply

Track 2 angle signal


6
(4 .5 to 0 .5 V)
Diagram
Corresponding connector

Typical
Supply voltage 12 V

Direct current 10 mA

Output voltage See notes and diagrams

Load resistance 20 kΩ

Angular range 0° - 90°


Remarks:
An adjustment of the angle sensor and a calibration (min . angle, max . angle) are required on each
machine, after each new calibration .
These two procedures are detailed in the following chapter:
e Group 80 - Electrical control and adjustment
Voltage (V)

S1 S2 Centering of the adjustment range

5V
4,5 V

80
S1

S2

0,5 V

-45° 0° 45°
Potentiometer angle (°)

Representation of a track of the potentiometer (the other track is of


the same value but inverted) .
⇒ In black the operating range of the potentiometer .
⇒ In red, the range and the setting options .
⇒ α represents the working angle of the cart .

The angular sensor setting is detailed in the following chapter:

e Group 80 - Electrical control and adjustment

Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
(05/11/2018) 80-01-M179EN
26 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS

B24 - Transmission oil thermoswitch

PIN Function
X58
1 2
1 Signal info

2 Signal ground

Corresponding connector
T

Diagram

PIN Min. Typical Max


Manimux current 4 mA 6 mA /

Comments:
- Analogue info. on Manimux Power 1 in standard mechanical version.
- Analogue info. on Econ.B in Inching version.

Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________

B34 - Water in fuel filter sensor

PIN Function

1
Presence of water in X61
diesel fuel 1 2 3

3 2 Engine ground
2
80

1
3 Power supply

Corresponding connector

Diagram

PIN Min. Typical Max


Supply voltage / 12 - 24 V /

Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________

80-01-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS 27

B35 to B44 - Walvoil slide position

PIN Function X77 X82


X78 X83
A Contact info X80 X84 X79
X81 X86 X85
1 2 1 2
A
B B Frame Ground M1

Corresponding connector

Diagram

PIN Min. Typical Max


Manimux current 4 mA 6 mA /

Voltage threshold U < 2V = 0 U > 6,5V = 1 Umax = 16V

Type of input Type 1 negative logic input (ELN1)

Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________

B47 + B48 - Angular sensor

PIN Function

1 Weight X180
X181
2 Power supply 1

3
2

80
2
1 3 Analogue signal
3
Corresponding connector

Diagram

PIN Min. Typical Max


Supply voltage / 5V /

Power supply current / 8 mA /

Output voltage 0.5 V 2.5 V 4.5 V

Load resistance 20,000 Ω / /

Note:
- Each machine should be calibrated (min. angle, max. angle) at km 0 (0 mileage).
- Exists in Inching version only.

Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________

(05/11/2018) 80-01-M179EN
28 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS

B74 - Radiator minimum water level sensor

PIN Function
X258
1 Fuel level info
1 2
2

1 2 Engine ground

Corresponding connector
N

Diagram

PIN Min. Typical Max


Current / / 0.5 A

Power / / 10 W

Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________

D+ - Alternator input

PIN Function

Battery charge indicator


D+
lamp G
80

3~
M
U D+
Corresponding connector
G2

Diagram

PIN Min. Typical Max


Power consumed 0.8 W 1.2 W 1.4 W
Engine running: D+ = 12V
Output logic
Engine not running: D+ = 0V

Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
80-01-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS 29

W - Alternator rotation sensor

PIN Function

Alternator frequency
W
(Engine rpm)
G
Corresponding connector
3~
M
U

G2 W

Diagram

PIN Min. Typical Max


Frequency W 100 Hz / 1,000 Hz

High level voltage W VBAT-1 V / /

Low level voltage W / / 1V

Note:
- Info W on Cluster with ratio between alternator F and engine rpm.

Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________

E15 - Rotating beacon light.

PIN Function

1 Power supply
X6

80
2
2 Weight
M11
1
Corresponding connector

Diagram

PIN Min. Typical Max


Resistance (10%) / 2.82 Ω /

Current / 4.62 A /

Voltage / 12 V /

Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
(05/11/2018) 80-01-M179EN
30 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS

R2 - Fuel level gauge

PIN Function
1 X63

1 Fuel level into

Corresponding connector
R2

Diagram

PIN Min. Typical Max


Supply voltage 1 / 12 V /

Empty tank resistance 1 / 345 Ω /

Full tank resistance 1 / 2Ω /

Type of input Analogue input

Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________

S2 - Ignition key switch

PIN Function
1 + Battery

2 + Battery
4
80

1 3 Not used
2 3 OP
4 Preload shunt 30 30 17 17 50a 19 19 54 15 58

1 2 3 4 7 8 9 5 6 10
5 + After contact (+APC) X1 X2

6 + After contact (+APC)


5
6 7 Starter
7
Diagram
8 8 Preheat Shunt
9
10 9 Preheat relay control

10 Not used

Corresponding connector

PIN Min. Typical Max


Switchable current / 8A /

On line drop / 300 mV /

Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
80-01-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS 31

S9 - NC door opening switch

PIN Function
X45
1 2
1 Cluster wake-up info

2 +12V Power Supply

Corresponding connector

Diagram

PIN Min. Typical Max


Manimux current 4 mA 6 mA /

Manimux Voltage U < 2V = 0 U > 6,5V = 1 Umax = 16V

Type of input Logic type 1 positive input (ELP1)

Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________

S10 - NO door opening switch

PIN Function
X52
1
1 Driver presence info 2

80
2 Cab ground M2

Corresponding connector

Diagram

PIN Min. Typical Max


Manimux current 4 mA 6 mA /

Voltage threshold U < 2V = 0 U > 6,5V = 1 Umax = 16V

Type of input Type 1 negative logic input (ELN1)

Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
(05/11/2018) 80-01-M179EN
32 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS

S11 - Brake fluid switch

PIN Function
X22 1
1 Cluster info

2 Cab ground M1
N

Corresponding connector

Diagram

PIN Min. Typical Max


Manimux current 4 mA 6 mA /

Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________

S14 - DECLUTCH push button

PIN Function

1 Declutch info
1 X60
2

2 2 Frame Ground M1
80

Corresponding connector

Diagram

PIN Min. Typical Max


Manimux current 1 4 mA 6 mA /

Voltage threshold U < 2V = 0 U > 6,5V = 1 Umax = 16V

Type of input Type 1 negative logic input (ELN1)

Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________

80-01-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS 33

S34 - Boom retracted switch

PIN Function
X134
1 NO contact 2 3 4 1

1 2 NF Switch
2 4
3
3 Frame ground M3

4 Frame ground M3
Corresponding connector

NO
NF
Diagram

PIN Min. Typical Max


Manimux current 4 mA 6 mA /

Note:
When the boom is retracted, the NO switch is closed and the NC switch is open.

Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________

S46 - Accelerator switch

PIN Function

1 NO contact
NO
NF

1
4 2 NF Switch
2
3
3 Cab ground M1

80
4 Cab ground M1
Corresponding connector 2 3 4 1

X114

Diagram

PIN Min. Typical Max


Manimux current 1 4 mA 6 mA /

Voltage threshold U < 2V = 0 U > 6,5V = 1 Umax = 16V

Type of input Type 1 negative logic input (ELN1)

Note:
- Logic: When pedal is not pressed and at rest, NO contact is closed and NC contact is open.

Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________

(05/11/2018) 80-01-M179EN
34 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS

Y3+Y4 - Forward and reverse electrovalve

PIN Function

1 1 Power supply
X53 2

2 X54
2 Frame ground M2
1

Corresponding connector

Diagram

PIN Min. Typical Max


Voltage 1 / 12 V /

Current / 2.3 A /

Resistance / 6.3 Ω /

Note:
- Measurements taken at 20°C

Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________

Y9+Y16 - VS electrovalve (Mechanical version)

PIN Function
80

1 Power output MP1


1 Y9 Y16

2 2 MP1 ground

Corresponding connector
2 1 X75 2 1 X123

Diagram

PIN Min. Typical Max


Resistance / 6.8 Ω /

Current / 1.76 A /

Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________

80-01-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS 35

Y40+Y41 - Stabiliser deflector electrovalve

PIN Function

1 1 Power supply
1 2 1 2

2
2 Frame Ground M1
Y40 Y41
Corresponding connector

Diagram

PIN Min. Typical Max


Voltage / 12 V /

Current / 2.82 A /

Resistance / 4.24 Ω ± 7% /

Note:
- Measurements taken at 20°C

Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________

Y42 - Levelling deflector electrovalve

PIN Function

1 2

80
1 Power supply
1
2 2 Frame Ground M1
Y42

Corresponding connector

Diagram

PIN Min. Typical Max


Voltage / 12 V /

Current / 2.15 A /

Resistance / 5.57 Ω ± 7% /

Note:
- Measurements taken at 20°C

Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
(05/11/2018) 80-01-M179EN
36 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS

Y47 - PVEA electrovalve

PIN Function
1 Proportional signal
T0
X156 2
4 2 12V MP2 power supply X157
3 X159
2 3 MP2 Ground 1
1
B1
P B2
A1 T
A2
B3
4 Electrovalve fault input 4
A3 B5

B4
Corresponding connector
A5
3
A4

Diagram

PIN Min. Typical Max


Power supply voltage (U) / 12 V /

Power supply current / 0.30 A /

Control voltage 0.25 x U / 0.75 x U

Note:
- X156: Telescope proportional electrovalve
- X157: Lifting proportional electrovalve
- X159 : Attachment proportional electrovalve

Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________

Y44+Y45+Y46 - PVEH electrovalve

PIN Function
1 Tilt proportional signal X158
80

2
T0

4 2 12V MP2 power supply


3
2 3 MP2 Ground 1
B1
P B2 1
A1 T
A2
B3
4 Electrovalve fault input 4
A3 B5

B4

A5
Corresponding connector 3
A4

Diagram

PIN Min. Typical Max


Power supply voltage (U) / 12 V /

Power supply current / 0.53 A /

Control voltage 0.25 x U / 0.75 x U

Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________

80-01-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS 37

Y50 - VRD electrovalve (Mechanical version)

PIN Function

1 High signal
1
2 2 Low signal

Corresponding connector

X260 1 2

Diagram

PIN Min. Typical Max


Resistance / 10 Ω /

Current / 1.2 A /

Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________

- Inductive sensor

PIN Function
1 2
1 12V Power Supply

2 Signal info
Corresponding connector

80
S

Diagram

PIN Min. Typical Max


Supply voltage 9V 13 V 18 V

Output current / 10 mA /

Voltage drop / / 2.5 V

Note:
- In front of target = 1
- Without target = 0

Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________

(05/11/2018) 80-01-M179EN
38 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
80

80-01-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

pages

CODES ON ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

CABLE MARKING ON AN ELECTRICAL WIRING HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

MULTIPLEXING OF THE MANIMUX SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS
UP TO MACHINE -->| NO. 971080
–– MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A
–– MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B
FROM MACHINE NO. 971081
–– MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C

80
–– MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D

(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
2 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM CODIFICATION EXAMPLE


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
S2
V

M -M
Ca - M2
Ch
Ba

ot 3
1

b
as
t

-M
1
2
III II I O P
A 4
30 30 17 17 50a 19 19 54 15 58
7
3 X1 1 2 3 4 7 8 9 5 6 10 X2
X151 5

769

669

444
719
713
705
+ APC 6
71 739

X150
BF1 / M1 02
Version H
238
F3 8 3

CN2-P2
11 237 40
421 2

K21
C F4 15
13 7 2
269 EP6 236 09
12 169 1

8
30
87

5 666
4
Y40
11 25
12 235 169
72 X162
85

86

421
234 55 420
Version Standard
4
5 369
F5 6 1 233 16 A2 10
X201 X116 MP 22 9 421 2
555 69

420 1

BF2 / M3
CN1-P2
CAN A H
Y16
CAN A L
E F3 469
X161
EP7
719
71 72 10

15
14
666

412
369

G 13 412 2
12 11 41 42
1
69
58
569 EP12 420
69
CN1-P1

Masse CAN A

CAN A H

CAN A L

Sch.3
59
X161 Y15
77
91

90 76

89 47 X38-7 X168
EP5 M1
Sch. 8 Sch. 5 9 X76B
88 46

I
17

9
87 17
X166A X166B
R 16
86
S25 N
12 183 30 P
F

11 182 59
A1 B06
8 82
179
JSM 1 34 MP 12
172

K 7 178 49

X149
5 176 88 58
440 440
B16
80

4 175 87
CN2-P1

Option ETDF Version EP/RC


+

6 177 19

B15 3 174 86 58
449 2 Y28
-

EP68
16
+

2 173 85 1

S16 10 232 89
X160
M
A12 S15 9 180 56

X67 X148

Example of marking on cables and components on an electrical diagram

Key:

1 - Marking grid
2 - + Permanent 10 - Electrical component name
3 - + After ignition 11 - Splice
4 - Grounds 12 - Version choice
5 - Wire N° 13 - Other diagram reference
6 - Electrical connector 14 - CAN
7 - Electrical connector name 15 - CAN Shielding
8 - Electrical connector PIN N° 16 - Option
9 - Electrical component
80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 3

CABLE IDENTIFICATION ON AN ELECTRICAL WIRING HARNESS

The electrical harnesses installed on the truck are composed of connectors .


In order to identify the connectors and their wires, each wire carried a marking .

X32/88/X64

Joins
Wire N° End points X64

X32 / 88 / X64 X32 / 88 / X64

X32

80

(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
4 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

MULTIPLEXING OF THE MANIMUX SYSTEM

Order

ECU

E.g.: Pressure switch BUS CAN


E.g.: electrovalve
ECU
P

ECU

Acquisition/Inlet Treatment Action/Outlet


80

ECU: Electronic Control Unit

The computers share their data via the BUS CAN network.
Each operator request (command) is treated by a computer.
For this request to be activated, the machine position (via sensors, pressure switches, etc.) is recognized
and exchanged through the Manimux system.
After analysis, the system authorises or prevents the activation of the receiver (e.g.: electrovalve).

80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
Up to machine -->| no. 971080
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS A1

MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840


pages

POSITION OF CONNECTORS BY DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2


ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS BY FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4
–– 1 – START-UP / CUSTOMER DIGICODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4
–– 2 – CAN H-L / OBD PLUG (DIAGNOSTIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A6
–– 3 – TRANSMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8
–– 4 – HYDRAULIC MOVEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A9
–– 5 – CAB SENSORS / EMERGENCY STOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11
–– 6 – LIGHTING AND SIGNALING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A14
–– 7 – LIGHTING AND SIGNALING / CAR RADIO OPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A16
–– 8 – AIR CONDITIONING + HEATING OPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A18
–– 9 – CRC / BOOM HEAD EV / PNEUMATIC SEAT OPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A21
–– 10 – REAR HYDRAULIC TWO WAY EV / BOOM HEAD ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . A22

80

(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
A2 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
-->| no. 971080

POSITION OF CONNECTORS BY DIAGRAM

Connectors Diag. 1 Diag. 2 Diag. 3 Diag. 4 Diag. 5 Diag. 6 Diag. 7 Diag. 8 Diag. 9 Diag. 10

B+ √

D+ √

W √

X0 √

X1 √

X2 √

X3 √

X4 √

X5 √

X6 √

X7 √

X8 √

X11 √ √

X12 √

X13 √ √ √ √ √

X14 √

X15 √ √ √ √

X16 √ √ √ √

X17 √

X18 √

X20 √

X21 √

X22 √

X23 √ √ √ √

X25 √ √

X26 √

X27 √

X28 √

X29 √ √ √ √
80

X30 √

X31 √ √

X32 √

X33 √

X34 √

X35 √

X36 √

X37 √

X38 √

X39 √

X40 √

X42 √ √

X43 √

X45 √

X46 √

X47 √

X48 √

X49 √

X50 √

80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS A3
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
-->| no. 971080

Connectors Diag. 1 Diag. 2 Diag. 3 Diag. 4 Diag. 5 Diag. 6 Diag. 7 Diag. 8 Diag. 9 Diag. 10 Connectors Diag. 1 Diag. 2 Diag. 3 Diag. 4 Diag. 5 Diag. 6 Diag. 7 Diag. 8 Diag. 9 Diag. 10

X52 √ X105 √

X53 √ X106 √

X54 √ X107 √

X55 √ √ X108 √

X56 √ √ X109 √

X57 √ √ X110 √ √ √ √ √ √

X58 √ √ X111 √

X59 √ X112 √ √ √

X60 √ X113 √ √ √ √ √ √ √

X61 √ X114 √ √

X62 √ √ X115 √

X63 √ X116 √ √

X64 √ X118 √ √ √

X65 √ X119 √

X66 √ X120 √

X67 √ √ X121 √

X68 √ √ √ X123 √

X69 √ X124 √

X70 √ X130 √

X71 √ X131 √

X72 √ X132 √

X73 √ X133 √

X75 √ X134 √

X76 √ X138 √ √

X77 √ X139 √

X78 √ X140 √

X79 √ X148 √ √ √ √ √ √ √

X80 √ X149 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √

X81 √ X153 √

80
X82 √ X154 √

X83 √ X155 √ √ √

X84 √ X166 √

X85 √ X200 √

X86 √ X201 √ √ √ √

X87 √ X204 √

X88 √ X205 √
X91 √
X257 √
X92 √
X258 √
X93 √

X94 √ X260 √

X95 √ √ √ X263 √

X96 √

X97 √

X100 √

X101 √

X102 √

X103 √

X104 √

(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
A4 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS BY FUNCTION

1 – START-UP / CUSTOMER DIGICODE


MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
-->| no. 971080

Connectors Components
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence correspondence

Engine B+ G2 Alternator power supply Q13 S50 Emergency stop button A25
Engine D+ G2 Alternator excitation Q13 Y1 Engine stop electrovalve Q30
Engine W G2 Alternator Q13 Y2 KSB cold start electrovalve Q27
X 0 S1 Battery cut-off Q7
Cab 1 X 1 S2 Ignition switch (4 way) C14
Fuses and relays
Cab 1 X 2 S2 Ignition switch (6 way) C17
Engine X 3 R1 Preheat Q9 Item Designation Position on diagram

Engine X 4 M1 Starter electrovalve Q5 BF1/M1


Engine X 5 R5 Fuel heater I34 F45 BF3 cab fuse box power supply A6
Engine X 7 M2 Diesel pump Q25 F42 Ignition switch (50A) C6
Engine X 8 Y1 Engine stop electrovalve Q30 F46 Preheat (80A) C6
Cab 1 X 13 A9 Cluster C28 F43 Alternator (80A) C6
Engine/Cab 1 X 23 Engine/cab interface O20 BF1/M2
Engine X 42 Y2 Cold start system thermoswitch Q27 F52 Diesel preheater (20A) I15
Engine X 61 B34 Fuel water level sensor Q34 F55 Starter electrovalve (20A) I16
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply cab / engine interface G8 K20 Preheat relay I13
Cab 1 X118 Customer digicode C34 BF1/M3
Cab 1 X138 S50 Emergency stop button C23 K21 Engine start relay I22
Frame X148 A1 Manimux Power CN1-P1 O36 K22 Diesel fuel reheating relay I25
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 O33 K23 Engine speed / Radio Control relay I26
Engine X200 ORH engine speed electrovalve M28 BF3/M1
Engine X201 BF1/M1 Engine compartment fusebox BF1 C5 F7 Customer digicode G6
Engine/Frame X257 Engine/frame interface Q36 F12 Front windscreen wiper and windscreen washer (15A) G6
Engine X258 B74 Radiator minimum water level sensor Q36 BF3/M2
F25 +VBat digicode K5
80

F31 APC engine start safety, relay K5 (10A) K4


Components
BF3/M3
Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram K2 Front windscreen wiper intermittent relay K34
correspondence

A1 Manimux Power MP1 M38 K3 Air-conditioning motor fan relay K38

A9 Manimux Cluster MC2 C31 K5 Stop electrovalve relay, diesel supply pump, cold starter electrovalve K32

B34 Water in fuel filter sensor S34 K6 Air conditioning compressor control relay K36

B74 Radiator minimum water level sensor S36


D3 Diode D3 K6
Splices
D4 Diode D4 Q29
D5 Diode D5 I23 Item Position on diagram
G1 Battery 12V / 110Ah or 145 Ah (cold countries) A3
Ep.1 O26
G2 12V/85A alternator S11
Ep.3 Q30
M1 Starter Q5
Ep.4 Q29
M2 Diesel pump Q25
Ep.5 E22
R1 Preheat resistances S9
Ep.7 I23
R5 Diesel fuel reheating I38
Ep.8 I23
S1 Battery cut-off S8
Ep.9 I5
S2 Ignition switch A14
Ep.14 M18
S3 Cold start system thermoswitch Q27

80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS A5
DIAGRAM 1 - STARTER / CUSTOMER DIGICODE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

V Bat

M a C M
as s ab 1
M
M se

se se M
M
as
as C
se ab

C Mo 2
ha te
ss ur
is
A A

M
4
S2 PO S50
G1 SIT
BF1 / M1
PIN
IO
N O P
F45 5 10
50a / 7 x
F42 2
OP 19 / 8 x x CLUSTER
X118 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 4 5 3 2 1

X138 1 2 3 4
F46 6 4 A9 / MC2
19 / 9

184

134
30 30 17 17 50a 19 19 54 15 58
x x

119

242

120
148

125

141
123
124

119

39
65

11
12
43
X201 F43 X1 1 2 3 4 7 8 9 5 6 10 X2
3
54 / 5 x x x
3
C C

64

64
65

245

66
67
69
70
51
15 / 6 x x x X13 5 6 21 30 37 17 29 25 26
125

49

50
137

134

122

245
58 / 10 x 124

x PIN = 12 V 123

APC 50a 65
APC 54 66
120 122
APC 54 67 EP 5
E APC 15 69 121
E
APC 15 70

BF3 / M1
10

X113 1
68
F12
71

G G
11
F7 12

28

EP 8
X5 R5
D5

11
56

44

34

33
BF1/M2

4
EP 7

41
1 3 12 21
8 6

33

45

44

27

34
86 30 1 3 1 3 1 3
I I
F52

F54

F55
K21 K22 K23
71

86 30 86 30 86 30

K20 85 87 176 175 174


EP 9

2 4 11 7 5
85 87 85 87 85 87

177

141
12
43

31

32
5

2 5 2 5 2 5
35

2 5 4 2 2 2
72

73

37 36 K5 K2 K6 K3
D3
240

85 87
240

87a
68

35

29
18
86 30
241
BF3 / M2

1 3
K K
F31

F25

46
137
46

39

80
EP 14

M M
X23
243

C3
14
49

29

30
A4 1 2 X200
50 13

A3
51 11
CN2-P1 / X149 A1 / MP 12
A5
244 19
57
B8 284
243 24
CN1-P1 / X148
A6
121 21
25

O 60 A1
8 O

24

285
C1
62 9

EP 1
A8
61 8-1
1 51
C8
63 9-1

285

284
X257
5

X3 1 2 3 4
M1

46

47

28

27
23
X42
1

19
2
X7 1 2
M

EP 3
Q M t° S3 Q
M2
X4 X0 58
18

59
B+

46

50

51

47

52
3
G
1 2 X8 X61 1 2 3 X258 1 2
3~ 14
45 D4
M
D+

58
U 13 Y2 Y1
N

EP 4
S1 R1 G2 W

B34 B74

22
X0

S S

(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
A6 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
2 – CAN H-L / OBD PLUG (DIAGNOSTIC)

MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840


-->| no. 971080

Connectors Splices
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence
Cab 1 X 13 A9 Cluster G7/I4 Ep.5 E16
Frame/Cab 1 X110 Frame/cab Interface O13 Ep.9 A8
Frame/Cab 1 X112 Frame/cab Interface A16 Ep.15 O13
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply engine / cab interface A7 Ep.16 K7
Cab 1 X115 OBD diagnostic plug M4 Ep.28 I16
Frame X116 Manimux Power supply engine/frame interface C7 Ep.29 O15
Cab 1 X140 R4 Inching resistance option O4
Frame X148 A1 Manimux Power CN1-P1 G20
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 G13
Engine X201 BF1/M1 Engine compartment fusebox BF1 A5
Frame X263 B50 Vishay CAN gauge K13
CAN Network

Components
Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence
Manimux Cluster
A1 Manimux Power MP1 G14 PAD tool
A9 Manimux Cluster MC2 G5
B50 Vishay CAN gauge K13
D3 Diode D3 C33
VCI

CAN A
80

Fuses and relays

Item Designation Position on diagram

BF1/M1
Manimux Power MP12
F45 BF3 Power supply (cab) (40A) A6
F41 Manimux Power 2 (20A) A6
F44 Manimux Power 1 (40A) C6 (Standard version)
BF3/M2
F22 Power supply cluster + V bat (3A) A14
Key:
F23 RC battery charger + Econ B 120 (2A) supply A14
F28 OBD diagnostic plug +VBat (5A) C14 - CAN A: Manimux CAN (Cluster ⇔ Power12)
F33 OBD diagnostic plug +APC (5A) C14
BF3/M1
F9 Cluster power supply + APC (2A) E5
F12 Front windscreen wiper and windscreen washer (15A) E4

80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS A7
DIAGRAM 2 - CAN H-L / OBD PLUG (DIAGNOSTIC)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

M Ma e C
M se e C b M
Key:

as ss a
as C a 1
M

se ha b
69
66

as

C ssi M2
C 4
AP 15
AP 70
67

s
AP 5

ha s
AP at
C

C
C

A A

ss M2
B

- CAN A: Manimux CAN (Cluster ⇔ Power1/Power2)

is
V

BF1 / M1 BF3 / M2 36

M
3
X113
X201 F45
10 1 71
EP 9
73
F22
- CAN B: Truck CAN (Power1 ⇔ APC 120)
35 X112
F41
2
72
F23
37 37 18 - A: Power supply
7

F44 1 F28
- M: Ground
6 ALIM. 1 42
10 mm2 - LSS: Output safety line
F33
X116 68 48

240
D3
C 240 241 C
68
BF3 / M1

F12

F9

E E

10 mm2
ALIM. 1
14

EP 5
154

155

190

191

192
14

86
35

36

87

88

89

90

91
CN1-P1 / X148
X13
G G
4 10 20 9 32 16 17 46 47 76 77 15 45 75

A M CN2-P1 / X149 A M

CLUSTER 71 24
A1 / MP 12

R 120 ohm
A9 / MC2 284 57

High CAN A
High CAN A
Low CAN A

Low CAN A
L H

X13 3 11 1 24 38 8 31 44 43 14 74 73 25 90 11 42 41 71 72

285
143

107

Black

96

45
I I
EP 28

LSS
42
CAN A

48
1
X263 3 2 5 4 1

16
Wake-up line
14
CAN B
6 CAN A
K K
5 186 185
EP 16 R
11

CAN B B50

CAN A
3
J 1939

J 1939

X115

80
285

284

X257
M 1 2 3 4
M
LSS
CAN B

J 1939 12

11
J 1939

107 9 71

143 7 45
H 8
EP 15 187 95 EP 29
234
O 1
O
R4 6

2
L CAN A 5 CAN A
3
235

X140 X110

Q Q

S S

(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
A8 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
3 – TRANSMISSION
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
DIAGRAM 3 – TRANSMISSION -->| no. 971080
Connectors 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic

M Ma
M se se
Item Designation

as s
as C C
s e ha a b
type name diagram correspondence

C ssi M1
ha s
ss M2
is
Frame X 53 Y3 Forward electrovalve M5

M
1
A
Frame X 54 Y4 Reverse electrovalve K5
Frame X 55 B11 Forward motion pressure sensor O16
Frame X 56 B12 Reverse motion pressure sensor M16
Frame X 57 B13 Transmission oil pressure G9

Frame X 58 B24 G9 C
Gearbox temperature sensor (2 contacts on Manimux)
Frame X 60 S14 Gear lever transmission cut-off K10
Frame X 62 B14 Gearbox output speed sensor I5
Frame X 67 A12 JSM plug M7
Frame X 92 Y13 Negative brake electrovalve control I10
Frame/Cab 1 X110 Frame/cab interface S14 E CN2-P1 / X149

Cab 1 X114 Accelerator switch S16 T


19 1
108 108

Frame X148 A1 Manimux Power CN1-P1 S3 10


221 221 2

B24
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 I3 X58

112 2

G 27 1
111 111

X57
P
B13

70 2
223 223 8
Components 83
222 222 7 1
EP90

Hydraulic X92
Item Designation Position on diagram I Y13
correspondence X62
52 102
102 2

A1 Manimux Power MP1 M2 22 c


101 101 1

A12 JSM (Joystick Switch and move) M11 B14

B11 Forward motion pressure sensor O18


104 2

B12 Reverse motion pressure sensor O18 63


103 103 1
K
B13 Transmission oil pressure switch G11 X54 Y4
171 2

B14 Gearbox output speed sensor I7 29


170 170 1

X60 S14
B15 Roller 1 on JSM O12 A1 / MP 12
80

B16 Roller 2 on JSM O12 110 2

62
B24 Gearbox temperature sensor (2 contacts on Manimux) E11 109 109 1

X53 Y3
M
S14 Gear lever transmission cut-off K11 56 9
A12 / JSM
180
S16
S16 BP2 contact on JSM (Only with EVTF option) M10 89
232
10

85 2 X56
S25 FNR contact on JSM Q11
173

B15
B
86 3 98
174

S46 Switch on accelerator pedal S17 19


177 6 99
C
B12
A

B16
100
Y3 Forward electrovalve M7
87 4
175

5
O
88
176
Y4 Reverse electrovalve K7 49
178 7
X55
B
105

Y13 Negative brake electrovalve I11 34


172 1
106
C
B11
82 8 A
179 107

59 11
182

30 12
183
F
3
98 N S25
X67
20
R
99
Q
18
100

2
105

Splices 79
106 104
2

78
107 3
149

Item Position on diagram 5 4


150 4
231 231
S46
26 3 1
65 65 103
Ep.90 I7
S CN1-P1 / X148 X110 X114

80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS A9
4 – HYDRAULIC MOVEMENT
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
-->| no. 971080
DIAGRAM 4 – HYDRAULIC MOVEMENT
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Connectors

M
M sse
a
as C
se ha
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic

C ss
ha is
Item Designation

ss M
t
Ba
type name diagram correspondence

is 2
V

M
3
A
Frame X 67 A12 JSM plug S6
Frame X71 Output A on telescope and attachment O15
Frame X72 Output B on telescope and attachment Q15
Frame X75 Y9 Movement safety EV1 M15
Frame X116 Manimux Power supply engine/frame interface I5
Frame X123 Y16 Safety electrovalve S15 C

Frame X148 A1 Manimux Power CN1-P1 S10


Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 S10
Engine X201 BF1/M1 Engine compartment fusebox BF1 I3
Frame X260 Y50 Flow regulation electrovalve connector K15
E

Components
Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence G
A1 Manimux Power MP1 O9
A12 JSM (Joystick Switch and Move) S2
B15 Roller 1 on JSM Q3
B16 Roller 2 on JSM Q3
BF1 / M1
S16 BP2 contact on JSM (Only with EVTF option) S3 I F41
2
7
S25 FNR contact on JSM O3 F44 1
6

Y5 Telescope extend proportional electrovalve Q17 X201


X116

Y6 Telescope retract proportional electrovalve O17


Y7 Attachment proportional electrovalve direction 1 O17
Y8 Attachment proportional electrovalve direction 2 O17 K
Y9 Safety valve 1/distributor M17 Y50
1
Y16 Safety valve 2/distributor S17 138

2
139

Y50 Flow regulation valve K16

80
337 X260

12 13

36 2
138 542

66
M
1
91
77 139 540

90 76 X75 Y9
89 47

Fuses and relays EP5


46
68
149 149 4

88 38 3
148 148
87 17

Item Designation Position on diagram 16


Y8
86 70
145 145
2

40 1

BF1/M1 A1 / MP 12
144 144

O X71 Y6
F41 Manimux Power MP2 (20A) I3 67
R 147 147
4

F44 Manimux Power MP1 (40A) I3 S25 N


F 12 30
37
146 146
3
183

11 182 59 Y7
69 2
143 143
8 82
179
39 1
142 142
1 172 34

X72 Y5
7 178 49

Splices Q 5 176 88
75
192

45
191
4 175 87
B16

15
190
Item Position on diagram 6 177 19
61
241
3 174 86
CN1-P1 / X148
B15

540
Ep.5 M6 2 173 85

2
541
10 232 89 EP25

Ep.25 S13 56
58
240
EP26
539
1

S16 9 180
CN2-P1 / X149 X123
Ep.26 S13 Y16

542
S
A12 / JSM X67

(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
A10 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
80

80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS A11
5 – CAB SENSORS / EMERGENCY STOP
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
-->| no. 971080

Connectors Connectors
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation
type name diagram correspondence type name diagram correspondence
Cab 1 X 13 A9 Cluster C5 Frame X124 C1 and C2 QX boom inductive sensor connector O38
Cab 1 X 16 High/low cab interface Q29 QX Boom X130 B54 Inductive sensor inner C1 QX boom O37
Engine X 17 B3 Engine oil pressure switch I7 QX Boom X131 B55 Inductive sensor inner C2 QX boom O38
Engine X 18 B5 Engine water thermoswitch E7 Frame X132 B30 Servo steering circuit fault pressure switch (TUV) I34
Engine X 20 B6 Air filter clogging E5 Frame X133 B29 ON/OFF negative brake pressure switch C36
Frame X 21 B7 Hydraulic filter sensor I25 Frame X134 S34 Retracted boom sensor I29
Cab 1 X 22 S11 Brake fluid level M11/K11 Cab 1 X138 S50 Emergency stop button M5
Engine/Cab 1 X 23 Engine/cab interface C5/Q3 Cab 1 X139 Pedal potentiometers C15
Cab 1 X 29 A8 Heating O27 Frame X148 A1 Manimux Power CN1-P1 E26
Engine X 42 Y2 Cold start system thermoswitch Q3 Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 E38
Cab 1 X 45 S9 NC door closed switch on cluster (wake-up) I5 Option X155 B46 Air-con socket on SNDC condenser S31
Cab 1 X 52 S10 NO door closed switch on Manimux Power M40
Frame X 55 B11 Forward motion pressure sensor E20
Frame X 56 B12 Reverse motion pressure sensor E18
Components
Frame X 57 B13 Transmission oil pressure A33
Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram
Frame X 58 B24 A35 correspondence
Gearbox temperature sensor (2 contacts on Manimux)
A1 Manimux Power MP1 E31
Frame X 62 B14 Gearbox output speed sensor G20
A8 Heating / ventilation panel O27
Cab 1 X 63 R2 Fuel gauge C11
A9 Manimux Cluster MC2 C9
Cab 1 X 64 B8 Master cylinder pressure switch I11
B3 Engine oil pressure switch K7
Frame X 65 B9 Front wheel alignment C32
B5 Engine temperature sensor G7
Frame X 66 B10 Rear wheel alignment C34
B6 Engine air filter clogging pressure switch G4
Frame X 70 B17 Assist brake circuit pressure switch C38
B7 Hydraulic filter clogging pressure switch K25
Cab 1 X 73 R2 Fuel gauge E11
B8 Brake master cylinder pressure switch K11
Frame X76 B22 Safety valve/distributor pressure switch C31
B9 Front wheel alignment sensor C33
Frame X77 B36 Boom lifting NC sensor O31
B10 Rear wheel alignment sensor C35
Frame X78 B35 Boom lowering NC sensor O33
B11 Forward motion pressure sensor C20
Frame X79 B37 Tilting NO sensor O35
B12 Reverse motion pressure sensor C19
Frame X80 B38 Tilting NC sensor A20

80
B13 Transmission oil pressure switch A32
Frame X81 B42 Right stabiliser raising NC sensor A26
B14 Gearbox output speed sensor G35
Frame X82 B41 Right stabiliser lowering NC sensor A28
B17 Servo brake circuit fault pressure switch E39
Frame X83 B40 Left stabiliser raising NC sensor A22
B18 Right-hand stabiliser pressure switch 1 I29
Frame X84 B39 Left stabiliser lowering NC sensor A24
B19 Right-hand stabiliser pressure switch 2 K32
Frame X85 B43 Levelling NO sensor A29
B20 Left-hand stabiliser pressure switch 1 K29
Frame X86 B44 Levelling NC sensor A31
B21 Left-hand stabiliser pressure switch 2 I25
Frame X 87 B18 Right stabiliser lower pressure switch G29
B22 Safety valve/distributor hydraulic cut-out pressure switch E31
Frame X 88 B19 Right stabiliser upper pressure switch I32
B23 Boom angle sensor I37
Cab 2 X 95 Cab/air-conditioning condenser harness link S30
B24 Gearbox temperature sensor (2 contacts on Manimux) A35
Frame X 96 B20 Left stabiliser low level pressure switch I29
B29 Negative brake fault pressure switch C36
Frame X 97 B21 Left stabiliser high level pressure switch G26
B30 Servo steering circuit fault pressure switch K34
Frame X100 B23 Boom angle sensor I39
B32 Strain gage 1 A7
Frame/Cab 1 X110 Frame/cab Interface I25/M27
B33 Strain gage 2 A11
Frame/Cab 1 X111 Frame/cab Interface A15
B35 Boom lowering NC sensor Q33
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply cab / engine interface C4
B36 Boom lifting NC sensor Q31
Cab 1 X114 S46 Accelerator pedal switch M28
B37 Tilting NO sensor Q35
Cab 1 X118 Customer digicode K4
B38 Tilting NC sensor A21
Cluster X119 B32 Strain gage 1 A5
B39 Left stabiliser lowering NC sensor A24
Cluster X120 B33 Strain gage 2 A9
(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
A12 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
5 - CAB SENSORS / EMERGENCY STOP (continued)

Components Fuses and relays


Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence
B40 Left stabiliser raising NC sensor A22 BF1/M1
B41 Right stabiliser lowering NC sensor A28 F45 BF3 Power supply (cab) (40A) C3
B42 Right stabiliser raising NC sensor A26 BF3/M1
B43 Levelling NO sensor A29 F4 Heating / Ventilation (20A) M23
B44 Levelling NC sensor A31 F12 Front windscreen wiper and windscreen washer (15A) I4
B45 Air-conditioning low pressure sensor Q26 F20 Electric window regulator (15A) I3
B46 Air-conditioning high pressure sensor S32 BF3/M2
B49 Turbine speed (inching) sensor E20 F21 Roof light and door contact (3A) G3
B54 QX boom extension inductive sensor C1 Q37 F31 +APC engine start safety, relay (10A) K4
B55 QX boom extension inductive sensor C2 Q38 BF3/M3
D3 Diode D3 M7 K2 Front windscreen wiper intermittent relay O8
H12 Heating panel light lamp Q26 K3 Air-conditioning motor fan relay S8
M16 Heating vent blower motor fan Q26 K5 Stop electrovalve relay, diesel supply pump, cold starter electrovalve Q5
R2 Fuel level sensor E10 K6 Air conditioning compressor control relay Q8
S3 Cold start system thermoswitch S4
S9 Closed cab door switch on cluster NC (wake-up) K5
S10 Closed cab door switch on power NO M38
S11 Low brake fluid level switch K10
Splices
S12 Heating speed control switch Q24
S13 Heater speed control switch Q27 Item Position on diagram
S34 Retracted boom sensor K28
Ep.1 Q3
S46 Switch on accelerator pedal O30
Ep.9 E3
S50 Emergency stop button M5
Ep.14 O3
Y2 KSB cold start electrovalve S4
Ep.20 G39
Ep.40 M18 (MT1840)
Ep.61 M34 (MT1840)
Ep.91 G38
80

80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS A13
DIAGRAM 5 - CAB SENSORS / EMERGENCY STOP

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

M se has teu
M a eC bM
M e e Mb M
108

as C s r
as ss a 1
as C o 2
160

158

164

162
151

161

159

165

163

167
150

166
168

169
X84 X82 X86

M
X81

112
X83 X85 221

M se
111
X80

se ha is
s
M
as
as C
B32 B33

C ssi M1
X111 X57
66

67

69

70

s a
15 14 13 11 10 9 X58

ha s
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 1
C 4
C 4
C 5
15

ss M2
AP 5
AP 5
AP 1
AP at

is
C

A A
B

M
V

3
X119 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 X120 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
P
B38 B40 B39 B42 B41 B43 B44
T
B13 B24

CLUSTER
BF1 / M1

A9 / MC2
F45

109
114

113

112

110
111
X139 5 4 6 2 1 3

184

185
5 B9 B10
B29
C X13 34 36 40 39 6 27 35 31 21 X76 1 2 C
P
10

137

139

135

134
X70

118
54
53

55

_ _
X113 + +

225
2
1 B12 B11

138
71

X65 X66 X133


53

54

55

224
P 1
X23 C4 B4 B6 X63 3 2 1 3 2 1 1 2

114
115

113

227
84

229
85

83
B22 P B17
16

20

26

20

272

150

160

158

164

162

168

166

184

108

221
111
64

32

31
X56 X55
45 37 6 80 88 34 5 4 64 3 33 28 27 13 49 11 19 10 32 18 41 9 20 29 21
EP 9

B C A B C A
R2 78
107 107

98

99

100
CN2-P1 / X149

105

106
79
E N
106
2
E
105
18
100
X73 A1 / MP12
72

73

25
26

20
17
16

99
X20 X18 1 2
3
98
BF3 / M2

6
80 CN1-P1 / X148
F21

60 54 84 83 24 23 53 26 5 7 9 10 55 22 52 80 48 50
P t°

202

101

102

230
127

231

226
154

152
65
38

37

156
125

22

21
1 2 X62
B6 B5

123

124
34

129

130
X87
G X97
3 2 1 3 2 1 G

B14

EP20
EP91
c

P P
BF3 / M1

B18

80
B21
X110
F20

F12

16 18

22
24

23

21
135

19

18
156

106
4 6 5 1 3 2 X100
X64
118

34

1 2

202

203

226

228
127

128

126

125
37
38

39

40
I X96 X88
I
70

67

68

X21 X134 X132


20

1 2 1 2 2 3 4 1 3 2 1 1 2 3 1 2
X17 1 2
X45
P

240 B23
68

S9
P P P P P
B8 B7 B20 B19 B30
BF3 / M2

S34
F31

B3
139

X22
S11
K K
46

N
240

D3
X118
7 6

106

163
241

231
X22

64
141

65
119

X110 X52
159

1 2
2 3 4

80
S50 156
102

31
M X138 S10 M

104
103

150

149
119 1

EP61
BF3 / M1 X114 1 4 3 2
242 2
F4
184 3
66 6
69
134 4

S46
Only MT1840

271

272
270

32
184 1 2 4 3
X124

+ +

152

102

126

79

80
6
O 1 2 3 4 5 6
X29 O

156

157

154

155

152

153
X77 X78 X79
EP 14

1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
177

K2 A8 X130 X131
243

2
X23 S

79

80
S

B8 H12 BP C1 C2
176

7 8
B45
+ +
177

141
24

B36 B35 B37 B54 B55

31

32
2 5 4 0
1 X16
K5 2
K6 126 S13
Q Q
85 87 87a
EP 1

2 1 3
S12

86 30
23

1 3
X42
175

1 2
32
K3
46
137

M16 2
2 31 1
t° S3
X95 X155
174

HP B46

S Y2 S

(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
A14 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
6 – LIGHTING AND SIGNALING
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
-->| no. 971080

Connectors Components
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence correspondence
Cab 2 X 6 E15 Rotating beacon light G32 E13 Front left working light O11
Cab 1 X 11 S4 Wiper stalk switch E26 E14 Roof light E24
Cab 1 X 12 Wiping reset E34 E15 Rotating beacon light G36
Cab 1 X 13 A9 Cluster I8 M3 Front windscreen wiper motor K37
Cluster X 14 S5 Light commutator switch G3 M4 Rear windscreen wiper motor G15
Cab 1 X 15 High/low cab interface G22 M7 Front windscreen washer pump S18
Cab 1 X 16 High/low cab interface C24 M8 Rear windscreen washer pump S20
Cab 1 X 25 M3 Front windscreen wiper K36 M9 Window up motor S17
Cab 2 X 27 M7 Front windscreen washer pump Q18 M11 Rotating beacon light motor G35
Cab 2 X 28 M8 Rear windscreen washer pump Q20 S4 Wiper commutator switch A39
Frame X 31 E3 Left rear light Q30 S5 Light commutator switch E10
Frame X 32 E4 Right rear light Q34 S6 Window regulator switch S4
Cab 2 X 33 Front L/R working headlight link M9 S7 Cigarette lighter S15
Frame X 35 E1 Front left headlight Q22
Frame X 36 E2 Front right headlight Q26
Frame X 38 B1 Reverse buzzer Q37
Frame X 39 B2 Main horn M38
Fuses and relays
Cab 2 X 43 M9 Window up motor Q16
Cab 1 X 46 S7 Cigarette lighter Q12 Item Designation Position on diagram
Cab 1 X 47 S7 Cigarette lighter light Q14
BF1/M1
Option X 48 E12 Front right working light M11
F45 BF3 Power supply (cab)(40A) A5
Option X 49 E13 Front left working light M10
BF3/M1
Cab 2 X 50 E14 Roof light C24
F11 Cigarette lighter (10A) I3
Cab 2 X 59 M4 Rear windscreen wiper motor G14
F12 Front windscreen wiper and windscreen washer (15A) I4
Cab 1 X 68 Roof switch supply C16
F13 Rear windscreen wiper and windscreen washer (10A) I4
Cab 1 X 69 S6 Window wind up M3
F20 Electric window up I5
Frame/Cab 1 X110 Frame/cab Interface M14
BF3/M2
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply cab / engine interface A8
F21 Roof light and door contact A14
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 M22
80

F24 Front auto return windscreen wiper motor+ Vbat (15A) C14
Engine X201 BF1/M1 Engine compartment fusebox BF1 C4
F27 Side + roof + rear windscreen wiper motor + Vbat (10/-15A) C14
BF3/M3
K2 Front windscreen wiper intermittent relay K33
K3 Air-conditioning motor fan relay K31
Components
K6 Air conditioning compressor control relay K31
Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence
A1 Manimux Power MP1 M28
A9 Manimux Cluster MC2 G5
B1 Reversing sound alarm Q38 Splices
B2 Main horn M38
Item Position on diagram
D2 Diode D2 G36
E1 Front left headlight Q23 Ep.1 Q5
E2 Front right headlight Q26 Ep.2 Q6
E3 Left rear light with fog light Q30 Ep.9 C10
E4 Right rear light with reversing light Q34 Ep.10 C17
E12 Front right working light O10 Ep.11 K28

80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS A15
DIAGRAM 6 - LIGHTING AND SIGNALING

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

M se
M

as C
as

M Cha sis
M se sis 2
se ha

as s M
as C M
se ab 3
15 7
70
C 46

C M
s
AP 5

ab 1
AP at
C

A A
B

M
V

2
S4
BF3 / M2
BF1 / M1
X113 0 1
F45 F21 0
X201 5 10 71 73 33

33
78
EP 9
1 X16
F24 5 6

72
38

29

30
F
X68

44
F27 41 1
46 45
C EP 10
C

30 + BAT
43

29
X50
57/58 56a 56b 54s 54d 49 A C B

1 L 0 R
0 2 S8

X11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
X12
E S5 1 2
E
31

131
30 L

19

129

130
236

127

128
18
117
E14

132
116
43

24

25
1 3 2 4
X59
X14 X15
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1
24 116

1 2
25 2 117
+perm vit
G M4 G
raz
M 26 3 97
E15
3
CLUSTER

132
-

28
27 4 98
A9 / MC2 4
X6 1 2
28 5 99 D2
M11

239
8 28
X13
131
136

I I
BF3 / M1

239

130

153
133
F12

F13

F20

6
F11

38
17
2 X25
K2 2 5 4
3 6 1 5 4 2

K6
85 87 87a

175
3 M3 2
16

17

19

32

+perm vit 1
86 30
K 2
raz
2
K
K3 1 3
1
M
-

174

233
136
6

6
23
17 233
EP 11

80
100

78

97

98

99

X33 X110
3 4 1 2 B2
M 1 10 13 14 15
M
A1 / MP 12
63

72

75

76

77
165

101
32

1 2 1 2
CN2-P1 / X149
X69 A B C
X49 X48 62 59 87 69 46 63 31 14 43 60 61 16 48 15 79 72 73 78 42 17 74 90 X39
62

69
noir

122
132

133

134

135

211
121

116
120
119

55
77

76

75

72

63

54

56

16

13

11

9
E12 E13

O O
62
EP1

EP2

131

132

133

134

135

211
120

121

122
118

119

56
50

55

54

16

13
58

10
101

10
11

17
12
9
X35 1 2 3 4 5 6
X36 1 2 3 4 5 6 X31 4 2 3 5 1 6
X32 6 5 3 1 2 4
X38 1 2
100

128

166

127

160
noir

161
71
16

X43 X27 X28


Q X46 1 X47
2 1 1 2 1 2
Q
noir

1 2
63

64

STOP STOP

H8 H9 H7 H11 H8 H9 H7 H10 H2 H1 H3 H4 H6 H3 H2 H5

0
1 7 2 8 10 M M M
1 2
noir

E1 E2 E3 E4 B1

noir
noir
S7 M9 M7 M8
S6 3 4 9
69
71

S S

(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
A16 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
7 – LIGHTING AND SIGNALING / CAR RADIO OPTIONS
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
-->| no. 971080

Connectors Components
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence correspondence
Cab 1 X 15 High/low cab interface G31 M14 Roof and side windscreen washer pump I24
Cab 1 X 16 High/low cab interface E20 R3 Rear windscreen defrost Q17
Cab 2 X 26 M14 Side and roof windscreen washer pump G23 S38 Rear working light switch O23
Cab 1 X 29 A8 Heating A26 S39 Rear window defrost switch O18
Frame X 31 E3 Left rear light Q40 S40 Roof windscreen wiper switch O11
Option X 34 E5/E6 Trailer light Q33 S41 Side windscreen wiper switch O6
Frame X 37 E7 Rear license plate light Q38 S42 Telescope working light switch I37
Frame X 40 Trailer socket O33
Cab 1 X 68 Roof switch supply G14
Cab 1 X 93 A7 Radio power supply A16
Fuses and relays
Cab 1 X 94 Loudspeakers A23
Cab 2 X 95 Cab/air-conditioning condenser harness link G22 Item Designation Position on diagram

Cab 2 X101 E17 Rear right working light Q25 BFI/M1


Cab 2 X102 E16 Rear left working light Q22 F45 BF3 Power supply (cab) (40A) G5
Option X103 E19 Working light on right-hand boom Q29 BF3/M2
Option X104 E18 Working light on left-hand boom Q27 F26 +V bat car radio (7,5A) G11
Frame X105 Boom working light (predisposition connector option) O29 F27 Side + roof + rear windscreen wiper motor + Vbat (10/15A) G11
Cab 2 X107 M5 Cab roof windscreen wiper motor Q10 F32 +APC side windscreen wiper and windscreen washer (7,5A) G11
Cab 2 X108 M6 Side windscreen wiper motor Q4 BF3/M1
Frame/Cab 1 X112 Frame/cab Interface M27 F10 Car radio + APC (2A) C5
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply cab / engine interface G7 F11 Cigarette lighter (10A) C6
Frame X148 A1 Manimux Power CN1-P1 M30 F12 Front windscreen wiper and windscreen washer (15A) C6
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 M34 F16 C7
S42 and S43 switch supply (15A max.)
Option X155 B46 Air-con socket on SNDC condenser G22
F17 Rear working light (15A) C7
Cab 2 X204 B27 Right loudspeaker G18
F18 Rear windscreen defrost (10A) C8
Cab 2 X205 B28 Left loudspeaker G20
F19 Roof windscreen wiper and windscreen washer (7,5A) C9
80

Components
Splices
Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence
Item Position on diagram
A1 Manimux Power MP1 M37
A7 Car radio A20 Ep.9 G9

B27 Right loudspeaker I19 Ep.10 Q4

B28 Left loudspeaker I20 Ep.11 I36

B46 Air-conditioning high pressure sensor I22 Ep.73 O29

D3 Diode D3 C33
E5 Left trailer light S33
E6 Right trailer light S37
E7 Rear license plate light S38
E16 Rear left working light S22
E17 Rear right working light S24
E18 Working light on left-hand boom S27
E19 Working light on right-hand boom S29
M5 Roof windscreen wiper motor Q11
M6 Side windscreen wiper motor Q6

80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS A17
DIAGRAM 7 - LIGHTING AND SIGNALING/CAR RADIO OPTIONS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

M Ma e C
as ss a
M

se e b M
as

C Cab 2
66

67

69

70

ha
AP 54

C 4
C 5
15
A7

ss M1
AP 5
AP 1
AP at

is
C
C

A A
B

M
V

3
X93 X94
A B
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

151
15

40

74

75

76

77
X29

67 68 79 5

69 6
80
66

70
D3
240 241
C C
F10

F12

F16

F17

F18

F19
F11

BF3 / M1
28

31
15

30
29

74

75

76

77

79

80

81
X16 1 2 3 4 7 8 9
34 83
E 7 E

20

21

22

23

31

32

36
8
55 29
9
57 30

BF3 / M2 10
59 47
240

31

32
68
F32 47 X95 1 2
11
BF1 / M1 61 31
X113
F45 F26

158
12

81
21
20
40

22

23
5 10 71 73
EP 9 X204 1 2 X205 1 2 X155 X26 1 2 X15
G G
1 1 2
X68
F27
72

34
41 1 46

28 2 47 HP M 1 0 1 7 2 8 9

B27 B28 B46 M14


5
S42 6 10

S42

48 50

I I

49
48
EP11
47

K K

42 A1 / MP 12
60 39

80
38

83
58 41 40
59

61

M X112 14
CN1-P1 / X148 CN2-P1 / X149 M

536
2 7 10 2 7 10 0 1 9
1 1 1 0 1 9
0 0 1
2 2 57 64 68 75 67 66 76 65 15

537

249
5 S41 4 9 5 S40 4 9 5 S39 10 5
S38
10

S41 S40 S39 S38


57

56

EP73
37
53

toit
lateral 55 54

36 37
O O

538

256

245

243

247

244

249

250

248

246
X105 X40
1 2 3 1 5 2 7 8 6 4
43

EP 10 X34 3 1 5 2 7 6 4

noir
51

50
44

50

55
45

41

52
53
42

X108 X107 X104 X103 X37 X31


Q 1 3 2 4 1 3 2 4 1 2 1 2 2 1
Q
40

39

2 3
X102 1 2 1 2
X101

1 2 1 2
38

+perm vit +perm vit


M6 M5 R3
raz raz
M M STOP STOP

3 3
E18 E19
- -
4 4
E16 E17

E5 E6 E7
S S

(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
A18 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
8 – AIR CONDITIONING + HEATING OPTIONS

Connectors Fuses and relays


Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence
Cab 1/Cab 2 X 15 High/low cab interface K39 BF1/M1
Cab 1 X 16 High/low cab interface M12 F45 BF3 Power supply (cab)(40A) C6
Engine/Cab 1 X 23 Cab/engine interface K29 BF3/M1
Cab 1 X 29 A8 Heating M9 F4 Heating / Ventilation G6
Engine X 30 M10 Air-conditioning compressor O29 BF3/M2
X 95 Cab/air-conditioning condenser harness link M24/O12 F29 +Vbat air-conditioning compressor relay K12 (7.5A) C18
Frame/Cab 1 X110 Frame/cab Interface K12 F30 +V bat air-conditioning motor fan (20A) C18
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply cab / engine interface C9 BF3/M3
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 I15 K1 Standby I36
Cab 2 X153 M12 Air-conditioning motor fan 1 plug M24 K2 Front windscreen wiper intermittent relay I34
Cab 2 X154 M13 Air-conditioning motor fan 2 plug O23 K3 Air-conditioning motor fan relay I32
Option X155 B46 Air-con socket on SNDC condenser O12 K4 Standby I30
Engine X201 BF1/M1 Engine compartment fusebox BF1 C5 K5 Stop electrovalve relay, diesel supply pump, cold starter electrovalve I28
K6 Air conditioning compressor control relay I26
BF3/M4
K11 Standby C26

Components K12 Air-conditioning time delay relay C29

Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence
A1 Manimux Power MP1 G12
A8 Heating / ventilation panel M9
Splices
B45 Air-conditioning low pressure sensor O8
B46 Air-conditioning high pressure sensor Q13 Item Position on diagram

D1 Diode 1 E34 Ep.9 C13


H12 Heating panel light lamp O8
80

M10 Air-conditioning compressor O29


M12 Air-conditioning motor fan 1 O23
M13 Air-conditioning motor fan 2 O24
M16 Heating vent blower motor fan Q9
S12 Heating speed control switch O6
S13 Heater speed control switch O9

80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
MT 1440 / MT 1840
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS A19
No.: 914015
DIAGRAM 8 – AIR-CONDITIONING + HEATING OPTIONS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

M
M se
as
as C
se ab
66

69
C 4
15

C M
AP 5

ab 1
AP t
C
Ba

A A

M
V

2
180

59
1 2
BF3 / M2
C BF1 / M1 K12 C
X113 1 2
X201 F45 F29
5 10 10 71 71 72 43
EP9
t
73
3
F30 44 3

45
45

D1

59
52

E E

57

58
BF3 / M1

66
F4 6

69

175 175 174


G G
176 176

115
177

180
178 179 179
A1 / MP 12

57
2 5 2 5 4
K6 K5 2
K4 K3 K2 2
K1 2

85 87 87a 85 87 87a
CN2-P1 / X149

45

I I
86 30 86 30

64 1 3 1 3

58

44
43
126

115
K X15 K
64

52
6

B2 X23
2
X110

33
102

15

80
152

102

126

X29
79

80
6

M 1 2 3 4 5 6 M
33
3 4
X95
79

80

X16
A8 7 8

2 1
X153
31

32

15
H12 BP
M12 X30
B45
1
0
O 2 O
3
S13 X154
31

C
32

S12 X95
2 1
2 1

M13

X155 M10
1 2

M16

HP

Q Q
B46

S S

(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
A20 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
No.: 914016 and -->| no. 971080
DIAGRAM 8 – AIR-CONDITIONING + HEATING OPTIONS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

M
M se
as
as C
se ab
66

69
C 4
15

C M
AP 5

ab 1
AP t
C
Ba

A A

M
V

2
180

181

251
BF3
1 5 4 1 5 4

BF3 / M2 K11 K12


C BF1 / M1 86 C
X113 31

X201 F45 F29 87 87a


5 10 10 71 71 72 43
EP9
73
15 30
F30 44
85
2 3 2 3

181

45
250
45

E E

BF3 / M1

66
F4 6

69

175 175 174


G G
176 176

115
177

180
52
178 179 179
A1 / MP 12

K6 2 5
K5 2
K4 K3 2 5 4
K2 2
K1 2

85 87 87a 85 87 87a
CN2-P1 / X149

45

I I
86 30 86 30

64 1 3 1 3

251

44
250

126

43

115
K X15 K
64

52
6

B2 X23
2
X110

33
102

15
80

152

102

126

X29
79

80
6

M 1 2 3 4 5 6 M
33
3 4
X95
79

80

X16
A8 7 8

2 1
X153
31

32

15

H12 BP
X30
M12
B45
1
0
O 2 O
S13 X154
31

3
C
32

S12 X95
2 1
2 1

M13

X155 M10
1 2

M16

HP

Q Q
B46

S S

80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS A21
9 – CRC / BOOM HEAD EV / PNEUMATIC SEAT OPTION
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840 DIAGRAM 9 - CRC / BOOM HEAD EV / PNEUMATIC SEAT OPTION
-->| no. 971080
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

M as
as s
M
se e C
66

69

C ab
ha M
A P 54
15

ss 2
C
C

is
AP

M
3
A
Connectors
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic
Item Designation
type name diagram correspondence
Frame X 91 Boom head electrovalve O11
Frame/Cab 1 X110 Frame/cab Interface S6
C
Cab 1 X121 M15 Pneumatic seat pump Q6/O7/O4
Frame X135 Telescope Suspension Connector E10
Frame X148 A1 Manimux Power CN1-P1 K13
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 K9
Option X166 Y12 Boom head electrovalve connector Q10
E

Components
Hydraulic G
Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence
A1 Manimux Power MP1 K12
M15 Pneumatic seat pump S4
S44 Pneumatic seat switch Q4
S60 Seat driver presence sensor O6
I
Y12 Boom head electrovalve S10

Fuses and relays K BF3 / M1

A1 / MP 12

F5

F8
Item Designation Position on diagram
CN2-P1 / X149 CN1-P1 / X148

BF3/M1

80
13
7
81 77 27

248

3
F5 S19 Override + seat switch movement forcing power supply (2A) K3

47

46
F8 Pneumatic seat (10A) K4 M

EVTDF
VERSION EP

4
O
1 2

248
X91

162

13
X121 X121 1
5 4

S60

Siège
S44

Q 3 2
X121
C X166
1 2

246

247
M15 X110 16 17

Y12

46

47
S

(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
A22 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10 – REAR HYDRAULIC TWO WAY EV / BOOM HEAD ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR

Connectors Fuses and relays


Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence
Cab 1 X11 S4 Wiper stalk switch C25 BF1/M1
Cab 1 X13 A9 Cluster C21 F45 BF3 Power supply (cab)(40A) M8
Cab 1/Cab 2 X 15 High/low cab interface A27/O22 BF3/M1
Engine/Cab 1 X 23 Cab/engine interface C28 F1 Relay K4 predisposition C8
Cab 1 X25 M3 Front windscreen wiper C26 F3 Switch S35 power supply C8
Cab 1 X 29 A8 Heating Q21 F5 Switch predisposition C9
Cab 1/Cab 2 X68 Roof switch supply I14 F6 Boom head electrical connector C10
Option X104 E18 Working light on left-hand boom K36 F12 Front windscreen wiper and windscreen washer C12
Frame X106 Boom electrical connector (option) K36 F14 Relay predisposition K1 C13
Frame X109 Y14 Rear hydraulic two-way electrovalve G37 F15 S36 and S37 switch supply C13
Frame/Cab 1 X112 Frame/cab interface I35 F16 S42 and S43 switch supply C14
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply cab / engine interface M9 BF3/M2
Cab 1 X118 Customer digicode C26 F29 + Vbat air-conditioning compressor relay K12 (7.5A) O10
F30 + Vbat air-conditioning motor fan (20A) O11
F31 +APC engine start safety, relay K5 O11
F35 ORH console (2A) Q13

Components F37 APC 120 (Inching) power supply (15A) Q14

Hydraulic BF3/M3
Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence K1 Standby E24
A8 Heating / ventilation panel Q21 K2 Front windscreen wiper intermittent relay E25
A9 Manimux Cluster MC2 A22 K3 Air-conditioning motor fan relay E27
B45 Air-conditioning low pressure sensor Q20 K4 Standby E28
D1 Diode 1 C31 K5 Stop electrovalve relay, diesel supply pump, cold starter electrovalve E29
D3 Diode D3 O36 K6 Air conditioning compressor control relay E30
H12 Heating panel light lamp Q20 BF3/M4
M16 Heating vent blower motor fan S20 K11 Standby C30
S12 Heating speed control switch S19 K12 Air-conditioning time delay relay C32
80

S13 Heater speed control switch Q21


S17 Electric power socket switch on boom K25
S18 Hydraulic two way EV switch K28
S19 Override Switch K30
Splices
S35 Option switch M25
S36 Option switch M28 Item Position on diagram

S37 Option switch M30 Ep.1 I25


S38 Rear working light switch S27 Ep.9 M10
S39 Rear window defrost switch S26 Ep.11 G12
S40 Roof windscreen wiper switch S24 Ep.11 O20
S41 Roof windscreen wiper switch S23
S42 Telescope working light switch Q23
S43 Option switch Q26
Y14 Rear two way hydraulic electrovalve I37

80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
MT 1440 / MT 1840
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS A23
No.: 914015
DIAGRAM 10 – REAR HYDRAULIC TWO WAY EV / BOOM HEAD ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

M Ma e C
as ss ab
se e C M
M
as

Ch ab 1
s

as M
C 66
C 87
C 69
70

sis 2
C a
AP 50
AP 54
AP 54
AP 15
15

M
AP t
Ba

A A
C

3
V

181

CLUSTER BF3

180

59
90

92
X15
A9 / MC2 6 1 5 4 1 2
K11 K12
X11 X25 X118 X23 2
86 87 87a 1

69

67

68

70
7 4 6 4

115
8 6 18 t
B X13
A 85 30 3

136

137

87
2 3 3

129

133

141
F10

F11

F12

F13

F14

F15

F16

F17

F18

F19

F20

52
F1

F2

F3

F4

F5

F6

F7

F8

F9

181
C C

91

45
BF3/M1

21
11

13

14

15

16

17

19

22

28

29

30

31

32
4
1

9
D1

12

18
52

59
248

58
91

129
133

1
90
176

2
177 92

180
94

3
174 175 93
E 179 178 E

4
94

57
141
BF3

115

96

5
95
2 5 4 2 5 4 2 5 4 2 5 4 2 5 4 2 5
K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6

6
85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a
96

7
85
86 30 86 30 86 30 86 30 86 30 86 30

8
86
1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3

9
17

137

126
21

1
136

233

58

44

95

43
93

46

10
88

EP11

11
89

G G

12
82
236

13
83

251

252
14
84
1 2

15
20
X109

16
23

17
37

CABINE 18
X112
Y14
I I
22 26
EP1 24
28

86
85
X68

87
2 167 168 169

0 1 10 0 1 10 1 10
47

253

254
1 1 0

X106 1 2

K 5 S17 9 5 S18 9 5 S19 9 K


S17 S18 S19
9 10 3 8

80
89
88

82
170 171 172
M BF1 / M1 M
X113
F45 5 10 71 1 10 1 10 1 10
71 72 1 0 0 1 0
EP9 1
47

73

S35 S36 S37


EP11

84 5 9 5 9 5 9

X15 S35 S36 S37


8
4 5 24 25 26 27
48

174
167
170
35

D3
O O
240 241
240
68
72
73

35
C D
F21

F22

F23

F24

F25

F26

F27

F28

F29

F30

F31

F32

F33

F34

F35

F36

F37

F38

F39

F40

9 0 1 9
1
152

102

126

X29
79

80
6
5A

1 2 3 4 5 6
BF3/M2
A8 S42 5 S43
38

39

40

41

42

43

45

46

47

48

23

20

Q Q
10
S42
37

44
33
34
35
36

S43
BP 51
H12 49
B45
1
0
2

3
S13
S12 9 9 9 9

M16 S41 S40 S39 S38


S S

(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
A24 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
No.: 914016 and -->| no. 971080
DIAGRAM 10 – REAR HYDRAULIC TWO WAY EV / BOOM HEAD ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

M Ma se C
as ss a
se e b
M
as

C Ca M1
ha b
A P 5 66
A P 1 87
C 5 69
70
C 0a
C 4
C 4

15

ss M
AP 5
AP 5
AP at

is 2
C

A A
B

M
V

3
181
180

251
90

92
CLUSTER X15
A9 / MC2 6 BF3 K11
1 5 4 1
K12
5 4

86
X11 X25 X118 X23 86 87 87a 31 87 87a

69

67

68

70
7 4 6 4

115
8 6 18
A B X13 85 30 15
85
30

136

137
2 3 3

87
2

129

133

141
F10

F12

F13

F14

F15

F16

F17

F18

F19

F20
F11

52

181

250
F1

F2

F3

F4

F5

F6

F7

F8

F9

91

45
C C
BF3/M1

21
13

14

15

16

17

19

22

28

29

30

31
11

32
4
1

12

18
248
91

129
133

1
90
176

2
177 92

180
94

3
174

52
175 93
E 179 178 E

4
94

141
BF3

115

96

5
95
2 5 4 2 5 4 2 5 4 2 5 4 2 5 4 2 5
K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6

6
85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a
96

7
85
86 30 86 30 86 30 86 30 86 30 86 30

8
86
1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3

9
17

137

126
21

136

233

251

44

95

43
93

46
250

10
EP11
88

11
89

G G

12
236 82

13
83

251

252
14
84
1 2

15
20
X109

16
23

17
37

CABINE 18
X112
Y14
I I
22 26
EP1 24
28

86
85
X68

87
2 167 168 169

1 10 1 10 1 10
47

0 0

253

254
1 1 1 0

X106 1 2

K 5 S17 9 5 S18 9 5 S19 9 K


S17 S18 S19
9 10 3 8

7
80

89
88

82
170 171 172
M BF1 / M1 M
X113
F45 5 10 71 1 10 1 10 1 10
71 72 1 0 1 0 1 0
EP9
47

73

S35 S36
EP11

5 9 5 9 5 S37 9
84

X15 S35 S36 S37


8
4 5 24 25 26 27
48

174
167
170
35

D3
O O
240 241
240
68
72
73

35
C D
F21

F22

F23

F24

F25

F26

F27

F28

F29

F30

F31

F32

F33

F34

F35

F36

F37

F38

F39

F40

9 0 1 9
1
152

102

126

X29
79

80
6
5A

1 2 3 4 5 6
BF3/M2
A8 S42 S43
38

39

40

41

42

43

45

46

47

48

23

20

Q Q
5 10
37

44

S42
33
34
35
36

S43
BP 51
H12 49
B45
1
0
2

3
S13
S12 9 9 9 9

M16 S41 S40 S39 S38


S S

80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
Up to machine -->| no. 971080
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS B1

MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A



pages

POSITION OF CONNECTORS BY DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B3


ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS BY FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B6
–– 1 – START-UP / CUSTOMER DIGICODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B6
–– 2 – CAN H-L / OBD PLUG (DIAGNOSTIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B8
–– 3 – TRANSMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B10
–– 4 – HYDRAULIC MOVEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B12
–– 5 – RC (RADIO CONTROL) ORH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B14
–– 6 – CAB SENSORS / EMERGENCY STOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B17
–– 7 – LIGHTING AND SIGNALLING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B20
–– 8 – LIGHTING AND SIGNALING / CAR RADIO OPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B22
–– 9 – AIR CONDITIONING + HEATING OPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B24
–– 10 – CRC / BOOM HEAD EV / PNEUMATIC SEAT OPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B28
–– 11 – REAR HYDRAULIC TWO WAY EV / BOOM HEAD ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . B30

80

(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
B2 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
80

80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS B3
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
-->| no. 971080

POSITION OF CONNECTORS BY DIAGRAM

Connectors Diag. 1 Diag. 2 Diag. 3 Diag. 4 Diag. 5 Diag. 6 Diag. 7 Diag. 8 Diag. 9 Diag. 10 Diag. 11

B+ √

D+ √

W √

X0 √

X1 √

X2 √

X3 √

X4 √

X5 √

X6 √

X7 √

X8 √ √

X11 √ √

X12 √

X13 √ √ √ √ √ √

X14 √

X15 √ √ √ √

X16 √ √ √ √

X17 √

X18 √

X20 √

X21 √

X22 √

X23 √ √ √ √ √

X25 √ √

X26 √

X27 √

X28 √

X29 √ √ √ √

80
X30 √

X31 √ √

X32 √

X33 √

X34 √

X35 √

X36 √

X37 √

X38 √

X39 √

X40 √

X42 √ √

X43 √

X45 √

X46 √

X47 √

X48 √

X49 √

X50 √

(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
B4 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
-->| no. 971080

Connectors Diag. 1 Diag. 2 Diag. 3 Diag. 4 Diag. 5 Diag. 6 Diag. 7 Diag. 8 Diag. 9 Diag. 10 Diag. 11

X51 √ √

X52 √

X53 √

X54 √

X55 √ √

X56 √ √

X57 √ √

X58 √ √

X59 √

X60 √

X61 √

X62 √ √

X63 √

X64 √

X65 √

X66 √

X67 √ √

X68 √ √ √

X69 √

X70 √

X73 √

X87 √

X88 √

X91 √

X92 √

X93 √

X94 √

X95 √ √ √

X96 √

X97 √

X100 √
80

X101 √

X102 √

X103 √

X104 √

X105 √

X106 √

X107 √

X108 √

X109 √

X110 √ √ √ √ √ √

X111 √ √ √ √

X112 √ √ √ √

X113 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √

X114 √ √

X115 √ √

X116 √ √

X118 √ √ √ √

X119 √

80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS B5
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
-->| no. 971080

Connectors Diag. 1 Diag. 2 Diag. 3 Diag. 4 Diag. 5 Diag. 6 Diag. 7 Diag. 8 Diag. 9 Diag. 10 Diag. 11 Connectors Diag. 1 Diag. 2 Diag. 3 Diag. 4 Diag. 5 Diag. 6 Diag. 7 Diag. 8 Diag. 9 Diag. 10 Diag. 11

X120 √ X203 √

X121 √ X204 √

X124 √ X205 √
X125 √
X230 √
X130 √
X231 √
X131 √

X132 √ X232 √

X133 √ X233 √

X134 √ X234 √
X135 √ √
X235 √
X138 √ √ √
X257 √ √
X139 √

X140 √ X258 √

X141 √ X263 √
X148 √ √ √ √ √ √ √
X264 √
X149 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √

X150 √ √ √ √ √

X151 √ √ √ √ √ √

X152 √

X153 √

X154 √

X155 √ √ √

X156 √

X157 √

X158 √

X159 √

X160 √

X161 √

X162 √

X163 √

X164 √

80
X166 √ √

X167 √

X168 √

X169 √ √

X170 √ √

X188 √

X189 √ √

X190 √

X191 √

X194 √

X195 √ √ √ √

X196 √

X197 √ √ √

X198 √

X199 √

X200 √ √

X201 √ √ √ √ √

X202 √

(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
B6 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS BY FUNCTION
Connectors
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic
1 – START-UP / CUSTOMER DIGICODE
Item Designation
type name diagram correspondence
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
Engine B+ G2 Alternator power supply Q13 -->| no. 971080
Engine D+ G2 Alternator excitation Q13
Engine W G2 Alternator Q13 Components

X 0 S1 Battery cut-off Q7 Hydraulic


Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence
Cab 1 X 1 S2 Ignition switch (4 way) C14
S3 Cold start system thermoswitch Q27
Cab 1 X 2 S2 Ignition switch (6 way) C17
S50 Emergency stop button A25
Engine X 3 R1 Preheat Q9
Y1 Engine stop electrovalve Q30
Engine X 4 M1 Starter electrovalve Q5
Y2 KSB cold start electrovalve Q27
Engine X 5 R5 Fuel heater I34
Engine X 7 M2 Diesel pump Q25
Engine X 8 Y1 Engine stop electrovalve Q30 Fuses and relays
Cab 1 X 13 A9 Cluster C28
Item Designation Position on diagram
Engine/Cab 1 X 23 Engine/cab interface O20
Engine X 42 Y2 Cold start system thermoswitch Q27 BF1/M1
Engine X 61 B34 Fuel water level sensor Q34 F45 BF3 cab fuse box power supply A6
Frame/Cab X111 Frame/cab Interface O14 F42 Ignition switch (50A) C6
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply cab / engine interface G8 F46 Preheat (80A) C6
Cab 1 X118 Customer digicode C34 F43 Alternator (80A) C6
Cab 1 X138 S50 Emergency stop button C23 BF1/M2
Frame X148 A1 Manimux Power CN1-P1 O36 F52 Diesel preheater (20A) I15
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 O33 F55 Starter electrovalve (20A) I16
Frame X151 A2 Manimux Power CN2-P2 K20 Preheat relay I13
Frame/ORH X195 Access retractor plug O13 BF1/M3
Cab 1/ORH X197 RC Receiver M14 K21 Engine start relay I22
Cab 1/ORH X199 Rescue key, 3 position selector Q18 K22 Diesel fuel reheating relay I25
Engine X200 ORH engine speed electrovalve M28 K23 Engine speed / Radio Control relay I26
Engine X201 BF1/M1 Engine compartment fusebox BF1 C5 BF3/M1
Engine/Frame X257 Engine/frame interface Q36 F7 Customer digicode G6
Engine X258 B74 Radiator minimum water level sensor Q36 F12 Front windscreen wiper and windscreen washer (15A) G6
BF3/M2
80

F25 +VBat digicode K5


Components
F31 APC engine start safety, relay K5 (10A) K4
Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram BF3/M3
correspondence

A1 Manimux Power MP1 M38 K2 Front windscreen wiper intermittent relay K34

A2 Manimux Power MP2 M38 K3 Air-conditioning motor fan relay K38

A9 Manimux Cluster MC2 C31 K5 Stop electrovalve relay, diesel supply pump, cold starter electrovalve K32

B34 Water in fuel filter sensor S34 K6 Air conditioning compressor control relay K36

B74 Radiator minimum water level sensor S36


D3 Diode D3 K6 Splices
D4 Diode D4 Q29
Item Position on diagram
D5 Diode D5 I23
G1 Battery 12V / 110Ah or 145 Ah (cold countries) A3 Ep.1 O26
G2 12V/85A alternator S11 Ep.3 Q30
M1 Starter Q5 Ep.4 Q29
M2 Diesel pump Q25 Ep.5 E22
R1 Preheat resistances S9 Ep.7 I23/O16
R5 Diesel fuel reheating I38 Ep.8 I23
S1 Battery cut-off S8 Ep.9 I5
S2 Ignition switch A14 Ep.10 M18
80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS B7
DIAGRAM 1 - STARTER / CUSTOMER DIGICODE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

V Bat

M a C M
as s ab 1
M
M se

se se M
M
as
as C
se ab

C Mo 2
ha te
ss ur
is
A A

M
4
S2 PO S50
G1 SIT
BF1 / M1
PIN
IO
N O P
F45 5 10
50a / 7 x
F42 2
OP 19 / 8 x x CLUSTER
X118 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 4 5 3 2 1

X138 1 2 3 4
F46 6 4 A9 / MC2
19 / 9

184
x x

134
30 30 17 17 50a 19 19 54 15 58

119

222

120
148

125

141
123
124

119

39
65

11
12
43
X201 F43 X1 1 2 3 4 7 8 9 5 6 10 X2
3
54 / 5 x x x
3
C C

64

64
65

245

66
67
69
70
51
15 / 6 x x x X13 5 6 21 30 37 17 29 25 26
125

49

50
137

134

122

245
58 / 10 x 124

x PIN = 12 V 123

APC 50a 65
APC 54 66
120 122
APC 54 67 EP 5
E APC 15 69 121
E
APC 15 70

BF3 / M1
10

X113 1
68
F12
71

G G
11
F7 12

28

EP 8
X5 R5
D5
11
56

44

34

33
BF1/M2

4
EP 7

41
1 3 12 21
8 6

33

45

44

27

34
86 30 1 3 1 3 1 3
I I
F52

F54

F55
K21 K22 K23
71

86 30 86 30 86 30

K20 85 87 176 175 174


EP 9

2 4 11 7 5
85 87 85 87 85 87

177

141
12
43

31

32
5

2 5 2 5 2 5
35

2 5 4 2 2 2
72

73

37 36 K5 K2 K6 K3
D3
240

85 87
240

87a
68

35

29
18
86 30
241
BF3 / M2

1 3
K K
F31

F25

46
137
46

39

80
222
EP 10

X197
M 4
M
220 X23
C3
14
49

29

30
221
224

A4 1 2 X200
50 13

A3
X195 X111 51 11
CN2-P1 / X149 A1 / MP 12 A2 / MP 22
4 2 A5
523 523 211 214 214 19
EP 7 57
B8 284
224 24
CN1-P1 / X148 CN2-P2 / X151
212

A6
121 21
25 54 82

O 60 A1
8 O

24

285

529

533
C1
62 9

EP 1
A8
61 8-1
1 51
C8
63 9-1

285

284

529

533
X257
5

X3 1 2 3 4
M1

46

47

28

27
23
212

221

X42
1

19
X7 1 2 2
M X199

EP 3
2 3

Q M t° S3 Q
M2
X4 X0 58
18

59
B+

46

50

51

47

52
3
G
1 2 X8 X61 1 2 3 X258 1 2
14 D4
3~ 45
M
D+

58
U 13 Y2 Y1
N

EP 4
S1 R1 G2 W

B34 B74

22
X0

S S

(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
B8 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
2 – CAN H-L / OBD PLUG (DIAGNOSTIC)

Connectors MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A


-->| no. 971080
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic
Item Designation
type name diagram correspondence
Cab 1 X 13 A9 Cluster G7/I4
Option X 51 S51 RC receiver connector S8 Splices
Frame/Cab 1 X110 Frame/cab Interface O13
Item Position on diagram
Frame/Cab 1 X111 Frame/cab Interface Q9
Frame/Cab 1 X112 Frame/cab Interface A16 Ep.5 E16
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply engine / cab interface A7 Ep.6 E27
Cab 1 X115 OBD diagnostic plug M4 Ep.9 A8
Frame X116 Manimux Power supply engine/frame interface C7 Ep.15 O13
Cab 1 X140 R4 Inching resistance option O4 Ep.16 K7
Frame X148 A1 Manimux Power CN1-P1 G20 Ep.27 I27
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 G13 Ep.28 I16
Frame X150 A2 Manimux Power CN1-P2 G25 Ep.29 O15
Frame X151 A2 Manimux Power CN2-P2 G32 Ep.30 I29
Frame/ORH X195 Access retractor plug K25 Ep.31 I26
Cab 1/ORH X197 RC Receiver S7 Ep.32 M33
Engine X201 BF1/M1 Engine compartment fusebox BF1 A5
Frame X263 B50 Vishay CAN gauge K13
CAN Network

Components
Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence PAD tool
A1 Manimux Power MP1 G14
A2 Manimux Power MP2 G25
A5 Control Radio Receiver S10 Manimux Cluster
A9 Manimux Cluster MC2 G5
Manimux Power MP12
B50 Vishay CAN gauge K13
D3 Diode D3 C33
R4 Resistance 120 ohm 1/2 W O4 VCI

R6 Resistance 120 ohm 1/2 W S10


CAN B
R7 Resistance 120 ohm 1/2 W S7 CAN A
80

RC Radio control S12


S51 Emergency stop on radio-control S10

Fuses and relays


Manimux Power MP22
(Standard version)
Item Designation Position on diagram
Key:
BF1/M1 CAN C
F45 BF3 Power supply (cab) (40A) A6 - CAN A: M
 animux CAN (Cluster ⇔ Power1/
Power2)
F41 Manimux Power 2 (20A) A6
- CAN B: Truck CAN (Power1 ⇔ APC 120)
F44 Manimux Power 1 (40A) C6 - CAN C: O
 RH/RC CAN (Power22 ⇔ Platform
BF3/M2 control panel and RC receiver)

F22 Power supply cluster + V bat (3A) A14


F23 RC battery charger + Econ B 120 (2A) supply A14
F28 OBD diagnostic plug +VBat (5A) C14
RC control option RC receiver
F33 OBD diagnostic plug +APC (5A) C14 option Platform control panel
BF3/M1
F9 Cluster power supply + APC (2A) E5
F12 Front windscreen wiper and windscreen washer (15A) E4

80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS B9
DIAGRAM 2 - CAN H-L / OBD PLUG (DIAGNOSTIC)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

Key:

M Ma e C
M se e C b M
as ss a
as C a 1
M

se ha b
69
66

- CAN A: Manimux CAN (Cluster ⇔ Power1/Power2)

as

C ssi M2
C 4
AP 15
AP 70
67

s
AP 5

ha s
AP at
C

C
C

A - CAN B: Truck CAN (Power1 ⇔ APC 120) A

ss M2
B

is
V

BF1 / M1 BF3 / M2 36

M
- CAN C: ORH/RC CAN (Power22 ⇔ Platform control panel and RC receiver)

3
X113
X201 F45 1 F22
10 71 73
EP 9
F41
72
F23
35 X112 - A: Power supply
- M: Ground
18
2 ALIM. 2 37 37
7
10 mm2
F44
6 1 ALIM. 1
10 mm2
F28
42 - LSS: Output safety line
F33
X116 68 48

240
D3
C 240 241 C
68
BF3 / M1

F12

F9

10 mm2
ALIM. 2
E E

10 mm2
ALIM. 1
14

EP 5

EP 6
154

155

190

191

192

233

234

235

236

237

238

193

194

195
14

86
35

36

87

88

89

90

91
CN1-P1 / X148 CN1-P2 / X150
X13
G G
4 10 20 9 32 16 17 46 47 76 77 15 45 75 16 17 46 47 76 77 15 75 45

A M CN2-P1 / X149 A M A M
24
69
CLUSTER 68 24
A1 / MP 12

R 120 ohm
A9 / MC2 A2 / MP 22

High CAN A
High CAN A
CN2-P2 / X151

Low CAN A

Low CAN A
High CAN A
High CAN A
Low CAN A

Low CAN A
43

L H 44

14
X13 3 11 1 24 38 8 31 44 43 14 74 73 90 11 42 41 71 72 74 73 71 72 90 11 42 41

546
143

107

Black

242
96

46
I EP31 I
EP 28
EP 30

LSS
LSS

EP 27
42
CAN A

48
1 CAN A
X263 2
Wake-up line
3 5 4 1

16

14
Wake-up line 48

CAN A

45
6
K K
5 186 185
EP 16 R
11

CAN B H
CAN B L

CAN A
CAN B B50
CAN B

CAN C
3

2 5
X195
J 1939

J 1939

80
X115

M M
LSS
CAN B

69
J 1939 12

EP 32
11
J 1939

107 9 71 LSS LSS 68


143 7 45 Wake-up line
H
CAN C

187 8 95 71
234 EP 15 EP 29
O 1
O
R4 6

2
L CAN A 5 CAN A
3
235
CAN C

X140 X110

X111
7

Q 4
Q
3 CAN C

6 6
Black A5
5 5

4 4

3 3 RC
S51
X197
S S
2 2
2
CAN L
1 1 R6
CAN H
1 R7
X51
A5/RECEPTEUR RC VERSION EP RC

(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
B10 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
3 – TRANSMISSION
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
-->| no. 971080

Connectors Components
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence correspondence
Frame X 53 Y3 Forward electrovalve M5 A1 Manimux Power MP1 G2
Frame X 54 Y4 Reverse electrovalve K5 A12 JSM (Joystick Switch and Move) M11
Frame X 55 B11 Forward motion pressure sensor I5 B11 Forward pressure switch I6
Frame X 56 B12 Reverse motion pressure sensor G5 B12 Reverse pressure switch G6
Frame X 57 B13 Front clutch pressure E5 B13 Front clutch box oil pressure switch E6
B14 Gearbox output speed sensor I9
Frame X 58 B24 C5
Gearbox temperature sensor (2 contacts on Manimux)
B15 Roller 1 on JSM O12
Frame X60 S14 Gear lever transmission cut-off Q7
B16 Roller 2 on JSM O12
Frame X 62 B14 Gearbox output speed sensor I5
B24 Gearbox oil temperature sensor C8
Frame X 67 A12 JSM plug M7
S14 Gear lever transmission cut-off Q8
Frame X 92 Y13 Negative brake electrovalve control E10
S15 BP1 contact on JSM (levelling or right/left stabilisers) M10
Frame/Cab 1 X110 Frame/cab interface S14
S16 BP2 contact on JSM (Only with EVTF option) M10
Cab 1 X114 Accelerator switch S16
S25 FNR contact on JSM Q11
Frame X148 A1 Manimux Power CN1-P1 S3
S46 Switch on accelerator pedal S17
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 C3
Y3 Forward electrovalve M9
Y4 Reverse electrovalve K9
Y13 Negative brake electrovalve G11

Splices
80

Item Position on diagram

Ep.90 E7

80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS B11
DIAGRAM 3 – TRANSMISSION

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

M Ma
M se se
as s
as C C
se ha ab
C ssi M1
ha s
ss M2
is
A A

M
1
CN2-P1 / X149 X58
10 221 2
221

19
108 108
C C
1

T B24

112 2

27 111 1
111

X57
P B13
E E

70 2
223 223 8

83 7 1
222 222
EP90
X92
Y13

A1 / MP 12

X56
G 3
98 B G
20
99 C
B12
18
100 A

X55
2
105 B

79
106 C
B11
78
107 A

I I

X62
52 102
102 2

22 c
101 101 1

B14

X54

K 104 2
K
63
103 103 1

Y4

X53
110 2

80
62
109 109 1

Y3
M M
X67
9
S15 A12 / JSM
56
180
S16
89 10
232

85 2
173
B15

86 3
174

19 6
177
B16

87 4
175
O 88 5
O
176

49 7
178

34 1
172

82 8
179

59 11
182

30 12
183
F
N S25
Q R Q

2
171
2
104
29 1
170 170
3
149
X60 S14
5 4 4
231 231 150
S46
26 3 1
65 65 103

CN1-P1 / X148 X110 X114


S S

(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
B12 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
4 – HYDRAULIC MOVEMENT
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
-->| no. 971080

Connectors Components
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence correspondence
Frame X 67 A12 JSM plug S6 A1 Manimux Power MP1 O9
Frame X116 Manimux Power supply engine/frame interface I5 A2 Manimux Power MP2 E9
Frame X148 A1 Manimux Power CN1-P1 S10 A11 BMEP (electro-proportional joystick block) C2
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 S10 A12 JSM (Joystick Switch and Move) S2
Frame X150 A2 Manimux Power CN1-P2 C10 B15 Roller 1 on JSM Q3
Frame X151 A2 Manimux Power CN2-P2 G9 B16 Roller 2 on JSM Q3
Frame X152 A11 Joystick electro (BMEP) E5 S15 BP1 contact on JSM (levelling or right/left stabilisers) S3
Frame X156 Y46 Telescope proportional electrovalve E17 S16 BP2 contact on JSM (Only with EVTF option) S3
Frame X157 Y44 Lifting proportional electrovalve I17 S25 FNR contact on JSM O3
Frame X158 Y45 Tilting proportional electrovalve G17 S53 Hydraulic rescue movements authorization C5
Frame X159 Y47 Auxiliary proportional electrovalve C17 Y21 Danfoss distributor discharge electrovalve M16
Frame X160 Y28 Movement safety electrovalve on EP distributor S15 Y22 Left axle lock cylinder electrovalve K16
Frame X161 Y29 Deflector electrovalve I15 Y23 Right axle lock cylinder electrovalve K16
Frame X162 Y40 Right stabiliser deflector Q15 Y28 Movement/valve safety electrovalve S16
Frame X163 Y41 Left stabiliser deflector O15 Y29 Deflector electrovalve on valve bank I16
Frame X164 Y42 Levelling deflector O15 Y40 Q16
Right stabilizer deflector electrovalve
Frame X188 Y21 Discharge valve electrovalve (EP distributor) M15
Y41 Left stabilizer deflector electrovalve O16
Frame X189 S53 Pushbutton A7
Y42 Levelling deflector electrovalve O16
Frame/ORH X190 Y22 Left axle lock cylinder electrovalve K15
Y44 Lifting EP electrovalve on valve bank G18
Frame/ORH X191 Y23 Right axle lock cylinder electrovalve K15
Y45 Tilting EP electrovalve on valve bank E18
Engine X201 BF1/M1 Engine compartment fusebox BF1 I3
Y46 Telescoping EP electrovalve on valve bank E18
Frame X264 Y51 Discharge valve on boom descent opening M15
Y47 Auxiliary EP electrovalve on valve bank C18
Y51 Discharge valve on boom descent opening M16
80

Fuses and relays

Item Designation Position on diagram

BF1/M1
F41 Manimux Power MP2 (20A) I3
F44 Manimux Power MP1 (40A) I3

Splices

Item Position on diagram

Ep.5 M6
Ep.6 G6

80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS B13
DIAGRAM 4 – HYDRAULIC MOVEMENT

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

M
M se
M sse ha
as
a C
as C ss
se ha is
C ss M1
ha is
ss M
is 2
t

A A
Ba

M
3
V

15
193
X189
1 2 08
505 75
194

1 06
504 45
195

S53 CN1-P2 / X150


AXE Y
31
413

26
415 Y47
400 2
C 80 78 C
2 8 433 433 414
401 1
02 35
7 432 432 408
A11 / BMEP 402 4
48 57
6 431 431 410
1 403 3
5 49 27
430 430 402
X159
4 429 429 19 56
418 Y46
408 2

3 18 82
AXE X 428 428 419
A2 / MP 22 409 1

2 34
427 427 65
406
410 4

E 1 426 426 50 61
506
411 3
E
2
64
508
X152 X156
33
548 Y45
416 2

62
547
417 1

418 4

419 3

CN2-P2 / X151
83 X158
416
Y44
G 238 77
56
413 2 G
417
76
237 412 1
86
412
47
236 415 4
EP6 85
409
46
235 414 3
12
411
17
234
53 X157
400
16
233
26
401
2
13 407
403
BF1 / M1
I F41
406
1
I
2
7
X161
70
502 Y29
F44 1
6
73
424
X116 74 507 2
X201 422

506 1
CAN A H

CAN A L

72
420

X190 Y22
71 72

509 2

K 1
K
508

X191 Y23

548 2

1
337 547

X264 Y51

80
12 13 11 41 42
CAN A H
Masse CAN A

CAN A L

M 91
77
503 2 M
76
90 502 1

47
89 X188
EP5 Y21
46
88

17 2
87 425

16 1
86 424

X164
Y42
A1 / MP 12
O 2
O
423
R 1
422
S25 N
F 30 X163
12 183 Y41
11 182 59
2
421
8 82
179
1
420
1 172 34

61
404
X162 Y40
7 178 49

Q 5 176 88
75
192 Q
45
191
4 175 87
B16

15
190
6 177 19

3 174 86
CN1-P1 / X148
B15

2 173 85
58 2
405 405
10 232 89
1
404
56
S16 9 180
CN2-P1 / X149 X160 Y28
S S15 S
A12 / JSM X67

(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
B14 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
5 – RC (RADIO CONTROL) ORH
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
-->| no. 971080

Connectors Components
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence correspondence
Engine X 8 Y1 Engine stop electrovalve I4 S50 Emergency stop button C14
Cab 1 X 13 A9 Cluster C18 S51 Emergency stop on radio control Q14/Q18
Engine/Cab 1 X 23 Engine/cab interface G12 S52 Machine/platform/RC 3-position selector M22
Option X 51 S51 RC receiver connector Q14/Q17 S53 Hydraulic rescue movements authorization button C29
Frame/Cab 1 X111 Frame/cab Interface C28/K13/I29 S54 ORH rescue button switch O20
Frame/Cab 1 X112 Frame / cab Interface G34 XS1 Roofer platform door opening authorization connector Q37
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply cab / engine interface C2 Y1 Engine stop electrovalve I4
Cab 1 X115 OBD diagnostic plug M12 Y12 Boom head electrovalve M32/K34
Cab 1 X118 Customer digicode C12 Y20 Engine speed electrovalve Q5
Cab 1 X138 S50 Emergency stop button E14
Boom/ORH X141 A6 ORH panel connector K37/M29
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 C26 Fuses and relays
Frame X150 A2 Manimux Power CN1-P2 C33
Item Designation Position on diagram
Frame X151 A2 Manimux Power CN2-P2 C39
Option X166 Y12 Boom head electrovalve connector K33/K35 BF1/M1
Frame X189 S53 Pushbutton A30 F45 BF3 Power supply (cab) (40A) E3
Frame/ORH X195 Access retractor plug G36/G36 BF1/M2
Cab 1/ORH X196 G3 RC unit charger Q11 F54 RC engine speed relay (20A) E5
Cab 1/ORH X197 A5 RC Receiver O13/O17/Q17 K20 Preheat relay M4
Cab 1 X198 B64 ORH inclinometer M18 BF1/M3
Cab 1/ORH X199 S54 Rescue button K22 K23 Engine speed / Radio Control relay M5
Engine X200 Y20 ORH engine speed electrovalve Q6 BF3/M2
Engine X201 BF1/M1 Engine compartment fusebox BF1 E3 F23 RC battery charger + Econ B 120 (2A) supply C5
ORH X230 Platform safety harness connector O40/O33 F31 APC engine start safety, relay K5 (10A) A5
Frame/Engine X257 Frame/Engine Interface K3 F34 Inclinometer
ORH XS1 S56 Roofer platform door opening authorization connector S37 F35 ORH control panel or RC 2.2 (2A) A5
F36 Hetronic receiver (2A) C5
BF3/M3
Components
80

K2 Front windscreen wiper intermittent relay A11


Hydraulic K3 Air-conditioning motor fan relay A15
Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence
K5 Stop electrovalve relay, diesel supply pump, cold starter electrovalve C10
A1 Manimux Power MP1 C22
K6 Air conditioning compressor relay A13
A2 Manimux Power MP2 C36
A5 Control Radio Receiver Q16/Q20
A6 Platform remote control O30/O37 Splices
A9 Manimux Cluster MC2 C19
Item Position on diagram
B64 2-axis levelling sensor M18
D3 Diode D3 A6 Ep.3 I3
D4 Diode D4 I2 Ep.4 (Cab) G27
G3 Radio control battery charger Q11 Ep.4 (Engine) I2
R6 Resistance 120 ohm 1/2 W Q14/Q18 Ep.7 G22
R7 Resistance 120 ohm 1/2 W Q17 Ep.9 C3
R8 Resistance 120 ohm 1/2 W I35 Ep.10 G17
RC Radio control S15/S19 Ep.31 C37
S47 Platform gate switch S26/S28/S37/S40 Ep.71 E34
S48 Platform overload switch S32/Q35
S49 Locking pin switch S30/S35

80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS B15
DIAGRAM 5 - RC (RADIO CONTROL) ORH

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

D3

M Ma e C
as ss a
K2 K6 K3

se e C b M
M ha M
as
240 241

as ss 2
C ab 1
s
67

70

2 2

se is
2
AP 54
15

M M3
AP at

ot
C
C

A 177 176 175 174


A
B

eu
V

r
BF3 / M2
240

F31 46
68
X189
73
F34 145 CLUSTER
2 505 08

A1 / MP 12 A2 / MP 22
72 A9 / MC2 06
F35 23 7 6
1 504
X118
CN2-P1 / X149 CN1-P2 / X150 CN2-P2 / X151
S53

119

141
F36
EP9

146
21 6 77 30
X13 20 21 43 44 04 05 30 74 73 14 82
F23

141

530

532
531
C 147
C

134

137

534
528

545

546

533
535
X111
200 534
K5 2 5 4
S50 EP31
71

5
X113 1 201 535
85 87 87a
6
211 523
2
86 30
207 520
34

1 3 1
8
BF1 / M2

137
10

46
F54
BF1 / M1

1 2 3 4
X138
E E
F45

7 134

222

184
119
31

528 526
X201 EP71
3

211
222
X23
X112
G G

EP10
24 224 17

EP7
Towards Ep.1 23 525

207
B8
19 19 214

CAN B H
CAN B L
EP4
A5
212 X195

224
EP 3

6 1 4 7 8 2 5 3

525

520

523

526

545

522
214
221
220
X195
EP OPT RC R8 6 1 4 7 9 8 2 5 3
59

RESISTANCE BOUCLAGE CAN C

217
208
209

530

532
531
D4

bc5

bc1

bc3

bc6

bc9

bc2

bc4

noir
X111 16 17 18

EVTDF
EVTDF
58

58

59

EP A

202

204
203
I 1 2 X8 VERSION EP/RC I
EP 4

Y1

4
22

1 2

bc4
bc2
X91

bc5

bc1

bc3

bc6

noir
X166 1 2
X141
6 7 8 9 10
533

X257
K 1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4 5
K

208

212

221

217

202

203

204

189
X111 3 4
X199
Y12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2
X166
27

34

R
145

188

200

201
1 3

15
17

18
19
13

20

7
14
K23 9 8
X198
X115 1 2 3 4
86 30 EP A
K20
EP RC PANEL - ROOFER’S PLATFORM

80
Y12
85 87 EP STD

+ -
2 2 5
M X Y M
35 3 1
PANEL - STANDARD PLATFORM
1 (A)
B64 S52 4 2 X141 6 7 8 9 10

0 std Wicket closed

Panel power supply


12
7

0
1 1 2 3 4 5 PANEL A6 X230

Panel overload
3 3 3 1

M L K D E F G H J A C B

GROUND

CAN A H
CAN A L

OUT AU
2 (RC)
CAN H

CAN L

IN AU
4 4 4 2
11
146

220

209

191

20
X197 S54 8 16
O 1 2 3 4 5 6
O
R7 PANEL A6 X230
X197 6
1 2 3 4 5 M L K D E F G H J A C B
CAPA : 25V
Diode 6800μF
29

30

R=1 Ω
Wicket opened
1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6
147

Black
192

X200 X196
X197
Black

1 2 X51 1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
6
1 2 3 4 5
Condenser
Black

22 14 22 14
X51
Q Q
1 2 3 4 5 6
S51 A5
G3 21 13 21 13

Y20 S48 XS1


R6
S51 A5 EP2 EP1
A5/RECEPTEUR RC
OPTION RC R6
EP4
A5/RECEPTEUR RC
EP3
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

RC
22 14 22 14 22 14 22 14 22 14 22 14 22 14

S RC 21 13 21 13 21 13 21 13 21 13 21 13 21 13 S
VERSION EP RC VERSION A + RC S47 S47 S49 S48 S49 S47 S47

(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
B16 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
80

80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS B17
6 – CAB SENSORS / EMERGENCY STOP
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
-->| no. 971080

Connectors Connectors
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation
type name diagram correspondence type name diagram correspondence
Cab 1 X 13 A9 Cluster C5 Frame X134 S34 Retracted boom sensor I29
Cab 1 X 16 High/low cab interface Q29 Frame X135 Telescope suspension connector Q15
Engine X 17 B3 Engine oil pressure switch I7 Cab 1 X138 S50 Emergency stop button M5
Engine X 18 B5 Engine water thermoswitch E7 Cab 1 X139 Pedal potentiometers C15
Engine X 20 B6 Air filter clogging E5 Frame X148 A1 Manimux Power CN1-P1 E26
Frame X 21 B7 Hydraulic filter sensor I25 Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 E38
Cab 1 X 22 S11 Brake fluid level M11/K11 Frame X150 A2 Manimux Power CN1-P2 K16
Engine/Cab 1 X 23 Engine/cab interface C5/Q3 Frame X151 A2 Manimux Power CN2-P2 K20
Cab 1 X 29 A8 Heating O27 Option X155 B46 Air-con socket on SNDC condenser S31
Engine X 42 Y2 Cold start system thermoswitch Q3 Option X169 B25 Telescope suspension cylinder valve pressure switch 1 Q14
Cab 1 X 45 S9 NC door closed switch on cluster (wake-up) I5 Option X170 B26 Telescope suspension cylinder valve pressure switch 2 Q15
Cab 1 X 52 S10 NO door closed switch on Manimux Power M40 Frame/ORH X194 Intermediate boom extend inductive sensors O20
Frame X 55 B11 Forward motion pressure sensor I33 Boom/ORH X202 B68 Intermediate boom extend sensor 2 Q19
Frame X 56 B12 Reverse motion pressure sensor I35 Boom/ORH X203 B67 Intermediate boom extend sensor 1 Q20
Frame X 57 B13 Front clutch pressure A35 ORH X231 Chain tension switch link connector C26
Frame X 58 B24 Gearbox temperature sensor (2 contacts on Manimux) C31 ORH X232 S56 Chain tension switch 1 connector A21
Frame X 62 B14 Gearbox output speed sensor G37 ORH X233 S57 Chain tension switch 2 connector A23
Cab 1 X 63 R2 Fuel gauge C11 ORH X234 S58 Chain tension switch 3 connector A25
Cab 1 X 64 B8 Master cylinder pressure switch I11 ORH X235 S59 Chain tension switch 4 connector A27
Frame X 65 B9 Front wheel alignment C32
Frame X 66 B10 Rear wheel alignment C34
Frame X 70 B17 Assist brake circuit pressure switch C38
Cab 1 X 73 R2 Fuel gauge E11
Frame X 87 B18 Right stabiliser lower pressure switch G29
Frame X 88 B19 Right stabiliser upper pressure switch I32
Cab 2 X 95 Cab/air-conditioning condenser harness link S30
Frame X 96 B20 Left stabiliser low level pressure switch I29
Frame X 97 B21 Left stabiliser high level pressure switch G26

80
Frame X100 B23 Boom angle sensor I39
Frame/Cab 1 X110 Frame/cab Interface I25/M27
Frame/Cab 1 X111 Frame/cab Interface A15
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply cab / engine interface C4
Cab 1 X114 S46 Accelerator pedal switch M28
Cab 1 X118 Customer digicode K4
Cluster X119 B32 Strain gage 1 A5
Cluster X120 B33 Strain gage 2 A9
Frame X124 Tires/telescoping position sensors O38
Frame X125 Chain tension on boom switch connector C21
QX Boom X130 B54 Boom extend connector C1 O37
QX Boom X131 B55 Boom extend connector C2 O38
Frame X132 B30 Servo steering circuit fault pressure switch (TUV) M34
Frame X133 B29 ON/OFF negative brake pressure switch C36

(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
B18 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
6 – CAB SENSORS / EMERGENCY STOP (continued)

Components Components
Hydraulic Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence correspondence
A1 Manimux Power MP1 E31 S50 Emergency stop button M5
A2 Manimux Power MP2 I18 S56 Chain tension switch 1 A22
A8 Heating / ventilation panel O27 S57 Chain tension switch 2 A24
A9 Manimux Cluster MC2 C9 S58 Chain tension switch 3 A26
B3 Engine oil pressure switch K7 S59 Chain tension switch 4 A28
B5 Engine temperature sensor G7 Y2 KSB cold start electrovalve S4
B6 Engine air filter clogging pressure switch G4
B7 Hydraulic filter clogging pressure switch K25
B8 Brake master cylinder pressure switch K11
B9 Front wheel alignment sensor C33 Fuses and relays
B10 Rear wheel alignment sensor C35
Item Designation Position on diagram
B11 Forward pressure switch K33
B12 Reverse pressure switch K35 BF1/M1
B13 Front clutch box oil pressure switch A34 F45 BF3 Power supply (cab) (40A) C3
B14 Gearbox output speed sensor G36 BF3/M1
B17 Servo brake circuit fault pressure switch E39 F4 Heating / Ventilation (20A) M23
B18 Right-hand stabiliser pressure switch 1 I29 F12 Front windscreen wiper and windscreen washer (15A) I4
B19 Right-hand stabiliser pressure switch 2 K32 F20 Electric window regulator (15A) I3
B20 Left-hand stabiliser pressure switch 1 K29 BF3/M2
B21 Left-hand stabiliser pressure switch 2 I25 F21 Roof light and door contact (3A) G3
B23 Boom angle sensor I37 F31 + APC engine start safety, relay (10A) K4
B24 Gearbox oil temperature sensor C30 BF3/M3
B25 Telescope suspension cylinder valve pressure switch 1 S14 K2 Front windscreen wiper intermittent relay O8
B26 Telescope suspension cylinder valve pressure switch 2 S15 K3 Air-conditioning motor fan relay S8
B29 Negative brake fault pressure switch C36 K5 Stop electrovalve relay, diesel supply pump, cold starter electrovalve Q5
B30 Servo steering circuit fault pressure switch O34 K6 Air conditioning compressor control relay Q8
B32 Strain gage 1 A7
B33 Strain gage 2 A11
B45 Air-conditioning low pressure sensor Q26
80

B46 Air-conditioning high pressure sensor S32 Splices


B49 Turbine speed (inching) sensor E20
Item Position on diagram
B54 QX boom extension inductive sensor C1 Q37
B55 QX boom extension inductive sensor C2 Q38 Ep.1 Q3
B67 Intermediate boom extend sensor 1 Q19 Ep.9 E3
B68 Intermediate boom extend sensor 2 Q21 Ep.14 O3
D3 Diode D3 M7 Ep.20 G39
H12 Heating panel light lamp Q26 Ep.40 M18 (MT1840)
M16 Heating vent blower motor fan Q26 Ep.61 M34 (MT1840)
R2 Fuel level sensor E10 Ep.72 O20
S3 Cold start system thermoswitch S4 Ep.91 G38
S9 Closed cab door switch on cluster NC (wake-up) K5
S10 Closed cab door switch on power NO M38
S11 Low brake fluid level switch K10
S12 Heating speed control switch Q24
S13 Heater speed control switch Q27
S34 Retracted boom sensor K28
S46 Switch on accelerator pedal O30

80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS B19
DIAGRAM 6 – CAB SENSORS / EMERGENCY STOP

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

Only MT1840A
S56 S57 S58 S59

M se has teu
M a eC bM
M e e Mb M

as C s r
as ss a 1
as C o 2
M
M se

se ha is
s
M
as
as C
B32 B33

C ssi M1
X111
66

67

69

70

s a
15 14 13 11 10 9

ha s
112
111
C 4
C 4
C 5
15

ss M2
AP 5
AP 5
AP 1
AP at

X57

is
C

A A
B

M
V

X232 X233 X234 X235 1 2

3
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2

X119 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 X120 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
B13
P

CLUSTER
BF1 / M1

A9 / MC2
F45

109
114

113

112

110
111

108

221
X139 5 4 6 2 1 3
X231 1 2 X58
5 1 2 B9 B10
B29
C X13 34 36 40 39 6 27 35 31 21 C
P
10

X125

137

139

135

134
X70

118
54
53

55

_ _
X113 1 2
+ +

225
2
1 B24

138
71

X65 X66 X133


53

54

55

224
1
X23 C4 B4 B6 X63 3 2 1 3 2 1 1 2

114
115

113

227
84

229
85

83
P B17
16

20

26

20

108
272

111
221
31

32

28

29
64
45 80 6 37 50 22 10 19 13 49 11 27 32 18 41 9 20 29 21
EP 9

R2
CN2-P1 / X149

E N E
6 A1 / MP12
80
X73
72

73

25
26
17
16

X20 X18 1 2
CN1-P1 / X148
BF3 / M2

54
F21

60 84 83 24 23 53 26 5 78 79 2 55 18 20 3 22 52 80 48 50

202

107

100

101

102

230
127

231

226
106

105
65
38

37

125

99

98

22

21
P t°

1 2 X62
B6 B5

123

124
34

129

130
X87
G X97
3 2 1 3 2 1 G
B14
c

EP20
EP91
P P
BF3 / M1

B18

80
B21
X110
F20

F12

16 18

22
24

23

21
135

19

18
156

106
4 6 5 1 3 2 X100
X64
118

34

1 2

107

106

105

100
202

203

127

128

126

125
37

99

98
38

39

40
I X96 X88
I
70

67

68

X21 X134 X55 X56


20

1 2 1 2 3 2 1 1 2 3 A C B A C B
2 3 4 1
X17 1 2
X45
P

240 B23
68

S9 A2 / MP 22
P P P P
B8 B7 B20 B19
B11 B12
BF3 / M2

S34
F31

B3 259 85
139

X22 86
S11 260
K CN1-P2 / X150 CN2-P2 / X151 K
46

25 55 49

519
518
516

N
240

D3
X118
7 6

106

163
241

231
X22

64
141

65
119

X110 X52
159

1 2
2 3 4

80
S50 156
102

31
M X138 S10 M

104
103

150

149

226

228
119 1

EP61
BF3 / M1 X114 1 4 3 2
X132 1 2
242 2
F4
184 3
66 6
69
134 4

S46 P
Only MT1840A

271

272
B30

270

32
184 X124
519

1 2 4 3

+ +

152

102
EP72

126

79

80
6
O 1 2 3 4 5 6
X29 O
EP 14

1 2 1 2
177

517

518
515

516

A8
264

263
259

260

K2 X130 X131
X135 X194
243

3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4
2
X23 S

79

80
S

B8
+ + H12 BP C1 C2
176

7 8
B45
+ +
177

141
24

B54 B55

31

32
2 5 4 0
1 X16
K5 1 2 1 2
2
K6 126 S13
Q Q
85 87 87a
EP 1

2 1
X202 X203 S12
3

86 30 S S
1 2 1 2
23

1 3
X42 X169 X170 + +
175

1 2
32
K3
46
137

B68 B67 M16 2


2 31 1
t° S3
P P
X95 X155
174

HP B46
B25 B26

S Y2 S

(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
B20 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
7 – LIGHTING AND SIGNALLING
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
-->| no. 971080

Connectors Components
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence correspondence
Cab 2 X 6 E15 Rotating beacon light G32 E13 Front left working light O11
Cab 1 X 11 S4 Wiper stalk switch E26 E14 Roof light E24
Cab 1 X 12 Wiping reset E34 E15 Rotating beacon light G36
Cab 1 X 13 A9 Cluster I8 M3 Front windscreen wiper motor K37
Cluster X 14 S5 Light commutator switch G3 M4 Rear windscreen wiper motor G15
Cab 1 X 15 High/low cab interface G22 M7 Front windscreen washer pump S18
Cab 1 X 16 High/low cab interface C24 M8 Rear windscreen washer pump S20
Cab 1 X 25 M3 Front windscreen wiper K36 M9 Window up motor S17
Cab 2 X 27 M7 Front windscreen washer pump Q18 M11 Rotating beacon light motor G35
Cab 2 X 28 M8 Rear windscreen washer pump Q20 S4 Wiper commutator switch A39
Frame X 31 E3 Left rear light Q30 S5 Light commutator switch E10
Frame X 32 E4 Right rear light Q34 S6 Window lift switch S4
Cab 2 X 33 Front L/R working headlight link M9 S7 Cigarette lighter S15
Frame X 35 E1 Front left headlight Q22
Frame X 36 E2 Front right headlight Q26
Frame X 38 B1 Reverse buzzer Q37
Frame X 39 B2 Main horn M38 Fuses and relays
Cab 2 X 43 M9 Window up motor Q16
Item Designation Position on diagram
Cab 1 X 46 S7 Cigarette lighter Q12
Cab 1 X 47 S7 Cigarette lighter light Q14 BF1/M1

Option X 48 E12 Front right working light M11 F45 BF3 Power supply (cab)(40A) A5

Option X 49 E13 Front left working light M10 BF3/M1


Cab 2 X 50 E14 Roof light C24 F11 Cigarette lighter (10A) I3
Cab 2 X 59 M4 Rear windscreen wiper motor G14 F12 Front windscreen wiper and windscreen washer (15A) I4
Cab 1 X 68 Roof switch supply C16 F13 Rear windscreen wiper and windscreen washer (10A) I4
Cab 1 X 69 S6 Window wind up M3 F20 Electric window up I5
Frame/Cab 1 X110 Frame/cab Interface M14 BF3/M2
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply cab / engine interface A8 F21 Roof light and door contact A14
80

Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 M22 F24 Front auto return windscreen wiper motor+ Vbat (15A) C14
Engine X201 BF1/M1 Engine compartment fusebox BF1 C4 F27 Side + roof + rear windscreen wiper motor + Vbat (10/-15A) C14
BF3/M3
K2 Front windscreen wiper intermittent relay K33
K3 Air-conditioning motor fan relay K31
Components K6 Air conditioning compressor control relay K31
Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence
A1 Manimux Power MP1 M28
A9 Manimux Cluster MC2 G5 Splices
B1 Reversing sound alarm Q38
Item Position on diagram
B2 Main horn M38
D2 Diode D2 G36 Ep.1 Q5

E1 Front left headlight Q23 Ep.2 Q6


E2 Front right headlight Q26 Ep.9 C10
E3 Left rear light with fog light Q30 Ep.10 C17
E4 Right rear light with reversing light Q34 Ep.11 K28
E12 Front right working light O10

80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS B21
DIAGRAM 7 - LIGHTING AND SIGNALING

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

M se
M

as C
as

M Cha sis
M se sis 2
se ha

as s M
as C M
se ab 3
15 7
70
C 46

C M
s
AP 5

ab 1
AP at
C

A A
B

M
V

2
S4
BF3 / M2
BF1 / M1
X113 0 1
F45 F21 0
X201 5 10 71 73 33

33
78
EP 9
1 X16
F24 5 6

72
38

29

30
F
X68

44
F27 41 1
46 45
C EP 10
C

30 + BAT
43

29
X50
57/58 56a 56b 54s 54d 49 A C B

1 L 0 R
0 2 S8

X11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
X12
E S5 1 2
E
31

131
30 L

19

129

130
236

127

128
18
117
E14

132
116
43

24

25
1 3 2 4
X59
X14 X15
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1
24 116

1 2
25 2 117
+perm vit
G M4 G
raz
M 26 3 97
E15
3
CLUSTER

132
-

28
27 4 98
A9 / MC2 4
X6 1 2
28 5 99 D2
M11

239
8 28
X13
131
136

I I
BF3 / M1

239

130

153
133
F12

F13

F20

6
F11

38
17
2 X25
K2 2 5 4
3 6 1 5 4 2

K6
85 87 87a

175
3 M3 2
16

17

19

32

+perm vit 1
86 30
K 2
raz
2
K
K3 1 3
1
M
-

174

233
136
6

6
23
17 233
EP 11

80
100

78

97

98

99

X33 X110
3 4 1 2 B2
M 1 10 13 14 15
M
A1 / MP 12
63

72

75

76

77
165

101
32

1 2 1 2
CN2-P1 / X149
X69 A B C
X49 X48 62 59 87 69 46 63 31 14 43 60 61 16 48 15 79 72 73 78 42 17 74 90 X39
62

69
noir

122
132

133

134

135

211
121

116
120
119

55
77

76

75

72

63

54

56

16

13

11

9
E12 E13

O O
62
EP1

EP2

131

132

133

134

135

211
120

121

122
118

119

56
50

55

54

16

13
58

10
101

10
11

17
12
9
X35 1 2 3 4 5 6
X36 1 2 3 4 5 6 X31 4 2 3 5 1 6
X32 6 5 3 1 2 4
X38 1 2
100

128

166

127

160
noir

161
71
16

X43 X27 X28


Q X46 1 X47
2 1 1 2 1 2
Q
noir

1 2
63

64

STOP STOP

H8 H9 H7 H11 H8 H9 H7 H10 H2 H1 H3 H4 H6 H3 H2 H5

0
1 7 2 8 10 M M M
1 2
noir

E1 E2 E3 E4 B1

noir
noir
S7 M9 M7 M8
S6 3 4 9
69
71

S S

(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
B22 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
8 – LIGHTING AND SIGNALING / CAR RADIO OPTIONS
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
-->| no. 971080

Connectors Components
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence correspondence
Cab 1 X 15 High/low cab interface G31 M5 Roof windscreen wiper motor Q11
Cab 1 X 16 High/low cab interface E20 M6 Side windscreen wiper motor Q6
Cab 2 X 26 M14 Side and roof windscreen washer pump G23 M14 Roof and side windscreen washer pump I24
Cab 1 X 29 A8 Heating A26 R3 Rear windscreen defrost Q17
Frame X 31 E3 Left rear light Q40 S38 Rear working light switch O23
Option X 34 E5/E6 Trailer light Q33 S39 Rear window defrost switch O18
Frame X 37 E7 Rear license plate light Q38 S40 Roof windscreen wiper switch O11
Frame X 40 Trailer socket O33 S41 Side windscreen wiper switch O6
Cab 1 X 68 Roof switch supply G14 S42 Telescope working light switch I37
Cab 1 X 93 A7 Radio power supply A16
Cab 1 X 94 Loudspeakers A23
Cab 2 X 95 Cab/air-conditioning condenser harness link G22
Cab 2 X101 E17 Rear right working light Q25 Fuses and relays
Cab 2 X102 E16 Rear left working light Q22
Item Designation Position on diagram
Option X103 E19 Working light on right-hand boom Q29
Option X104 E18 Working light on left-hand boom Q27 BFI/M1
Frame X105 Boom working light (predisposition connector option) O29 F45 BF3 Power supply (cab) (40A) G5
Cab 2 X107 M5 Cab roof windscreen wiper motor Q10 BF3/M2
Cab 2 X108 M6 Side windscreen wiper motor Q4 F26 +V bat car radio (7,5A) G11
Frame/Cab 1 X112 Frame/cab Interface M27 F27 Side + roof + rear windscreen wiper motor + Vbat (10/15A) G11
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply cab / engine interface G7 F32 +APC side windscreen wiper and windscreen washer (7,5A) G11
Frame X148 A1 Manimux Power CN1-P1 M30 BF3/M1
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 M34 F10 Car radio + APC (2A) C5
Option X155 B46 Air-con socket on SNDC condenser G22 F11 Cigarette lighter (10A) C6
Cab 2 X204 B27 Right loudspeaker G18 F12 Front windscreen wiper and windscreen washer (15A) C6
Cab 2 X205 B28 Left loudspeaker G20 F16 S42 and S43 switch supply (15A max.) C7
F17 Rear working light (15A) C7
F18 Rear windscreen defrost (10A) C8
80

F19 Roof windscreen wiper and windscreen washer (7,5A) C9


Components
Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence
A1 Manimux Power MP1 M37 Splices
A7 Car radio A20
Item Position on diagram
B27 Right loudspeaker I19
B28 Left loudspeaker I20 Ep.9 G9
B46 Air-conditioning high pressure sensor I22 Ep.10 Q4
D3 Diode D3 C33 Ep.11 I36
E5 Left trailer light S33 Ep.73 O29
E6 Right trailer light S37
E7 Rear license plate light S38
E16 Rear left working light S22
E17 Rear right working light S24
E18 Working light on left-hand boom S27
E19 Working light on right-hand boom S29

80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS B23
DIAGRAM 8 - LIGHTING AND SIGNALING/CAR RADIO OPTIONS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

M Ma e C
as ss a
M

se e b M
as

C Cab 2
66

67

69

70

ha
AP 54

C 4
C 5
15
A7

ss M1
AP 5
AP 1
AP at

is
C
C

A A
B

M
V

3
X93 X94
A B
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

151
15

40

74

75

76

77
X29

67 68 79 5

69 6
80
66

70
D3
240 241
C C
F10

F12

F16

F17

F18

F19
F11

BF3 / M1
28

31
15

30
29

74

75

76

77

79

80

81
X16 1 2 3 4 7 8 9
34 83
E 7 E

20

21

22

23

31

32

36
8
55 29
9
57 30

BF3 / M2 10
59 47
240

31

32
68
F32 47 X95 1 2
11
BF1 / M1 61 31
X113
F45 F26

158
12

81
21
20
40

22

23
5 10 71 73
EP 9 X204 1 2 X205 1 2 X155 X26 1 2 X15
G G
1 1 2
X68
F27
72

34
41 1 46

28 2 47 HP M 1 0 1 7 2 8 9

B27 B28 B46 M14


5
S42 6 10

S42

48 50

I I

49
48
EP11
47

K K

42 A1 / MP 12
60 38 39

80
83
58 41 40
59

61

M X112 14
CN1-P1 / X148 CN2-P1 / X149 M

536
2 7 10 2 7 10 0 1 9
1 1 1 0 1 9
0 0 1
2 2 57 64 68 75 67 66 76 65 15

537

249
5 S41 4 9 5 S40 4 9 5 S39 10 5
S38
10

S41 S40 S39 S38


57

56

EP73
37
53

toit
lateral 55 54

36 37
O O

538

256

245

243

247

244

249

250

248

246
X105 X40
1 2 3 1 5 2 7 8 6 4
43

EP 10 X34 3 1 5 2 7 6 4

noir
51

50
44

50

55
45

41

52
53
42

X108 X107 X104 X103 X37 X31


Q 1 3 2 4 1 3 2 4 1 2 1 2 2 1
Q
40

39

2 3
X102 1 2 1 2
X101

1 2 1 2
38

+perm vit +perm vit


M6 M5 R3
raz raz
M M STOP STOP

3 3
E18 E19
- -
4 4
E16 E17

E5 E6 E7
S S

(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
B24 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
9 – AIR CONDITIONING + HEATING OPTIONS

Connectors Fuses and relays


Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence
Cab 1/Cab 2 X 15 High/low cab interface K39 BF1/M1
Cab 1 X 16 High/low cab interface M12 F45 BF3 Power supply (cab)(40A) C6
Engine/Cab 1 X 23 Cab/engine interface K29 BF3/M1
Cab 1 X 29 A8 Heating M9 F4 Heating / Ventilation G6
Engine X 30 M10 Air-conditioning compressor O29 BF3/M2
X 95 Cab/air-conditioning condenser harness link M24/O12 F29 +Vbat air-conditioning compressor relay K12 (7.5A) C18
Frame/Cab 1 X110 Frame/cab Interface K12 F30 +V bat air-conditioning motor fan (20A) C18
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply cab / engine interface C9 BF3/M3
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 I15 K1 Standby I36
Cab 2 X153 M12 Air-conditioning motor fan 1 plug M24 K2 Front windscreen wiper intermittent relay I34
Cab 2 X154 M13 Air-conditioning motor fan 2 plug O23 K3 Air-conditioning motor fan relay I32
Option X155 B46 Air-con socket on SNDC condenser O12 K4 Standby I30
Engine X201 BF1/M1 Engine compartment fusebox BF1 C5 K5 Stop electrovalve relay, diesel supply pump, cold starter electrovalve I28
K6 Air conditioning compressor control relay I26
BF3/M4
K11 Standby C26
K12 Air-conditioning time delay relay C29
Components
Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence
A1 Manimux Power MP1 G12
A8 Heating / ventilation panel M9
Splices
B45 Air-conditioning low pressure sensor O8
B46 Air-conditioning high pressure sensor Q13 Item Position on diagram

D1 Diode 1 E34 Ep.9 C13


80

H12 Heating panel light lamp O8


M10 Air-conditioning compressor O29
M12 Air-conditioning motor fan 1 O23
M13 Air-conditioning motor fan 2 O24
M16 Heating vent blower motor fan Q9
S12 Heating speed control switch O6
S13 Heater speed control switch O9

80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
MT 1440 A / MT 1840 A
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS B25
-->| no. 914015
DIAGRAM 9 – AIR-CONDITIONING + HEATING OPTIONS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

M
M se C
as
as a
se b
66

69

Ca M1
AP 54
15

b
M
AP t
C
C
Ba

A A

2
V

180

59
1 2
BF3 / M2
C BF1 / M1 K12 C
X113 1 2
X201 F45 F29
5 10 10 71 71 72 43
EP9
t
73
3
F30 44 3

45
45

D1

59
52

E E

57

58
BF3 / M1

66
F4 6

69

175 175 174


G G
176 176

115
177

180
178 179 179
A1 / MP 12

57
5 4
K6 2 5
K5 2
K4 K3 2
K2 2
K1 2

85 87 87a 85 87 87a
CN2-P1 / X149

45

I I
86 30 86 30

64 1 3 1 3

58

44
43
126

115
K X15 K
64

52
6

B2 X23
2
X110

33
102

15

80
152

102

126

X29
79

80
6

M 1 2 3 4 5 6 M
33
3 4
X95
79

80

X16
A8 7 8

2 1
X153
31

32

15
H12 BP
M12 X30
B45
1
0
O 2 O
3
S13 X154
31

C
32

S12 X95
2 1
2 1

M13

X155 M10
1 2

M16

HP

Q Q
B46

S S

(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
B26 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
No.: 914016 and -->| no. 971080
DIAGRAM 9 – AIR-CONDITIONING + HEATING OPTIONS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

M
M se
as
as C
se ab
66

69
C 4
15

C M
AP 5

ab 1
AP t
C
Ba

A A

M
V

2
180

181

251
BF3
1 5 4 1 5 4

BF3 / M2 K11 K12


C BF1 / M1 86 C
X113 31

X201 F45 F29 87 87a


5 10 10 71 71 72 43
EP9
73
15 30
F30 44
85
2 3 2 3

181

45
250
45

E E

BF3 / M1

66
F4 6

69

175 175 174


G G
176 176

115
177

180
52
178 179 179
A1 / MP 12

2 5 2 5 4
K6 K5 2
K4 K3 K2 2
K1 2

85 87 87a 85 87 87a
CN2-P1 / X149

45

I I
86 30 86 30

64 1 3 1 3

251

44
250

43
126

115
K X15 K
64

52
6

B2 X23
2
X110

33
102

15
80

152

102

126

X29
79

80
6

M 1 2 3 4 5 6 M
33
3 4
X95
79

80

X16
A8 7 8

2 1
X153
31

32

15

H12 BP
X30
M12
B45
1
0
O 2 O
S13 X154
31

3
C
32

S12 X95
2 1
2 1

M13

X155 M10
1 2

M16

HP

Q Q
B46

S S

80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS B27

80
(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
B28 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10 – CRC / BOOM HEAD EV / PNEUMATIC SEAT OPTION
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
-->| no. 971080

Connectors Components
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence correspondence
Frame X 91 Boom head electrovalve O11 A1 Manimux Power MP1 K12
Frame/Cab 1 X110 Frame/cab Interface S6 A2 Manimux Power MP2 A13
Cab 1 X121 M15 Pneumatic seat pump Q6/O7/O4 B25 Telescope suspension cylinder valve pressure switch 1 I13
Frame X135 Telescope Suspension Connector E10 B26 Telescope suspension cylinder valve pressure switch 2 I16
Frame X148 A1 Manimux Power CN1-P1 K13 M15 Pneumatic seat pump S4
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 K10 S44 Pneumatic seat switch Q4
Frame X150 A2 Manimux Power CN1-P2 A8 S60 Seat driver presence sensor O6
Frame X151 A2 Manimux Power CN2-P2 A12 Y10 Telescope suspension electrovalve 1 I9
Option X166 Y12 Boom head electrovalve connector Q10 Y11 Telescope suspension electrovalve 2 I11
Option X167 Y10 Telescope suspension electrovalve 1 G9 Y12 Boom head electrovalve S10
Option X168 Y11 Telescope suspension electrovalve 2 G11
Option X169 B25 Telescope suspension cylinder valve pressure switch 1 G13
Option X170 B26 Telescope suspension cylinder valve pressure switch 2 G16
Frame/ORH X195 Access retractor plug O14

Fuses and relays

Item Designation Position on diagram

BF3/M1
F5 S19 Override + seat switch movement forcing power supply (2A) K3
F8 Pneumatic seat (10A) K4
80

Splices

Item Position on diagram

Ep.71 M10

80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS B29
DIAGRAM 10 - CRC / BOOM HEAD EV / PNEUMATIC SEAT OPTION

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

M as
as s
M
se e C
C ab
66

69

ha M
AP 54
15

ss 2
is
C
C

A A
AP

M
3
A2 / MP 22

CN1-P2 / X150 CN2-P2 / X151

85 86 65 55 67 58

259

260

261

258
257

262
C C

257

261

258

262

259

260

263
264
X135
1 8 2 7 3 4 5 6

E E

X167 X168 X169 X170


1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2

G G

P P

Y10 Y11 B25 B26

I I

K BF3 / M1 K
A1 / MP 12
F5

F8

CN2-P1 / X149 CN1-P1 / X148


13
7

81 77 27
528
248

80
47

46

M M
EP 71
3

526
526

EVTDF X195 6 1 4 7 8 2 5 3
VERSION EP/
OPTION RC
3

O O
1 2
248

X91
162

13

X121 X121 1
5 4

S60

Siège
S44

Q 3 2
Q
X121
C X166
1 2
246

247

M15 X110 16 17

Y12
46

47

S S

(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
B30 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
11 – REAR HYDRAULIC TWO WAY EV / BOOM HEAD ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR

Connectors Fuses and relays


Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence
Cab 1 X11 S4 Wiper stalk switch C25 BF1/M1
Cab 1 X13 A9 Cluster C21 F45 BF3 Power supply (cab)(40A) M8
Cab 1/Cab 2 X 15 High/low cab interface A27/O22 BF3/M1
Engine/Cab 1 X 23 Cab/engine interface C28 F1 Relay K4 predisposition C8
Cab 1 X25 M3 Front windscreen wiper C26 F5 Switch predisposition C9
Cab 1 X 29 A8 Heating Q21 F6 Boom head electrical connector C10
Cab 1/Cab 2 X68 Roof switch supply I14 F12 Front windscreen wiper and windscreen washer C12
Option X104 E18 Working light on left-hand boom K36 F14 Relay predisposition K1 C13
Frame X106 Boom electrical connector (option) K36 F16 S42 and S43 switch supply C14
Frame X109 Y14 Rear hydraulic two-way electrovalve G37 BF3/M2
Frame/Cab 1 X112 Frame/cab interface I35 F29 + Vbat air-conditioning compressor relay K12 (7.5A) O10
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply cab / engine interface M9 F30 + Vbat air-conditioning motor fan (20A) O11
Cab 1 X118 Customer digicode C26 F31 +APC engine start safety, relay K5 O11
F35 ORH console (2A) Q13
F37 APC 120 (Inching) power supply (15A) Q14
BF3/M3

Components K1 Standby E24

Hydraulic K2 Front windscreen wiper intermittent relay E25


Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence K3 Air-conditioning motor fan relay E27
A8 Heating / ventilation panel Q21 K4 Standby E28
A9 Manimux Cluster MC2 A22 K5 Stop electrovalve relay, diesel supply pump, cold starter electrovalve E29
B45 Air-conditioning low pressure sensor Q20 K6 Air conditioning compressor control relay E30
D1 Diode 1 C31 BF3/M4
D3 Diode D3 O36 K11 Standby C30
H12 Heating panel light lamp Q20 K12 Air-conditioning time delay relay C32
M16 Heating vent blower motor fan S20
S12 Heating speed control switch S19
80

S13 Heater speed control switch Q21


S17 Electric power socket switch on boom K25
Splices
S18 Hydraulic two way EV switch K28
S19 Override Switch K30 Item Position on diagram
S38 Rear working light switch S27
Ep.9 M10
S39 Rear window defrost switch S26
Ep.11 G12
S40 Roof windscreen wiper switch S24
Ep.11 O20
S41 Roof windscreen wiper switch S23
S42 Telescope working light switch Q23
S43 Option switch Q26
Y14 Rear two way hydraulic electrovalve I37

80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
MT 1440 A / MT 1840 A
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS B31
-->| no. 914015
DIAGRAM 11 – REAR HYDRAULIC TWO WAY EV / BOOM HEAD ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

M Ma e C
as ss ab
se e C M
M
as

Ch ab 1
s

as M
C 66
C 87
C 69
70

si s 2
C a
AP 50
AP 54
AP 54
AP 15
15

M
AP t
Ba

A A
C

3
V

181

CLUSTER BF3

180

59
90

92
X15
A9 / MC2 6 1 5 4 1 2
K11 K12
X11 X25 X118 X23 2
86 87 87a 1

69

67

68

70
7 4 6 4

115
8 6 18 t
B X13
A 85 30 3

136

137

87
2 3 3

129

133

141
F10

F11

F12

F13

F14

F15

F16

F17

F18

F19

F20

52
F1

F2

F3

F4

F5

F6

F7

F8

F9

181
C

91

45
C
BF3/M1

21
11

13

14

15

16

17

19

28

29

30

31

32
1

9
D1

12

18
52

59
248

58
91

129
133

1
90
176

2
177 92

180
94

3
174 175 93
E 179 178 E

4
94

57
141
BF3

115

96

5
95
2 5 4 2 5 4 2 5 4 2 5 4 2 5 4 2 5
K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6

6
85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a
96

7
85
86 30 86 30 86 30 86 30 86 30 86 30

8
86
1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3

9
17

137

126
21

1
136

233

58

44

95

43
93

46

10
EP11

11
G G

12
236

13
83

251

252
14
84
1 2

15
20
X109

16
23

17
37

CABINE 18
X112
Y14
I I
28

86
85
X68

87
2 167 168 169

0 1 10 0 1 10 1 10
47

253

254
1 1 0

X106 1 2

K 5 S17 9 5 S18 9 5 S19 9 K


S17 S18 S19
9 10 3 8

80
M BF1 / M1 M
X113
F45 5 10 71 71 72
EP9
47

73
EP11

84

8 X15

48

174
167
35

D3
O O
240 241
240
68
72
73

35
C D
F21

F22

F23

F24

F25

F26

F27

F28

F29

F30

F31

F32

F33

F34

F35

F36

F37

F38

F39

F40

9 0 1 9
1
152

102

126

X29
79

80
6
5A

1 2 3 4 5 6
BF3/M2
A8 S42 5 S43
38

39

40

41

42

43

45

46

47

48

23

20

Q Q
10
S42
37

44
33
34
35
36

S43
BP 51
H12 49
B45
1
0
2

3
S13
S12 9 9 9 9

M16 S41 S40 S39 S38


S S

(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
B32 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
No.: 914016 and -->| no. 971080
DIAGRAM 11 – REAR HYDRAULIC TWO WAY EV / BOOM HEAD ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

M Ma se C
as ss a
se e b
M
as

C Ca M1
ha b
A P 5 66
A P 1 87
C 5 69
70
C 0a
C 4
C 4

15

ss M
AP 5
AP 5
AP at

is 2
C

A A
B

M
V

3
181
180

251
CLUSTER

90

92
X15
A9 / MC2 6 BF3 K11
1 5 4 1
K12
5 4

86
X11 X25 X118 X23 86 87 87a 31 87 87a

69

67

68

70
7 4 6 4

115
8 6 18
A B X13
85 30 15 30

136

137

87
85
2 3 2 3

129

133

141
F10

F12

F13

F14

F15

F16

F17

F18

F19

F20
F11

52
F1

F2

F3

F4

F5

F6

F7

F8

F9

181

250
91

45
C C
BF3/M1

21
13

14

15

16

17

19

28

29

30

31
11

32
1

12

18
248
91

129
133

1
90
176

2
177 92

180
94

3
174

52
175 93
E 179 178 E

4
94

141
BF3

115

96

5
95
2 5 4 2 5 4 2 5 4 2 5 4 2 5 4 2 5
K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6

6
85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a
96

7
85
86 30 86 30 86 30 86 30 86 30 86 30

8
86
1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3

9
17

137

126
21

136

233

251

44

95

43
93

46
250

10
EP11

11
G G

12
236

13
83

251

252
14
84
1 2

15
20
X109

16
23

17
37

CABINE 18
X112
Y14
I I
28

86
85
X68

87
2 167 168 169

1 10 1 10 1 10
47

0 0

253

254
1 1 1 0

X106 1 2

K 5 S17 9 5 S18 9 5 S19 9 K


S17 S18 S19
9 10 3 8

7
80

M BF1 / M1 M
X113
F45 5 10 71 71 72
EP9
47

73
EP11

84

8 X15

48

174
167
35

D3
O O
240 241
240
68
72
73

35
C D
F21

F22

F23

F24

F25

F26

F27

F28

F29

F30

F31

F32

F33

F34

F35

F36

F37

F38

F39

F40

9 0 1 9
1
152

102

126

X29
79

80
6
5A

1 2 3 4 5 6
BF3/M2
A8 S42 S43
38

39

40

41

42

43

45

46

47

48

23

20

Q Q
5 10
37

44

S42
33
34
35
36

S43
BP 51
H12 49
B45
1
0
2

3
S13
S12 9 9 9 9

M16 S41 S40 S39 S38


S S

80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
From machine
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS C1
No.: 971081

MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840


pages

POSITION OF CONNECTORS BY DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C2


ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS BY FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C4
–– 1 – START-UP / CUSTOMER DIGICODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C4
–– 2 – CAN H-L / OBD PLUG (DIAGNOSTIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C6
–– 3 – HYDRAULIC MOVEMENT AND TRANSMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C8
–– 4 – CAB SENSORS / EMERGENCY STOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C10
–– 5 – LIGHTING AND SIGNALLING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C12
–– 6 – LIGHTING AND SIGNALING / CAR RADIO OPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C14
–– 7 – AIR CONDITIONING + HEATING OPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C16
–– 8 – REAR HYDRAULIC TWO WAY EV / BOOM HEAD ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . C18

80

(08/01/2019) 80-02-M179EN
C2 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
No.: 971081

POSITION OF CONNECTORS BY DIAGRAM


Connectors Diag. 1 Diag. 2 Diag. 3 Diag. 4 Diag. 5 Diag. 6 Diag. 7 Diag. 8
B+ I5
D+ I5
W I5
C1 I4, G12
C2 I6, G11
C3 G11, H8
C4 I8, I10
C5 I6, I12
C6 G5, I11
C7 I3
C8 H5
X0 I3,J3
X1 B5
X2 B6
X3 I3
X4 I2
X5 D12
X6 D11
X7 I9
X8 I11
X11 C9
X12 C12
X13 B10 D3, E2 B2 E3 B8
X14 D2
X15 D8 D11 C13 H8
X16 B8 C7 E7
X17 E3
X18 C3
X20 C2
X21 E9
X22 F4, G4
X23 G7 C2 A7
X25 E12
X26 D8
X27 I6
X28 I7
80

X29 G6
X30 B7
X30A B7
X30B C7
X30C C7
X31 I10
X32 I12
X33 G4
X34 I11
X35 I8
X36 I9
X37 I14
X38 I13
X39 G13
X40 I11
X42 I9
X43 I6
X45 E2
X46 I5
X47 I5
X48 G4
X49 G4
X50 B8

80-02-M179EN (08/01/2019)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS C3
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
No.: 971081

Connectors Diag. 1 Diag. 2 Diag. 3 Diag. 4 Diag. 5 Diag. 6 Diag. 7 Diag. 8 Connectors Diag. 1 Diag. 2 Diag. 3 Diag. 4 Diag. 5 Diag. 6 Diag. 7 Diag. 8
X52 G13 X115 G2
X53 G10 X116 B3
X54 F10 X118 B12
X55 H13 C7 X121 E2 C2
X56 H13 C6 X123 G6
X57 D11 A11 X124 H13
X58 D11 A12 X130 H13
X59 D5 X131 H13
X60 G11 X132 E12
X61 I12 X133 B13
X62 E10 D12 X134 E10
X63 B4 X138 B8
X64 E4 X139 B6
X65 B11 X148 H13 D7 F4, J9 D9 G10
X66 B12 X149 G12 D5 G4, C9 C13 G8 G12 E3
X67 G3, I10 X155
X68 D5 X166 I8
X69 G2 X200 G10
X70 B13 X201 B2 A2 B2 B2
X71 E6 X204 D6
X72 F6 X205 D7
X73 C4 X257 H13 G5
X75 D6 X258 I12
X76 B11 X259
X77 H11 X260 D6
X78 H11 X261
X79 H12 X262
X80 A7 X263 F5
X81 A9 X284 A7 H2
X82 A10 X285 A2
X83 A8 X286 B2
X84 A9 X290 F12
X85 A10 X291 A3
X86 A11 X292 A4
X87 D10
X88 E11

80
X91 H8
X92 E11
X93 A6
X94 A8
X95 F11
X96 E10
X97 D9
X97.1 C6
X100 E14
X101 I9
X102 I8
X103 I10
X104 I9
X105 H10
X106 F12
X107 I4
X108 I2
X109 D13
X110 J12 E9 G5 F2
X111 A6
X112 A6 G9 E12
X113 D3 A3 B2 A3 D3 B3
X114 J13

(08/01/2019) 80-02-M179EN
C4 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS BY FUNCTION

1 – START-UP / CUSTOMER DIGICODE


MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
No.: 971081

Connectors Components
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic
Item Designation Hydraulic
type name diagram correspondence Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence
Engine B+ G2 Alternator I5
Engine D+ G2 Alternator I5 V5 Access platform engine start diode E8
Engine W G2 Alternator I5 Y1 Engine stop electrovalve I11
Engine X0 S1 Battery cut-off I3,J3 Y2 KSB cold start electrovalve I9
Cab 1 X1 S2 Ignition switch (4 way) B5
Cab 1 X2 S2 Ignition switch (6 way) B6
Engine X3 R1 Preheat I3 Fuses and relays
Engine X4 M1 Starter electrovalve I2
Engine X5 R5 Fuel heater D12 Item Current Designation Position on diagram
Engine X7 M2 Diesel pump I9
F7 2A Anti-theft + customer engine immobiliser D2
Engine X8 Y1 Engine stop electrovalve I11
F25 2A + Vbat digital lock F2
Cab 1 X13 A9 Cluster B10
Engine/Cab 1 X23 Engine/cab interface G7 F31 10A + APC engine start safety, relay K5 F2
Engine X42 Y2 Cold start system thermoswitch I9 F42 50A Ignition switch B3
Engine X61 B34 Fuel water level sensor I12 F43 80A Alternator B3
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply cab / engine interface D3
F45 40A BF3 (cab) supply A3
Cab 1 X118 Customer digicode B12
F46 80A Preheat B3
Cab 1 X138 S50 Emergency stop button B8
Frame X148 A1 Manimux Power CN1-P1 H13 F52 20A Diesel preheater relay K22 E5
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 G12 F54 30A RC engine speed relay E6
Engine X200 ORH engine speed electrovalve G10 F55 25A Engine start and ORH platform relay K21 E6
Engine X201 BF1/M1 Engine compartment fusebox BF1 B2
F66 A2
Engine/Frame X257 Engine/frame interface H13
K20 Preheat relay E5
Engine X258 B74 Radiator minimum water level sensor I12
Cab 1 X284 EASY Manager option A7 K21 Engine start relay E8
Mbf option X285 G1 Easy manager option +bat power supply A2 K22 Fuel heater E9
Mbf option X286 G1 Easy manager option -bat power supply B2 K23 Engine speed / Radio Control relay E9
Cab 1 X291 Easy Manager / additional harness option interface A3
Easy Manager / Engine immob additional harness option
Cab 1 X292 A4
interface
80

Components Splices
Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence Item Position on diagram

A1 Manimux Power MP1 G13 EP1 H9


A9 Manimux Cluster MC2 B11 EP3 I11
B34 Water in fuel filter sensor J12 EP4 I10
B74 Radiator minimum water level sensor J12 EP5 C8
G1 Battery 12V / 110Ah or 145 Ah (cold countries) A1 EP7 E8
G2 12V/85A alternator I4 EP8 D8
M1 Starter I2 EP9 E2
M2 Diesel pump I9 EP14 G7
R1 Preheat resistances I4 EP55 A4
R5 Diesel fuel reheating D13 EP56 G9
S1 Battery cut-off I3 EP59 A3
S2 Ignition switch A5
S3 Cold start system thermoswitch I9
S50 Emergency stop button A9
V3 6A/600V free wheel diode (P600J) F3
V4 Engine stop diode I10

80-02-M179EN (08/01/2019)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS C5
DIAGRAM 1 - STARTER / CUSTOMER DIGICODE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Option Anti-démarrage Option EASY Manager

Ma se M ab M
Ma sse C ab M
V Bat

Ma s e C
X292 EASY Manager

Ma
X291

sse ote 2
s
F66
X284

s
434 1 434 1 2 3 4 6 7 9 10 11 12
EP 59

Ch ur
1 2 3 4

ass
396
387

388

389

391

394

321

395
391 2 391

321
349
299
65
X285

is M
A

1
G1

4
EP 55 S19-1 X121-3
Sch. 8 Sch. 8
BF1 / M1
F45 S2 S50
5 10
EP17
F42 2 Sch. 2 X118 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 4 5 3 2 1

F46
CLUSTER
X286 6 4
A9 / MC2

349
OP

120
148

125

119

141
123
124
43

11

39
12
391
X201 F43 3 3 X138 1 2 3 4
B 30 30 17 17 50a 19 19 54 15 58

184
119

134
242
X1 1 2 3 4 7 8 9 5 6 10 X2 X13 5 21 30 37 17 29 25 26
125

64

64
65

245

123

124
206

134

122

245
50
66
67
69
70
51
APC 50a 65
APC 54 66
120 122
APC 54 67 EP 5 K5-5
APC 15 69 121
C Sch. 8
APC 15 70
10

X113 1
71

BF3 / M1
D 11
F7 12
28
EP 8
X5 R5
V5
56

11
BF1/M2

44

34

33
EP 7

4
APC 68 3
1 21

41
12 8 6

33

45

44

27

34
86 30 1 3 1 3 1 3

F52

F54

F55
K21 K22 K23
E
71

86 30 86 30 86 30
K20 85 87
EP 9

2 4 11 7 5
85 87 85 87 85 87
12
43

31

32
5

2 5 2 5 2 5
35
72
73

37 36
V3
240
240
68

35

29
18
241
BF3 / M2
F31

F25

F
46

39

387
K5-3
Sch. 8
EP56

80
EP 14

G X23
C3
14
49

29

30
243
244

A4 1 2 X200
50 13

51 A3
11
CN2-P1 / X149 A1 / MP 12
A5 19
244
B8 284 57
243 24 CN1-P1 / X148
121 A6 21
25
60 A1
8

24

285
H 62 C1

EP 1
9

61 A8
8-1
C8
1 51
63 9-1

285

284
X257
5

X3 1 2 3 4
M1

46

47

28

27
23
X42

19
1

2
X7 1 2
M

EP 3
M t° S3
M2
I X4 X0 58

59
18

B+

46
50
51

47
52
3
G
45 1 2 X8 X61 1 2 3 X258 1 2
3~ 14
V4
M

58
U D+ Y2 Y1
13
N

EP 4
S1 R1 G2 W

B34 B74

22
X0

(08/01/2019) 80-02-M179EN
C6 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
2 – CAN H-L / OBD PLUG (DIAGNOSTIC)

MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840


No.: 971081

Connectors Splices
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence
Cab 1 X13 A9 Cluster D3, E2 EP5 C6
Frame/Cab 1 X112 Frame/cab Interface A6 EP9 A3
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply engine / cab interface A3 EP15 H5
Cab 1 X115 Diagnostics G2 EP16 F3
Frame X116 Manipower supply frame / engine interface B3 EP17 C2
Frame X148 A1 CN1-P1 Power D7 EP28 E6
Frame X149 A1 CN2-P1 Power D5 EP29 H5
Engine X201 BF1/M1 Engine compartment fusebox BF1 A2
Frame/Engine X257 Frame/Engine Interface G5
Frame X263 B50 Vishay CAN gauge F5
Cab 1 X284 Easy Manager option H2
CAN Network

Components
Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence
Manimux Cluster
A1 Manimux MP1 D5 PAD tool
A9 MC2 Cluster D2
B50 Vishay CAN gauge F5

VCI

CAN A
80

Fuses and relays

Item Current Designation Position on diagram

F9 2A Ignition switch position 1 + APC C2


Manimux Power MP12
F22 3A Cluster + Vbat supply A5
F23 2A RC battery charger + APC 120 (X112.18) supply A5
F28 5A + Vbat diagnostic connector B5 (Standard version)
F33 5A + APC diagnostic connector B5
F41 20A Manipower 2 A2
Key:
F44 40A Manipower 1 B2
F45 40A BF3 (cab) supply A2 - CAN A: Manimux CAN (Cluster ⇔ Power12)

80-02-M179EN (08/01/2019)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS C7
DIAGRAM 2 - CAN H-L / OBD PLUG (DIAGNOSTIC)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

M ass Ca
M se Ca M
M sse
M
66 69 70 67 68

as e b
as C b 1
Key:

se ha M
4
5
5
C 4

Ch ss 2
APC 5
APC 1
APC 1
AP 5
AP a t

A
C
B

as is M
BF1 / M1 BF3 / M2
V

si 2
36
- CAN A: Manimux CAN (Cluster ⇔ Power1/Power2)

sM
X113

C
X201 F45 F22

3
10 1 71 73
EP 9
72
35
X112
- CAN B: Truck CAN (Power1 ⇔ APC 120)
F41 7 2 F23 37 37 18 - A: Power supply
F44 6 1 ALIM. 1
F28 42 - M: Ground
10 mm2
F33 - LSS: Output safety line
X116 68 48

D
B
BF3 / M1
F9

10 mm2
ALIM. 1
14

EP 5
EP17

X284-2 388
Sch. 1
154

155

190

191

192
266

86
35

36

87

88

89

90

91
CN1-P1 / X148
4 10 20 9 32 X13 16 17 46 47 76 77 15 45 75
D
A M CN2-P1 / X149
CLUSTER 71 24
A1 / MP 12

R 120 ohm
A9 / MC2 284 57

High CAN A
High CAN A
Low CAN A

Low CAN A
L H

X13 3 11 1 24 38 8 31 44 43 14 74 73 25 90 11 42 41 71 72

285
143

107

Black

96

45
E EP28

LSS
42
CAN A

48
1
X263 3 2 5 4 1
16
Wake-up line
14
CAN B
6 CAN A
F 5 186 185
EP16 R
11

3 CAN B B50

CAN A
J 1939
J 1939

X115

80
285

284

X257
1 2 3 4
G LSS
CAN B

J 1939 12

J 1939 11

107 9 71

143 7 45

187 8 95
392

393

EP15 EP29
H 8
6

CAN A 5 CAN A
5

X110
X284

(08/01/2019) 80-02-M179EN
C8 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
3 – HYDRAULIC MOVEMENT AND TRANSMISSION
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
No.: 971081

Connectors
Components
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic
Item Designation Hydraulic
type name diagram correspondence Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence
Frame X53 Y3 Forward electrovalve G10
A1 Manimux Power MP1 E4, G9
Frame X54 Y4 Reverse electrovalve F10
A12 JSM (Joystick Switch and move) G2, G12
Frame X55 B11 Forward gear sensor H13
B11 Forward motion pressure sensor H14
Frame X56 B12 Reverse sensor H13
B12 Reverse motion pressure sensor H14
Frame X57 B13 Transmission oil pressure D11
B13 Transmission oil pressure switch D12
Frame X58 B24 GEARBOX temperature sensor (2 contacts on MX) D11
B14 Gearbox output speed sensor F10
Frame X60 S14 Gear lever transmission cut-off (except hydrostatic) G11
B15 Roller 1 on JSM G2, H12
Frame X62 B14 Gearbox output speed sensor E10
B16 Roller 2 on JSM F2,H12
Frame X67 A12 JSM plug G3, I10
B24 Gearbox temperature sensor (2 contacts on Manimux) D12
Frame X71 Output A on telescope and attachment E6
S14 Gear lever transmission cut-off G12
Frame X72 Output B on telescope and attachment F6
S16 BP2 contact on JSM (Only with EVTF option) G2
Frame X75 Y9 Movement safety EV1 D6
S25 FNR contact on JSM E2, I12
Frame X91 Boom head electrovalve H8
S46 Switch on accelerator pedal J14
Frame X92 Y13 Negative brake electrovalve control E11
Y3 Forward electrovalve G11
Frame/Cab 1 X110 Frame/cab interface J12
Y4 Reverse electrovalve F11
Cab 1 X114 Accelerator switch J13
Y5 Telescope extend proportional electrovalve F7
Frame X123 Y16 Safety electrovalve G6
Y6 Telescope retract proportional electrovalve E7
Frame X148 A1 Manimux Power CN1-P1 F4, J9
Y7 Attachment proportional electrovalve direction 1 E7
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 G4, C9
Y8 Attachment proportional electrovalve direction 2 E7
Mbf option X166 Y12 Boom head electrovalve connector I8
Y9 Safety valve 1/distributor D7
Frame X260 Y50 Flow regulation electrovalve connector D6
Y12 Boom head electrovalve I8
Y13 Negative brake electrovalve E12
Y16 Safety valve 2/distributor G7
Y50 Flow regulation valve C7
80

Splices

Item Position on diagram

EP25 G5
EP26 G5
EP90 E10

80-02-M179EN (08/01/2019)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS C9
DIAGRAM 3 – HYDRAULIC MOVEMENT AND TRANSMISSION

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

M sse Ca
M e C ass 1
M ass
M

as C b
as ha is
a e
s h M
se ss M
Ch is 2
A

as M1
si
sM
3
B

C
Y50
CN2-P1 / X149
138 1

2 T
139 19 108 108 1
337 X260 10 221 221 2
12 13 B24
36 2
X58
138 542
66 1
139 540
D 112 2
X75 Y9
27 111 111 1
68 4
149 149
38
X57
148 148 3 P
B13
Y8
70 2
145 145
40
70 223 223 8 2
1
144 144
A1 / MP 12 83 222 222 7 1
X71 Y6 EP90
E
X92
R 67
147 147 4 Y13
S25 N
F 12 30
37
146 146 3 X62
183 52
102 102 2
11 182 59 Y7 22
69
143 143 2 101 101 1 c

8 179 82
39
142 142 1
B14
1 172 34
X72 Y5
7 178 49
104 2
F 5 176 88
63 103 103 1
4 175 87
B16

X54 Y4 2
6 177 19 171
61 241
3 86 29 170 1
174 170
CN1-P1 / X148
B15

540

2 173 85 X60 S14


10 232 89 EP25 541 2
A1 / MP 12

80
58
A12 / JSM 240 539 1
9 180 56 EP26 110 2
S16
CN2-P1 / X149 X123
542

Y16 62 109 109 1


G X67
EVTDF X53 Y3
VERSION EP
77 3 56 180 9 A12 / JSM
3 89 232 10
S16

4
1 2
X91 85 173 2 X56

B15
98
B
86 174 3
C
19 177 6 99
B12
A

B16
87 175 4 100

H 88 176 5
X55
49 178 7 B
105
34 172 1 C
106
B11
82 179 8 A
107

1 2 59 182 11
X166
30 183 12
F
3 98 N S25
I X67
20 99 R

Y12 18 100

2 105

79 106 2
104
78 107
149 3

5 231 231
4 150 4
S46
CN1-P1 / X148 26 65 3 1
J 65 103

X110 X114

(08/01/2019) 80-02-M179EN
C10 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
4 – CAB SENSORS / EMERGENCY STOP
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
No.: 971081

Connectors Components
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence correspondence
Cab 1 X 13 A9 Cluster B2 B7 Hydraulic filter clogging pressure switch F9
Engine X 17 B3 Engine oil pressure switch E3 B8 Brake master cylinder pressure switch F4
Engine X 18 B5 Engine water thermoswitch C3 B9 Front wheel alignment sensor B11
Engine X 20 B6 Air filter clogging C2 B10 Rear wheel alignment sensor B12
Frame X 21 B7 Hydraulic filter sensor E9 B11 Forward motion pressure sensor B7
Cab 1 X 22 S11 Brake fluid level F4, G4 B12 Reverse motion pressure sensor B7
Engine/Cab 1 X 23 Engine/cab interface C2 B13 Transmission oil pressure switch A11
Cab 1 X 45 S9 NC door closed switch on cluster (wake-up) E2 B14 Gearbox output speed sensor D12
Cab 1 X 52 S10 NO door closed switch on Manimux Power G13 B17 Servo brake circuit fault pressure switch C14
Frame X 55 B11 Forward motion pressure sensor C7 B18 Right-hand stabiliser pressure switch 1 E10
Frame X 56 B12 Reverse motion pressure sensor C6 B19 Right-hand stabiliser pressure switch 2 F11
Frame X 57 B13 Transmission oil pressure A11 B20 Left-hand stabiliser pressure switch 1 F10
B21 Left-hand stabiliser pressure switch 2 E9
Frame X 58 B24 A12
Gearbox temperature sensor (2 contacts on Manimux) B22 Safety valve/distributor hydraulic cut-out pressure switch C11
Frame X 62 B14 Gearbox output speed sensor D12 B23 Boom angle sensor E13
Cab 1 X 63 R2 Fuel gauge B4 B24 Gearbox temperature sensor (2 contacts on Manimux) A12
Cab 1 X 64 B8 Master cylinder pressure switch E4 B29 Negative brake fault pressure switch B13
Frame X 65 B9 Front wheel alignment B11 B30 Servo steering circuit fault pressure switch F12
Frame X 66 B10 Rear wheel alignment B12 B35 Boom lowering NC sensor I11
Frame X 70 B17 Assist brake circuit pressure switch B13 B36 Boom lifting NC sensor I11
Cab 1 X 73 R2 Fuel gauge C4 B37 Tilting NO sensor I12
Frame X76 B22 Safety valve/distributor pressure switch B11 B38 Tilting NC sensor A7
Frame X77 B36 Boom lifting NC sensor H11 B39 Left stabiliser lowering NC sensor A9
Frame X78 B35 Boom lowering NC sensor H11 B40 Left stabiliser raising NC sensor A8
Frame X79 B37 Tilting NO sensor H12 B41 Right stabiliser lowering NC sensor A10
Frame X80 B38 Tilting NC sensor A7 B42 Right stabiliser raising NC sensor A9
Frame X81 B42 Right stabiliser raising NC sensor A9 B43 Levelling NO sensor A10
Frame X82 B41 Right stabiliser lowering NC sensor A10 B44 Levelling NC sensor A11
Frame X83 B40 Left stabiliser raising NC sensor A8 B54 QX boom extension inductive sensor C1 I13
Frame X84 B39 Left stabiliser lowering NC sensor A9 B55 QX boom extension inductive sensor C2 I13
Frame X85 B43 Levelling NO sensor A10 R2 Fuel level sensor C4
Frame X86 B44 Levelling NC sensor A11 S9 Closed cab door switch on cluster NC (wake-up) E2
Frame X 87 B18 Right stabiliser lower pressure switch D10 S10 Closed cab door switch on power NO G13
Frame X 88 B19 Right stabiliser upper pressure switch E11 S11 Low brake fluid level switch F4
Frame X 96 B20 Left stabiliser low level pressure switch E10 S34 Retracted boom sensor F10
80

Frame X 97 B21 Left stabiliser high level pressure switch D9


Frame X100 B23 Boom angle sensor E14
Frame/Cab 1 X110 Frame/cab Interface E9
Fuses and relays
Frame/Cab 1 X111 Frame/cab Interface A6
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply cab / engine interface B2 Item Current Designation Position on diagram
Frame X124 C1 and C2 QX boom inductive sensor connector H13
QX Boom X130 B54 Inductive sensor inner C1 QX boom H13 F45 40A BF3 (cab) supply B2
QX Boom X131 B55 Inductive sensor inner C2 QX boom H13 F21 3A Roof light and door contact D2
Frame X132 B30 Servo steering circuit fault pressure switch (TUV) E12
Frame X133 B29 ON/OFF negative brake pressure switch B13
Frame X134 S34 Retracted boom sensor E10 Splices
Cab 1 X139 Pedal potentiometers B6
Item Position on diagram
Frame X148 A1 Manimux Power CN1-P1 D9
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 C13 EP9 C2
EP20 D13
Components EP61 G12
Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram EP91 D13
correspondence
A1 Manimux Power MP1 C11
A9 Manimux Cluster MC2 B3
B3 Engine oil pressure switch F3
B5 Engine temperature sensor D3
B6 Engine air filter clogging pressure switch D2
80-02-M179EN (08/01/2019)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS C11
DIAGRAM 4 - CAB SENSORS / EMERGENCY STOP

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

M ass se C Mo b M 1
as e C h te 2
M as se Ca M

se h as ur
M as se Cab
108

M as se

Ch as sis
160

158

164

162
151

161

159

165

163

167
150
X82

166
X84 X86

168

169
X83 X81 X85

M as
111

112
X80 221

as sis M
X111 X57 X58

si M 1
APC 5 66
APC 1 67
C 5 69
70
15 14 13 11 10 9 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 1

sM 2
1 2 1 2 1 2
4
4

15
A
AP at
APC 5

3
B
V

P
B38 B40 B39 B42 B41 B43 B44
B13 B24 T

CLUSTER
A9 / MC2
BF1 / M1

114

113

112

111

110

109
F45

X139 5 4 6 2 1 3

184

185
B B9 B10
X76 B29
5 X13 34 36 40 39 27 35 31 1 2
P
X70

139

135
118
54
53

55
_ + _ +

225
2
10

X113 B12 B11 X65 X66 X133

138
1
53

54

55

X63

224
X23 P 3 2 1 3 2 1 1 2 1
71

C4 B4 B6

227

229
84
85

83
B17

114
115

113
B22 P
16

20

26

20

272

150

160

158

164

162

168

166

184

111

108

221
X56 X55

32

31
37 6 80 88 34 5 4 64 3 33 28 27 13 49 11 19 10 32 18 41 9 20 29 21
B C A B C A
R2 78
107 107

100
EP 9

105

106
98

99
CN2-P1 / X149
C N
106 79

105 2

A1 / MP12
100 18
X73
25
26

20
17
16

99
C X20 X18 1 2

249
98 3
BF3 / M2

6
80 CN1-P1 / X148
F21

60 54 84 83 24 23 53 7 9 10 55 22 52 80 48 50
P t°

127

125
38
202

101

102

230
226
154

152
37

156

22

21
1 2 X62
B6

123
B5

124
D X87

129

130
X97
34
33

3 2 1 3 2 1

B14

EP91
X16-6

EP20
Sch. 5 c

P P
B18

80
B21
X110
16 18

22
24

23

21
19

18
135

156

X100

106
4 6 5 1 3 2
X64
118

34

1 2

202

203

127

128

126

125
E

226

228
37
X134 X96 X88

38

39

40
X21 X132
20

1 2 1 2 2 3 4 1 3 2 1 1 2 3 1 2
X17 1 2
X45
P

B23
S9
P P P P P
B8 B7 B20 B19 B30
S34
B3
139

X22
S11
F

106

163
X22 X52 1 2
159

80
156

31
G S10

EP61
Only MT1840

271

272
270

32
1 2 4 3
X124

+ +

156

157

154

155

152

153
X77 X78 X79
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2

X130 X131

S S

C1 C2
+ +

B36 B35 B37 B54 B55

(08/01/2019) 80-02-M179EN
C12 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
5 – LIGHTING AND SIGNALLING
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
No.: 971081

Connectors Components
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence correspondence
Cab 2 X 6 E15 Rotating beacon light D11 E13 Front left working light H4
Cab 1 X 11 S4 Wiper stalk switch C9 E14 Roof light C8
Cab 1 X 12 Wiping reset C12 E15 Rotating beacon light D12
Cab 1 X 13 A9 Cluster E3 M3 Front windscreen wiper motor F13
Cluster X 14 S5 Light commutator switch D2 M4 Rear windscreen wiper motor D6
Cab 1 X 15 High/low cab interface D8 M7 Front windscreen washer pump I6
Cab 1 X 16 High/low cab interface B8 M8 Rear windscreen washer pump I7
Cab 1 X 25 M3 Front windscreen wiper E12 M9 Window up motor I6
Cab 2 X 27 M7 Front windscreen washer pump I6 M11 Rotating beacon light motor D12
Cab 2 X 28 M8 Rear windscreen washer pump I7 S4 Wiper commutator switch A13
Frame X 31 E3 Left rear light I10 S5 Light commutator switch C4
Frame X 32 E4 Right rear light I12 S6 Window regulator switch J2
Cab 2 X 33 Front L/R working headlight link G4 S7 Cigarette lighter I5
Frame X 35 E1 Front left headlight I8 V2 Windscreen wiper reset diode 6A/600V (P600J) D12
Frame X 36 E2 Front right headlight I9
Frame X 37 E7 Rear license plate light I14
Frame X 38 B1 Reverse buzzer I13
Fuses and relays
Frame X 39 B2 Main horn G13
Cab 2 X 43 M9 Window up motor I6 Item Current Designation Position on diagram
Cab 1 X 46 S7 Cigarette lighter I5
F45 40A BF3 (cab) supply A2
Cab 1 X 47 S7 Cigarette lighter light I5
F11 10A Cigarette lighter E2
Option X 48 E12 Front right working light G4
F12 15A Front windscreen wiper and windscreen washer E2
Option X 49 E13 Front left working light G4
F13 10A Rear windscreen wiper and windscreen washer E2
Cab 2 X 50 E14 Roof light B8
F20 15A Electric window up E2
Cab 2 X 59 M4 Rear windscreen wiper motor D5
F24 15A Front auto return windscreen wiper motor + Vbat B5
Cab 1 X 69 S6 Window wind up G2
Frame/Cab 1 X110 Frame/cab Interface G5
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply cab / engine interface A3
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 G8
80

Engine X201 BF1/M1 Engine compartment fusebox BF1 B2

Splices

Item Position on diagram


Components
EP1 I2
Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram EP2 I2
correspondence
A1 Manimux Power MP1 G10 EP9 A4

A9 Manimux Cluster MC2 D2


B1 Reversing sound alarm I13
B2 Main horn G13
E1 Front left headlight I8
E2 Front right headlight I9
E3 Left rear light with fog light I11
E4 Right rear light with reversing light I12
E7 Rear license plate light I14
E12 Front right working light H4

80-02-M179EN (08/01/2019)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS C13
DIAGRAM 5 - LIGHTING AND SIGNALING

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

M sse
M
as C
a

M Ch ssi
M sse ssis M2
se ha
a a s
as C M
APC 1 67
C 5 70
68

se ab 3
4

15
APC 5

Ca M
AP at

A
B

b 1
V

M
F21

2
Sch. 4

BF1 / M1 S4
X113
X201 F45 5 10 71 73
1
EP 9 BF3 / M2
0 1
0

33
78
72
F24 X16 5 6

C
38

29

30
F

30 + BAT
29
X50
56a 56b 54s 54d 49 A C B
57/58 EP10
0
Sch. 6
1 L R
0 2
S8

X11
S5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
X12 1 2
C 31

131
129

130
30 L

19

236

127

128
117

18
E14

116

132
43

24

25
X59 1 3 2 4

X14 X15
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
24 1 116
1 2
25 2 117
+perm
M4 vit

D raz
M 26 3 97
E15
CLUSTER 3

132
-

28
27 4 98
A9 / MC2 4 X6 1 2
28 5 99 V2
M11

239
28
X13
131

E K2-5
67

68

70

Sch. 8
BF3 / M1
K2-5
Sch. 8

239
F11

F12

F13

F20

130

153
133
38
X25 3 6 1 5 4 2

3 M3 2
16

17

19

32

+perm vit 1
2

F
raz
1
M
-
18
6

236
17 233 K2-3
EP11 Sch. 8
100

80
78

97

98

99

X33 3 4 1 2
X110 B2
1 10 13 14 15

G A1 / MP 12
63

72

75

76

77
165

101
32

1 2 1 2
X69 CN2-P1 / X149
A B C
X49 X48 62 59 87 69 46 63 31 14 43 60 61 16 48 15 79 72 73 78 42 17 74 90 X39
62

69

211
122
132

133

134

135

116
119

121
120

55
77

76

75

72

63

54

56

16

13

11

9
E12 E13

H
62

51

50
EP1

EP2

2 1
X37
131

132

133

134

135

211
118

119

120

121

122

56
50

55

54

16

13

11
58

10
101

10

17
12
9
X35 X36 X31 4 X32 6 X38
100

1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 2 3 5 1 6 5 3 1 2 4 1 2
128

166

127

160
71

161
X28
16

X43 2 1 X27 1 2 1 2
X46 X47
I 1 2 1
63

64

STOP STOP

H8 H9 H7 H11 H8 H9 H7 H10 H2 H1 H3 H4 H6 H3 H2 H5

0
1 7 2 8 10 M M M
1 2
noir

E1 E2 E3 E4 B1
E7

noir
noir
S7 M9 M7 M8
S6 3 4 9
69
71

(08/01/2019) 80-02-M179EN
C14 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
6 – LIGHTING AND SIGNALING / CAR RADIO OPTIONS
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
No.: 971081

Connectors Components
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence correspondence
Cab 1 X 15 High/low cab interface D11 S38 Rear working light switch G8
Cab 1 X 16 High/low cab interface C7 S39 Rear window defrost switch G6
Cab 2 X 26 M14 Side and roof windscreen washer pump D8 S40 Roof windscreen wiper switch G4
Option X 34 E5/E6 Trailer light I11 S41 Side windscreen wiper switch G3
Frame X 40 Trailer socket I11 S42 Telescope working light switch E13
Cab 1 X 68 Roof switch supply D5 S44 Pneumatic seat switch E2
Cab 1 X 93 A7 Radio power supply A6
Cab 1 X 94 Loudspeakers A8
Cab 2 X101 E17 Rear right working light I9
Cab 2 X102 E16 Rear left working light I8
Fuses and relays
Option X103 E19 Working light on right-hand boom I10
Option X104 E18 Working light on left-hand boom I9 Item Current Designation Position on diagram

Frame X105 Boom working light (predisposition connector option) H10 F8 10A Pneumatic seat B2
Cab 2 X107 M5 Cab roof windscreen wiper motor I4 F10 2A Car radio + APC B2
Cab 2 X108 M6 Side windscreen wiper motor I2 F11 10A Cigarette lighter B2
Frame/Cab 1 X112 Frame/cab Interface G9 F16 15A max. S42 & S43 switch supply B3
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply cab / engine interface D3 F17 15A Rear working light B3
Cab X121 S44 Pneumatic seat pump E2 F18 10A Rear windscreen defrost B3
Frame X148 A1 Manimux Power CN1-P1 G10 F19 7.5A Roof windscreen wiper and windscreen washer B3
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 G12 F26 7.5A +V bat car radio D4
Cab 2 X204 B27 Right loudspeaker D6 F27 10/15A Side + roof + rear windscreen wiper motor + Vbat D4
Cab 2 X205 B28 Left loudspeaker D7 F32 7.5A + APC side windscreen wiper and windscreen washer D4
F45 40A BF3 Power supply (cab) (40A) D2
80

Components
Splices
Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence
Item Position on diagram
A1 Manimux Power MP1 G13
A7 Car radio A7 EP9 D3

B27 Right loudspeaker E7 EP10 I2

B28 Left loudspeaker E7 EP11 E12

E5 Left trailer light J11 EP73 H10

E6 Right trailer light J13


E16 Rear left working light J8
E17 Rear right working light J8
E18 Working light on left-hand boom J9
E19 Working light on right-hand boom J10
M5 Roof windscreen wiper motor I4
M6 Side windscreen wiper motor I2
M14 Roof and side windscreen washer pump D8
M15 Pneumatic seat pump F2
R3 Rear windscreen defrost I6

80-02-M179EN (08/01/2019)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS C15
DIAGRAM 6 - LIGHTING AND SIGNALING/CAR RADIO OPTIONS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

M as se C
M as
as se a
M

se Ca b
APC 5 66
APC 1 67
APC 1 69
0
68

Ch b M2
C 57
4
4
5
A7

as M1
APC 5
AP at

si
B

sM
V

X93 X94

3
A 5 6
B 5 6
1 2 3 4 7 8 1 2 3 4 7 8

151
15

40

74

75

76

77
66

67

68

70
69

B
F10

F11

F16

F17

F18

F19
F8

BF3 / M1
28

31
15

30
29
13

74

75

76

77

81
S43-9
X16 1 2 3 4 9 Sch. 8

20

21

22

23

36
34 83
7
55 29
9
57 30
BF3 / M2
10
59 47

D
68 F32 47 11
BF1 / M1 61 31
X113
F26

158
X201 F45 12

81
21
20
40

22
C

23
5 10 71 73
EP 9 X204 1 X205 X26 X15
1 X68 2 1 2 1 2
D F27

34
72 41 1 46
41

28 2 47 M 1 0 1 7 2 8 9

B27 B28 M14 S42 6


5 10
S42

48 50
162

S43-5
13

X121 Sch. 8

49
E

48
5 4

EP11
S44

47
C

M15
F

42
60 38 39
A1 / MP 12

80
83
58 41 40
59

61

G X112 14
CN1-P1 / X148 CN2-P1 / X149

536
2 7 10 2 7 10 0 1 9 1 9
1 1 1 1 0
2 0 2 0 57 64 68 75 67 66 76 65

537

249
5 S414 9 5 S404 9 5 S39 10 5
S38 10
S41 S40 S39 S38
56
57
37
53

toit

EP73
lateral 55 54

36 37
H

538

256

245

243

247

244

249

250

248

246
X59-1 X105 1 2 X40 3 1 5 2 7 8 6 4
Sch. 5
43

EP 10 X34 3 1 5 2 7 6 4
45

44

41

52
53
42

X108 1 3 2 4 X107 1 3 2 4
X104 1 2
X103 1 2
I
40

39

X102 1 2 1 2
X101

1 2 1 2
38

M6 M5
+perm vit +perm vit
raz raz
R3
M M STOP STOP

3
-
3
E18 E19
-
4 4
E16 E17
E5 E6

(08/01/2019) 80-02-M179EN
C16 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
7 – AIR CONDITIONING + HEATING OPTIONS
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
No.: 971081

Connectors Fuses and relays


Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Current Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence
C1 A8 I4, G12 F4 25A Heating / Ventilation C2
C2 M16 I6, G11 F29 7.5A +Vbat air-conditioning compressor relay K12 B5
C3 A25, B52 G11, H8 F30 20A +V bat air-conditioning motor fan B5
C4 B46 I8, I10 F45 40A BF3 (cab) supply B2
C5 R14, M13 I6, I12 K14 Air conditioning compressor control relay I8
C6 M12 G5, I11
C7 A8 I3
C8 S13 H5
Cab 1/Cab 2 X 15 High/low cab interface C13
Cab 1 X 16 High/low cab interface E7
Engine/Cab 1 X 23 Cab/engine interface A7
Cab 1 X 29 A8 Heating G6
Engine X 30 M10 Air-conditioning compressor B7
Engine X30A B7
Engine X30B C7
Engine X30C M10 C7
Buisard X 95 Cab/air-conditioning condenser harness link F11
Air-conditioning condenser management module
X97.1 C6
Cab power supply
Frame/Cab 1 X110 Frame/cab Interface F2
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply cab / engine interface B3
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 E3 Splices
Engine X201 BF1/M1 Engine compartment fusebox BF1 B2
Item Position on diagram
X290 A25 F12
EP9 B3
EP112 B7
80

Components EP113 B7
Hydraulic SP1 G5, G11
Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence SP2 H6, G11
A1 Manimux Power MP1 D2 SP5 H6
A8 Heating / ventilation panel I3 SP6 H6
A25 Electronic control module fans and air-conditioning condenser H12 SP75 F11
B46 Air-conditioning high pressure sensor J10 SP76 C12
B52 Art-conditioning anti-freeze thermostat I8 SP77 F11
M10 Air-conditioning compressor C7 SP78 F11
M12 Air-conditioning motor fan 1 I11 SP81 F12
M13 Air-conditioning motor fan 2 I12 SP82 F12
M16 Heating vent blower motor fan I6 SP83 F12
R14 Heating / air-conditioning fan speed resistance plate I7
SP84 F12
S13 Heater speed control switch I5

80-02-M179EN (08/01/2019)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS C17
DIAGRAM 7 – AIR-CONDITIONING + HEATING OPTIONS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

M
M sse
a
as C
C 4 66
69

s e ab
15
APC 5

Ca M
AP at

b 1
B

M
V

2
52
B2 X23

15
15
X30
X30A

849
BF3 / M2 EP112
B BF1 / M1
V1
X113 F29
X201 F45

C
5 10 71 73

850
1
EP 9
252

72 F30
253
EP113
X15

252

253
X30B 6

X97.1 1 2

33
68

69
C

68
C X30C
SP76
BF3 / M1

66
F4 6 M10
69

A1 / MP 12

CN2-P1 / X149
45

E 64

126
79

80

52
X16 7 8 12 11

31

32

67

66

31

32

67

66

69
64

SP78

SP75

SP84

SP83

SP82

SP81
F

SP77
2
X110
102

X95 X290
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

C2 C1

80
SP2
152

102

126

SP1
80
79

X29
6

G 1 2 3 4 5 6

C3 10 7 9 5 6
C6

SIGNAL
GND

GND
(+)

(+)
SERIE
SP1 SP5
PCB RELAIS A25

FAN A (+)
FAN B (+)
PARLELLE

FAN A (-)
FAN B (-)
SP6

MP
H 8 1 2 4 3

C8
1 2 3 C3
SP2 3
1 2

C7 C1
C2 C5
510 Ohms

4 1 3 2 1 2 1 2
2 1 E F C4
R

A B 2 4 1 3
C5
1 3
C4 C6
1 3
2160C

MTS

A
I 0 1
M12 M13
2 ON MP
B 2 5 4
3
K14 OFF
A8 4
C
1.16 Ohm
0.57 Ohm
0.31 Ohm 2 5 4
10C 3.50C
14-17
S13 bars
M16 HP LP
R14 B52
D
22-28 2-2.1
B46 bars bars FAN B FAN A

(08/01/2019) 80-02-M179EN
C18 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
8 – REAR HYDRAULIC TWO WAY EV / BOOM HEAD ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
No.: 971081

Connectors Fuses and relays


Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Current Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence
Cab 1 X13 A9 Cluster B8 F1 10A max. Relay K4 predisposition B3
Cab 1/Cab 2 X15 High/low cab interface H8 F2 7.5A B3
Frame X106 Boom electrical connector (option) F12 F3 10A max. Switch S35 power supply B3
Frame X109 Y14 Rear hydraulic two-way electrovalve D13 F5 2A Switch predisposition B3
Frame/Cab 1 X112 Frame/cab interface E12 F6 15A max. Boom head electrical connector B3
Cab X121 Pneumatic seat pump C2 F14 10A max. Relay predisposition K1 B4
F15 15A max. S36 and S37 switch supply B4
F34 2A Inclinometer I4
F35 2A Access control panel I5
F36 2A Hetronic receiver I5
F37 15A APC 120 power supply (Inching) I5
F38 Free I5
F39 Free I5
F40 Free I5
K1 Standby C8
K2 Front windscreen wiper intermittent relay C9

Components K3 Air-conditioning motor fan relay C9

Hydraulic K4 Standby C10


Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence K5 Stop electrovalve relay, diesel supply pump, cold starter electrovalve C10
A9 Manimux Cluster MC2 B8 K6 Air conditioning compressor control relay C10
S5 Light commutator switch D2
S6 Window regulator switch D2
S17 Electric power socket switch on boom F9
S18 Hydraulic two way EV switch F10
S19 Override Switch F10
S35 Option switch G9
S36 Option switch G10
80

S37 Option switch G10


S43 Option switch I9
Y14 Rear two way hydraulic electrovalve E13

Splices

Item Position on diagram

EP1 E9

80-02-M179EN (08/01/2019)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS C19
DIAGRAM 8 – REAR HYDRAULIC TWO WAY EV / BOOM HEAD ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

M as s e
as s e Ca
M as
M

se C b
APC 5 a 65
APC 5 66

Ch ab M1
APC 1 67
APC 1 69
C 5 70
68
0
4
4
5

as M2
APC 5
AP at

si
B

sM
V

3
CLUSTER
A9 / MC2

66

69
X11-7 X25-4

67

68

70
X13 8 6 18 Sch. 5 Sch. 5
A B

136

137
F14
F15

87
F1
F2
F3
F5
F6
B
BF3/M1

21

22
4
1

9
X118-6

248
Sch. 1

129
133

1
248

176

2
177

94
174

3
175 93
C 179

96
178

4
94

141
X121 1 BF3

5
95
K1 2 5 4
K2 2 5 4
K3 2 5 4
K4 2 5 4
K5 2 5 4
K6 2 5

6
85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 96

7
85
86 30 86 30 86 30 86 30 86 30 86 30

8
1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3
86
siege

9
137
21

136

233
93

95

46
1

10
88
S5 S6

11
89

12
82
3 2

13
EP11 F31

251
252
Sch. 5 Sch. 1
X284-12 396 84
Sch. 1 1 2

15
20 X109

16
23

17
Y14

CABINE
X112
E 22 26
EP1 24

395

86
85

87
167 168 169 X284-11
Sch. 1

1 10 1 10 1 10

253

254
1 0 1 0 1 0

X106 1 2

5 S17 5 S18 S19


F
9 9 5 9
S17 S18 S19
9 10 3 8

80
89
88

82
170 171 172

G
1 0 1 10 0 1 10 0 1 10
1 1

S35 S36 S37


84
5 9 5 9 5 9

8 X15 S35 S36 S37


4 5 24 25 26 27

174
167
170
35

S42-9
68

Sch. 6

35
D
F34
F35
F36
F37
F38
F39
F40

1 0 1 9

BF3/M2
S43
23

20

5 10
I S43
51
EP11 49
Sch. 6

(08/01/2019) 80-02-M179EN
C20 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
80

80-02-M179EN (08/01/2019)
From machine
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS D1
No.: 971081

MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A


pages

POSITION OF CONNECTORS BY DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D3


ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS BY FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D6
–– 1 – START-UP / CUSTOMER DIGICODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D6
–– 2 – CAN H-L / OBD PLUG (DIAGNOSTIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D8
–– 3 – TRANSMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D10
–– 4 – HYDRAULIC MOVEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D12
–– 5 – RC (RADIO CONTROL) ORH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D14
–– 6 – CAB SENSORS / EMERGENCY STOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D16
–– 7 – LIGHTING AND SIGNALING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D18
–– 8 – LIGHTING AND SIGNALING / CAR RADIO OPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D20
–– 9 – AIR CONDITIONING + HEATING OPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D22
–– 10 – CRC / BOOM HEAD EV / PNEUMATIC SEAT OPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D24
–– 11 – REAR HYDRAULIC TWO WAY EV / BOOM HEAD ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . D26

80

(06/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
D2 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
80

80-02-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS D3
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
No.: 971081

POSITION OF CONNECTORS BY DIAGRAM

Connectors Diag. 1 Diag. 2 Diag. 3 Diag. 4 Diag. 5 Diag. 6 Diag. 7 Diag. 8 Diag. 9 Diag. 10 Diag. 11

B+ I5

D+ I5

W I5

C1 I4, G12

C2 I6, G12

C3 G11, H8

C4 I8, I10

C5 I6, I12

C6 G5, I11

C7 H3

C8 H5

X0 I3,J3

X1 B5

X2 B6

X3 I3

X4 I2

X5 D12

X6 D11

X7 I9

X8 I11

X11 C9

X12 C12

X13 B10 D3, E2 B2 E3 B7

X14 D2

X15 D8 D11 C13 H8

X16 B8 C7 E7

X17 E3

X18 C3

X20 C2

80
X21 E9

X22 F4, G4

X23 G7 B2 A7

X25 E12

X26 D8

X27 I6

X28 I7

X29 G6

X30 B7

X30A B7

X30B C7

X30C C7

X31 I10

X32 I12

X33 G4

X34 I11

X35 I8

X36 I9

X37 I14

(06/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
D4 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
No.: 971081

Connectors Diag. 1 Diag. 2 Diag. 3 Diag. 4 Diag. 5 Diag. 6 Diag. 7 Diag. 8 Diag. 9 Diag. 10 Diag. 11

X38 I13

X39 G13

X40 I11

X42 I9

X43 I6

X45 E2

X46 I5

X48 G4

X49 G4

X50 B8

X51 I5,I6

X52 G13

X53 G2

X54 F2

X55 E2

X56 D2

X57 C2

X58 B2

X59 D5

X60 I3

X61 I12

X62 E2

X63 B4

X64 E4

X65 B11

X66 B12

X67 G3

X68 D5

X69 G2

X70 B13

X73 C4
80

X87 D10

X88 E11

X91 C13

X92 D4

X93 A6

X94 A8

X95 F11

X96 E10

X97 D9

X97.1 C6

X100 E14

X101 I9

X102 I8

X103 I10

X104 I9

X105 H10

X106 F12

X107 I4

80-02-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS D5
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
No.: 971081

Connectors Diag. 1 Diag. 2 Diag. 3 Diag. 4 Diag. 5 Diag. 6 Diag. 7 Diag. 8 Diag. 9 Diag. 10 Diag. 11 Connectors Diag. 1 Diag. 2 Diag. 3 Diag. 4 Diag. 5 Diag. 6 Diag. 7 Diag. 8 Diag. 9 Diag. 10 Diag. 11

X108 I2 X199 F8

X109 D13 X200 G10

X110 H5,A6 J5 E9 G5 G9 F2 B12 X201 B2 A2 A2 B2


X111 I3 B10,E10 A6 E12
X202 I7
X112
X203 I7
X113 D3 A3 B2 A3 D3 B3

X114 J6 X204 D6

X115 G2 X205 D7

X116 B3 X230 H11,H14


X118 B12
X241 F5
X121 H1 C2
X264 G5
X124 H13

X130 H13 X257 H13 G5

X131 H13 X258 I12


X132 G12
X263 F5
X133 B13
X284 A7 H2
X134 E10
X285 A2
X135 C3

X138 B8 X286 B2

X139 B6 X290 F12


X141 G10,F13
X291 A3
X148 H12 D7 J1 I4 C9 G11
X292 A4
X149 G11 D5 B1 J4 B9 C13 G8 G12 E3

X150 D9 B4 F6 A3 X311 J5

X151 H13 D11 D4 F7 A4

X152 C2

X156 C6

X157 E6

X158 D6

X159 C6

X160 J5

80
X161 E5

X162 I5

X163 H5

X164 H5

X166 F11

X167 D3

X168 D3

X169 D4

X170 D5

X188 G5

X189 A3

X190 F5

X191 F5

X194 H7

X195 D12

X196 H4

X197 J3 H5,H6, I6

X198 F7

(06/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
D6 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS BY FUNCTION
Connectors
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic
1 – START-UP / CUSTOMER DIGICODE
Item Designation
type name diagram correspondence
Engine B+ G2 Alternator I5 MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
No.: 971081
Engine D+ G2 Alternator I5
Engine W G2 Alternator I5
Engine X0 S1 Battery cut-off I3,J3 Fuses and relays
Cab 1 X1 S2 Ignition switch (4 way) B5
Item Current Designation Position on diagram
Cab 1 X2 S2 Ignition switch (6 way) B6
Engine X3 R1 Preheat I3 F7 2A Anti-theft + customer engine immobiliser D2
Engine X4 M1 Starter electrovalve I2
F25 2A + Vbat digital lock F2
Engine X5 R5 Fuel heater D12
F31 10A + APC engine start safety, relay K5 F2
Engine X7 M2 Diesel pump I9
Engine X8 Y1 Engine stop electrovalve I11 F42 50A Ignition switch B3
Cab 1 X13 A9 Cluster B10 F43 80A Alternator B3
Engine/Cab 1 X23 Engine/cab interface G7 F45 40A BF3 (cab) supply A3
Engine X42 Y2 Cold start system thermoswitch I9
F46 80A Preheat B3
Engine X61 B34 Fuel water level sensor I12
F52 20A Diesel preheater relay K22 E5
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply cab / engine interface D3
Cab 1 X118 Customer digicode B12 F54 30A RC engine speed relay E6
Cab 1 X138 S50 Emergency stop button B8 F55 25A Engine start and ORH platform relay K21 E6
Frame X148 A1 Manimux Power CN1-P1 H12 F66 A2
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 G11
K20 Preheat relay E5
Frame X151 Power CN2 - P2 H13
K21 Engine start relay E8
Engine X200 ORH engine speed electrovalve G10
Engine X201 BF1/M1 Engine compartment fusebox BF1 B2 K22 Fuel heater E9
Engine/Frame X257 Engine/frame interface H13 K23 Engine speed / Radio Control relay E9
Engine X258 B74 Radiator minimum water level sensor I12
Cab 1 X284 EASY Manager option A7
Mbf option X285 G1 Easy manager option +bat power supply A2
Mbf option X286 G1 Easy manager option -bat power supply B2
Cab 1 X291 Easy Manager / additional harness option interface A3
Easy Manager / Engine immob additional harness
Cab 1 X292 A4
option interface

Components
Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence
A1 Manimux Power MP1 G12
80

A2 Manimux Power MP2 G13


A9 Manimux Cluster MC2 B11
B34 Water in fuel filter sensor J12 Splices
B74 Radiator minimum water level sensor J12
Item Position on diagram
G1 Battery 12V / 110Ah or 145 Ah (cold countries) A1
G2 12V/85A alternator I4 EP1 H9
M1 Starter I2 EP3 I11
M2 Diesel pump I9 EP4 I10
R1 Preheat resistances I4
EP5 C8
R5 Diesel fuel reheating D13
EP7 E8
S1 Battery cut-off I3
EP8 D8
S2 Ignition switch A5
EP9 E2
S3 Cold start system thermoswitch I9
EP10 G7
S50 Emergency stop button A9
V3 6A/600V free wheel diode (P600J) F3 EP55 A4

V4 Engine stop diode I10 EP56 G9


V5 Access platform engine start diode E8 EP59 A3
Y1 Engine stop electrovalve I11
Y2 KSB cold start electrovalve I9
Y20 Engine speed / Radio Control electrovalve H10

80-02-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS D7
DIAGRAM 1 - STARTER / CUSTOMER DIGICODE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Option Anti-démarrage Option EASY Manager

Ma s s e b M
V Bat

Ma s e C
Ma se Ca M1
X292 EASY Manager

Ma
X291

s s e Mo 2
F66

s
X284

s
434 1 434 1 2 3 4 6 7 9 10 11 12
EP 59

Ch teu
1 2 3 4

396
387

388

389

391

394

321

395
391 2 391

ass r
ab
321
349
299
65
X285

is M
A

4
S19-1 X121-3
EP 55 Sch. 11 Sch. 11
BF1 / M1
G1 F45 S2 S50
5 10
EP17
F42 2 Sch. 2 X118 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 4 5 3 2 1

F46
CLUSTER
X286 6 4
A9 / MC2

349
OP

120
148

125

119

141
123
124
43

11

39
12
391
X201 F43 3 3 X138 1 2 3 4
B 30 30 17 17 50a 19 19 54 15 58

184
119

134
222
X1 1 2 3 4 7 8 9 5 6 10 X2 X13 5 21 30 37 17 29 25 26
125

64

64
65

245

206

134

122

245

123

124
50
66
67
69
70
51
APC 50a 65
APC 54 66
120 122
APC 54 67 EP 5 K5-5
APC 15 69 121
C Sch. 11
APC 15 70
10

X113 1
71

BF3 / M1
D 11
F7 12
28
EP 8
X5 R5
V5
56

11
BF1/M2

44

34

33
EP 7

4
APC 68 3
1 21

41
12 8 6

33

45

44

27

34
86 30 1 3 1 3 1 3

F52

F54

F55
K21 K22 K23
E
71

86 30 86 30 86 30
K20 85 87
EP 9

2 4 11 7 5
85 87 85 87 85 87
12
43

31

32
5

2 5 2 5 2 5
35
72
73

37 36
V3
240
240
68

35

29
18
241
BF3 / M2
F31

F25

F
46

39

K5-3

387
Sch. 11 222

EP56

80
EP 10

G X197-4 220 X23


Sch. 5 C3
14
49

29

30
224

A4 1 2 X200
50 13

51 A3
11
A1 / MP 12 A2 / MP 22
CN2-P1 / X149
EP7 214 214 A5 19
Sch. 5 B8 284 57
224 24 CN1-P1 / X148 CN2-P2 / X151
A6 1 2
121 21
25 54 82
60 A1
8 Y20

24

285

529

533
H C1

EP 1
62 9

61 A8
8-1
C8
1 51
63 9-1

285

284

529

533
X257
5

X3 1 2 3 4
M1

46

47

28

27
23
X42
221

19
1

2
X7 1 2
M

EP 3
X199-3 M t° S3
M2
I X4 X0
Sch. 5
58

59
18

B+

46
50
51

47
52
3
G
1 2 X8 X61 1 2 3 X258 1 2
3~ 14 V4
45
M

58
U D+ Y2 Y1
13
N

EP 4
S1 R1 G2 W

B34 B74

22
X0

(06/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
D8 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
2 – CAN H-L / OBD PLUG (DIAGNOSTIC)
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
Connectors No.: 971081
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic
Item Designation
type name diagram correspondence
Cab 1 X13 A9 Cluster D3, E2
Frame/Cab 1 X110 Frame/cab Interface H5,A6 Splices
Frame/Cab 1 X111 Frame/cab Interface I3
Item Position on diagram
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply engine / cab interface A3
Cab 1 X115 Diagnostics G2 EP5 C6
Frame X116 Manipower supply frame / engine interface B3 EP6 C9
Frame X148 A1 CN1-P1 Power D7 EP9 A3
Frame X149 A1 CN2-P1 Power D5 EP15 H5
Frame X150 A2 CN1-P2 Power D9 EP16 F3
Frame X151 A2 CN2-P2 Power D11 EP17 C2
Cab 1/ORH X197 R7 Radio Control receiver J3 EP27 E9
Engine X201 BF1/M1 Engine compartment fusebox BF1 A2 EP28 E6
Frame/Engine X257 Frame/Engine Interface G5 EP29 H5
Frame X263 B50 Vishay CAN gauge F5 EP32 G11
Cab 1 X284 Easy Manager option H2

CAN Network

Components
Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence PAD tool
A1 Manimux MP1 D5
A2 Manimux MP2 D9
A9 MC2 Cluster D2 Manimux Cluster
B50 Vishay CAN gauge F5
Manimux Power MP12
R7 Resistance 120 ohm 1/2 W J3

VCI

CAN B
CAN A
80

Fuses and relays


Manimux Power MP22
(Standard version)
Item Current Designation Position on diagram
Key:
F9 2A Ignition switch position 1 + APC C2 CAN C
F22 3A Cluster + Vbat supply A5 - CAN A: M
 animux CAN (Cluster ⇔ Power1/
Power2)
F23 2A RC battery charger + APC 120 (X112.18) supply A5
- CAN B: Truck CAN (Power1 ⇔ APC 120)
F28 5A + Vbat diagnostic connector B5 - CAN C: O
 RH/RC CAN (Power22 ⇔ Platform
F33 5A + APC diagnostic connector B5 control panel and RC receiver)

F41 20A Manipower 2 A2


F44 40A Manipower 1 B2
F45 40A BF3 (cab) supply A2
RC control option RC receiver
option Platform control panel

80-02-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS D9
DIAGRAM 2 - CAN H-L / OBD PLUG (DIAGNOSTIC)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Key:

M as se C
M sse e C ab
M as
66 69 70 67 68

a s
as C ab M
M

se ha M 1
4
5
5
C 4

Ch ss 2
APC 5
APC 1
APC 1
APC 5 - CAN A: Manimux CAN (Cluster ⇔ Power1/Power2)
AP a t

A BF1 / M1
B

as is M
V

si 2
BF3 / M2 36
- CAN B: Truck CAN (Power1 ⇔ APC 120)

sM
X113
F45 F22

3
X201 1
- CAN C: ORH/RC CAN (Power22 ⇔ Platform control panel and RC receiver)

C
10 71 73 35
EP 9
72 X110
F41
7 2 ALIM. 2
F23 37 37 2 - A: Power supply
F44 6 1
10 mm2
ALIM. 1
F28 42
147 X196-1 - M: Ground
Sch. 5
10 mm2
F33
- LSS: Output safety line
X116 68 48

D
B
BF3 / M1
F9

10 mm2
ALIM. 2
C

10 mm2
ALIM. 1
14

EP 5

EP 6
EP17

X284-2 388
Sch. 1

233

234

235

236

237

238

193

194

195
154

155

190

191

192
266

86
35

36

87

88

89

90

91
CN1-P1 / X148 CN1-P2 / X150
4 10 20 9 32 X13 16 17 46 47 76 77 15 45 75 16 17 46 47 76 77 15 75 45
D
A M CN2-P1 / X149 A M
24
69
CLUSTER 71 24
A1 / MP 12 A2 / MP 22

R 120 ohm
A9 / MC2 57 CN2-P2 / X151

High CAN A
High CAN A
284

Low CAN A

Low CAN A
High CAN A
High CAN A
Low CAN A

Low CAN A
44

L H 43

X13 3 11 1 24 38 8 31 44 43 14 74 73 25 90 11 42 41 71 72 74 73 14 71 72 90 11 42 41

546
285
143

107

242
Black

96

48
E EP28 EP31
EP 30

LSS
LSS

EP27
42
CAN A

48
1
X263 3 2 5 4 1
16
Wake-up line Wake up line
14 Wake-up line 48
CAN B
CAN A

45
6

F 5 186 185
EP16 R

CAN B H
CAN B L
11

CAN B

CAN A
3 B50

CAN C
J 1939
J 1939

8 X195-2 X195-5
Sch. 5 Sch. 5

80
285

284

X115
X257
1 2 3 4
G LSS LSS
CAN B

69
J 1939 12

EP 32
J 1939 11

107 9 71 LSS 68
143 7 45
Wake-up line
187 8 95 71
392

393

CAN C

EP15 EP29
H
6
8
CAN A 5 CAN A
5

X110
CAN C

X284

X111
29

23
I
14 CAN C

X197
J CAN L
2

CAN H 1 R7

(06/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
D10 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
3 – TRANSMISSION
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
No.: 971081

Connectors Components
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence correspondence
Frame X53 Y3 Forward electrovalve G2 A1 Manimux Power MP1 D1
Frame X54 Y4 Reverse electrovalve F2 A12 JSM (Joystick Switch and move) G4
Frame X55 B11 Forward gear sensor E2 B11 Forward motion pressure sensor E3
Frame X56 B12 Reverse sensor D2 B12 Reverse motion pressure sensor D3
Frame X57 B13 Transmission oil pressure C2 B13 Transmission oil pressure switch C3
Frame X58 B24 GEARBOX temperature sensor (2 contacts on MX) B2 B14 Gearbox output speed sensor F3
Frame X60 S14 Gear lever transmission cut-off (except hydrostatic) I3 B15 Roller 1 on JSM H4
Frame X62 B14 Gearbox output speed sensor E2 B16 Roller 2 on JSM H4
Frame X67 A12 JSM plug G3 B24 Gearbox temperature sensor (2 contacts on Manimux) B3
Frame X92 Y13 Negative brake electrovalve control D4 S14 Gear lever transmission cut-off I3
Frame/Cab 1 X110 Frame/cab interface J5 S15 Left/Right levelling or stabilisers switch G4
Cab 1 X114 Accelerator switch J6 S16 BP2 contact on JSM (Only with EVTF option) G4
Frame X148 A1 Manimux Power CN1-P1 J1 S25 FNR contact on JSM I4
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 B1 S46 Switch on accelerator pedal J6
Y3 Forward electrovalve G3
Y4 Reverse electrovalve F3
Y13 Negative brake electrovalve D4

Splices
80

Item Position on diagram

EP90 C3

80-02-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS D11
DIAGRAM 3 – TRANSMISSION

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

M s s e Ca
M as s
M

as C b
a e

se h a M
Ch s s i 1
as s M
si 2
A

sM
1
CN2-P1 / X149 X58
10
221 221 2

19
B 108 108 1

T B24

112 2

27 111 1
111

X57
P B13
C

70 223 223 2
8
83 222 222 7 1
EP90
X92
Y13
A1 / MP 12
X56
D 3
98 B

20
99 C
B12
18
100 A

2
X55
105 B

79
106 C
B11
78
107 A

E
X62
52 102
102 2

22 101 c
101 1

B14

X54
104 2

F 63 103
103 1

Y4

X53
110 2

80
62 109 109 1

Y3
G
X67 S15 A12 / JSM
56 9
180
89 10
S16
232
85 2
173
B15

86 3
174
19 6
177
B16

87 4
175

H 88 176 5

49 7
178
34 1
172

82 8
179
59 11
182
30 12
183
F
N S25
R
I
171 2
2
29
104
170 170 1

149 3
X60 S14
5 10 150 4
231 231
S46
26 17 1
65 65 103

CN1-P1 / X148 X110 X114


J

(06/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
D12 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
4 – HYDRAULIC MOVEMENT
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
No.: 971081

Connectors Components
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence correspondence
Frame X148 A1 Manimux Power CN1-P1 I4 A1 Manimux Power MP1 H3
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 J4 A2 Manimux Power MP2 C3
Frame X150 A2 Power CN1 - P2 B4 A11 BMEP (Electro-proportional joystick block) B1
Frame X151 A2 Power CN2 - P2 D4 B51 Safety valve control pressure switch J6
Frame/ORH X152 A11 BMEP C2 S53 Hydraulic rescue movements authorization button B2
Frame X156 Y46 Telescoping proportional electrovalve C6 Y21 Discharge valve for the Danfoss valve bank G6
Frame X157 Y44 Lifting proportional electrovalve E6 Y22 Left axle lock cylinder electrovalve F6
Frame X158 Y45 Tilting proportional electrovalve D6 Y23 Right axle lock cylinder electrovalve F6
Frame X159 Y47 Aux proportional electrovalve C6 Y28 Movement safety electrovalve on valve bank J6
Frame X160 Y28 Movement safety electrovalve on EP valve bank J5 Y29 Deflector electrovalve on valve bank E6
Frame X161 Y29 Deflector electrovalve E5 Y40 Right stabilizer deflector electrovalve I6
Frame X162 Y40 Right stabiliser deflector electrovalve I5 Y41 Left stabilizer deflector electrovalve H6
Frame X163 Y41 Left stabiliser deflector electrovalve H5 Y42 Levelling deflector electrovalve H6
Frame X164 Y42 Levelling diversion electrovalve H5 Y44 Lifting EP electrovalve on valve bank D6
Discharge valve electrovalve (electro-proportional Y45 Tilting EP electrovalve on valve bank C6
Frame/ORH X188 Y21 G5
valve bank)
Y46 Telescoping EP electrovalve on valve bank C6
Frame/ORH X189 S53 Pushbutton A3
Y47 Auxiliary EP electrovalve on valve bank B6
Frame/ORH X191 Axle lock cylinder electrovalve connection F5
Y51 G6
Frame/ORH X190 Y22 Axle lock cylinder electrovalve F5
Y44 Lifting EP electrovalve on valve bank G18
X241 Y23 F5
Y45 Tilting EP electrovalve on valve bank E18
X264 Y51 G5
Y46 Telescoping EP electrovalve on valve bank E18
Frame X311 B51 Safety valve control pressure switch J5
Y47 Auxiliary EP electrovalve on valve bank C18
Y51 Discharge valve on boom descent opening M16
80

80-02-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS D13
DIAGRAM 4 – HYDRAULIC MOVEMENT

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

M
M sse
M sse ha
a
a C
as Ch ss
se a is
Ch ssi M1
as s M
A
t
Ba

si 2
sM
V

3
15
193
1
X189
2 505 08 75
194
1 504 06 45
195

AXE Y S53 CN1-P2 / X150


31
413
26
415 Y47
B 8 433 433 80 78
414
400 2

2 401 1
02 35
7 432 432 408
A11 / BMEP 402 4
48 57
6 431 431 410
1 403 3
49 27
5 430 430 402
X159
4 429 429 19 56
418 Y46
408 2
82
A2 / MP 22
18
AXE X 3 428 428 419
409 1
2 427 427 34 65
406
410 4

C 1 426 426 50 61
506
411 3
64
2 508
X152 X156
33
548 Y45
416 2
62 547
417 1

418 4

419 3
CN2-P2 / X151
83
416 X158
Y44
D 56
417
413 2

86
412 1
412
85
415 4
409
12
414 3
411
53
400 X157
26
401
2
13
403 407

E 406 1

70
502 X161 Y29
73
424
74 507 4 507 2
422
72 506 3 506 1
420
X190 Y22

509 2 509 2

F 508 1 508 1

X191 X241 Y23

548 2

337 547 1

12 13
X264 Y51

80
G 503 2

502 1

X188 Y21

425 2

424 1

X164 Y42
A1 / MP 12
H 423 2

422 1

X163 Y41

421 2

420 1

61
404 X162 Y40
75
I 192
45
191
15
190
2
405
CN1-P1 / X148 404 1

58
405
X160 Y28
28
454

CN2-P1 / X149
J 455
2

1
454
B51
X311
P

(06/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
D14 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
5 – RC (RADIO CONTROL) ORH
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
No.: 971081

Connectors Fuses and relays


Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Current Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence
Mbf option X51 S51 RC receiver connector I5,I6 F34 2A Inclinometer A2
Frame X91 C13 Boom head electrovalve C13 F35 2A ORH Console (X112.17) B2
Frame/Cab 1 X111 Frame / cab interface B10,E10 F36 2A Hetronic receiver B2
Boom/ORH X141 A6 Control panel Connector G10,F13
Frame X149 A1 Power CN2 - P1 B9
Mbf option X166 Y12 Boom head electrovalve connector F11
Cab 1/ORH X195 Access retractor plug D12
Cab 1/ORH X196 G3 Radio Control unit charger H4
Cab 1/ORH X197 A5 Radio Control receiver H5,H6, I6
Cab 1/ORH X198 B64 Access slope sensor F7
Cab 1/ORH X199 S54 Rescue key F8
Orh X230 Platform safety harness connector H11,H14
Splices

Item Position on diagram

EP1 I11
EP2 I10
Components
EP3 I9
Hydraulic EP4 D9, I10
Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence
EP7 D8
A1 Manimux Power MP1 B8
A2 Manimux Power MP2 B12
A5 Control Radio Receiver I6,I7
A6 Platform remote control H10, G13
B31 Australia platform presence detection (inductive sensor) F12
B64 2-axis levelling sensor G6
G3 Radio control battery charger I4
R6 Resistance 120 ohm 1/2 W I5,I6
R8 Resistance 120 ohm 1/2 W E12
S47 Platform gate switch J9,J13
80

S48 Platform overload switch J11, I12


S49 Locking pin presence contactor J10,J12
S50 Emergency stop button B5
S51 Emergency stop button on radio control I5,I6
S52 Machine/platform/RC 3-positions selector G8
S54 Access rescue key switch H7
Y12 Boom head electrovalve F11
XS1 I13

80-02-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS D15
DIAGRAM 5 - RC (RADIO CONTROL) ORH

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

M ssee Ca
M s s e Cab M
M as s
M

a
as C M 1
a

se ha 2
C 67
70

M ssi
APC 54
15

ot s M
A
AP at

eu 3
b
B

r
V

BF3 / M2
68
F34 145
A1 / MP 12 A2 / MP 22
F35 23
CN2-P1 / X149 CN1-P2 / X150
F36 146
77 30 20 21 04 05 30 23

534
528

545

535

530

532

552
X111

531
200 534
16
201 535
17
211 523
7
207 520
6

X150-74

552
Sch. 2
C
X150-73
528 526 Sch. 2

1 2 3 X91

1 2 3
EVTDF

1 2 3
AUSTRALIE

211
X111
D 23 2
525

EP7

207
EP10

CAN B H
CAN B L
EP4
212 Sch. 1
6 1 4 7 8 2 5 3 X195

525

520

523

526

545

522
214
X195
X23-A5
EP OPT RC R8 6 1 4 7 9 8 2 5 3

RESISTANCE BOUCLAGE CAN C

217
208
209
Sch. 1

530

532
531

noir
bc5

bc1

bc3

bc6

bc9

bc2

bc4
X111 13 12 11
EVTDF
EN EP A

202

204
203
E

bc4
bc2
bc5

bc1

bc3

bc6

noir
X166 1 2 X141
ADA AUSTRALIE 6 7 8 9 10

DETECTION
PRESENCE
F NACELLE B31 1 2 3 4 5

208

212

221

217

202

203

204

189
X199 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Y12
R
145

188

200

201

15
17

18
19
13

20
14

7
1 2 3 4 X198
EP A
EP RC PANEL - ROOFER’S PLATFORM

80
EP STD

+ -
EP10
Sch. 1 X Y
G 1 (A)
3 1
PANEL - STANDARD PLATFORM
B64 S52 4 2 X141 6 7 8 9 10
0 std Wicket closed

Panel power supply


12
7

0 1 1 2 3 4 5 PANEL A6 X230

Panel overload
3 3 3 1
M L K D E F G H J A C B

GROUND

CAN A H
CAN A L
2 (RC)

OUT AU
IN AU
4 4 4 2
11
146

220

209

191

20
X197 3 4 5 6 S54 8 16

H F23
Sch. 2 PANEL A6 X230
X197 1 2 3 4 5 6
M L K D E F G H J A C B
CAPA : 25V
Diode
Wicket opened
R=1 Ω 6800μF

1 2 3 4 5 6
147

192

Black

X196
X51 X197
Black

1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
6
1 2 3 4 5
Condenser
Black

22 14 22 14
X51 6
S51 A5 1 2 3 4 5

I G3 21 13 21 13

R6 S48 XS1
S51 A5 EP2 EP1
A5/RECEPTEUR RC
OPTION RC R6 EP4
A5/RECEPTEUR RC
EP3
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

RC 22 14 22 14 22 14 22 14 22 14 22 14 22 14

RC 21 13 21 13 21 13 21 13 21 13 21 13 21 13
J VERSION EP RC VERSION A + RC S47 S47 S49 S48 S49 S47 S47

(06/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
D16 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
6 – CAB SENSORS / EMERGENCY STOP
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
No.: 971081

Connectors Components
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence correspondence
Cab 1 X13 A9 Cluster B2 A1 Manimux Power MP1 C11
Engine X17 B3 Engine oil pressure switch E3 A2 Manimux Power MP2 E6
Engine X18 B5 Engine water thermoswitch C3 A9 Manimux Cluster MC2 B3
Engine X20 B6 Air filter clogging C2 B3 Engine oil pressure switch F3
Frame X21 B7 Hydraulic filter sensor E9 B5 Engine temperature sensor D3
Cab 1 X22 S11 Brake fluid level F4, G4 B6 Engine air filter clogging pressure switch D2
Engine/Cab 1 X23 Engine/cab interface B2 B7 Hydraulic filter clogging pressure switch F9
Cab 1 X45 S9 NC door closed switch on cluster (wake-up) E2 B8 Brake master cylinder pressure switch E4
Cab 1 X52 S10 NO door closed switch on Manimux Power G13 B9 Front wheel alignment sensor B11
Cab 1 X63 R2 Fuel gauge B4 B10 Rear wheel alignment sensor B12
Cab 1 X64 B8 Master cylinder pressure switch E4 B17 Servo brake circuit fault pressure switch C14
Frame X65 B9 Front wheel alignment B11 B18 Right-hand stabiliser pressure switch 1 E10
Frame X66 B10 Rear wheel alignment B12 B19 Right-hand stabiliser pressure switch 2 F11
Frame X70 B17 Assist brake circuit pressure switch B13 B21 Left-hand stabiliser pressure switch 2 E9
Cab 1 X73 R2 Fuel gauge C4 B23 Boom angle sensor E13
Frame X87 B18 Right stabiliser lower pressure switch D10 B29 Negative brake fault pressure switch B13
Frame X88 B19 Right stabiliser upper pressure switch E11 B30 Servo steering circuit fault pressure switch H12
Frame X96 B20 Left stabiliser low level pressure switch E10 B54 QX boom extension inductive sensor C1 I13
Frame X97 B21 Left stabiliser high level pressure switch D9 B55 QX boom extension inductive sensor C2 I13
Frame X100 B23 Boom angle sensor E14 B67 Intermediate telescope extend sensor 1 I7
Frame/Cab 1 X110 Frame/cab Interface E9 B68 Intermediate telescope extend sensor 2 I7
Frame/Cab 1 X111 Frame/cab Interface A6 R2 Fuel level sensor C4
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply cab / engine interface B2 S9 Closed cab door switch on cluster NC (wake-up) E2
Frame X124 C1 and C2 QX boom inductive sensor connector H13 S11 Low brake fluid level switch F4
QX Boom X130 B54 Inductive sensor inner C1 QX boom H13 S10 Closed cab door switch on power NO G13
QX Boom X131 B55 Inductive sensor inner C2 QX boom H13 S34 Retracted boom sensor F10
Frame X132 B30 Servo steering circuit fault pressure switch (TUV) G12
Frame X133 B29 ON/OFF negative brake pressure switch B13
Frame X134 S34 Retracted boom sensor E10 Fuses and relays
Cab 1 X139 Pedal potentiometers B6
Frame X148 A1 Manimux Power CN1-P1 C9 Item Current Designation Position on diagram
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 C13
F45 40A BF3 (cab) supply B2
Frame X150 A2 Power CN1 - P2 F6
Frame X151 A2 Power CN2 - P2 F7 F21 3A Roof light and door contact D2
80

Frame/ORH X194 Boom intermediate inductive sensors H7


Boom/ORH X202 B68 Sensor 2 platform intermediate I7
Boom/ORH X203 B69 Sensor 1 platform intermediate I7 Splices

Item Position on diagram

EP9 C2
EP20 D13
EP61 G12
EP91 D13

80-02-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS D17
DIAGRAM 6 – CAB SENSORS / EMERGENCY STOP

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

M s s e Ch a t eu
M as s Ca b M
M sse e M b M 1
M s s e Ca
M as s

as C s s r
a
a
M
X111

a e

se ha is
20 22 21 34 33 32

Ch ss M1
APC 5 66
APC 1 67
C 5 69
70

as i s M
A

o 2
4
4

15

114

113

112

111

110

109
APC 5

si 2
AP at

sM
B
V

3
CLUSTER
A9 / MC2
BF1 / M1

114

113

112

111

110

109
F45

X139 5 4 6 2 1 3
B9 B10
B29
B 5 X13 34 36 40 39 27 35 31
P
X70

139

135
118
54
53

55
_ + _ +

225
10

2
X113

138
1 X65 X66 X133
53

54

55

224
X23 X63 3 2 1 3 2 1 1 2 1
71

C4 B4 B6

114
115

113

227

229
84
85

83
P B17
16

20

26

20

272
31

32
80 6 37 13 49 11 32 18 41 9 20 29 21
R2
CN2-P1 / X149
EP 9

C N
A1 / MP12
80 6

X73
25
26
17
16

X20 X18 1 2
C CN1-P1 / X148
BF3 / M2

249
F21

60 54 84 83 24 23 53 55 80 48 50

226
125

230
202

127
38

37

22

21
P t°

B6

123

124
B5

129

130
X97 X87
34
33

D 3 2 1 3 2 1

X16-6

EP20
EP91
Sch. 7

P P
B18

80
B21
X110
16 30

22
24

23

21
19

18
135

156

X100

106
4 6 5 1 3 2
X64
118

34

1 2

202

203

127

128

126

125
37
X88

38

39

40
X96
E X21 X134
20

1 2 1 2 2 3 4 1 3 2 1 1 2 3
X17 1 2
X45
P

B23
S9
P
A2 / MP 22 P P P
B8 B7 B20 B19
S34
B3
139

X22
S11 CN2-P2 / X151
CN1-P2 / X150
F
25 55 49

519
518
516

106

163
X22
X52 1 2
159

80
156

31
S10

226

228
G

EP61
X132 1 2

P
Only MT1840A

271

272
270
B30

32
X124
519

1 2 4 3

+ +
EP72

H
1 2 1 2
517

518
515

516

X130 X131
1 2 3 4
X194
S S
+ + C1 C2
+ +

B54 B55
1 2 1 2

X202 X203
I
S S

+ +

B68 B67

(06/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
D18 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
7 – LIGHTING AND SIGNALING
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
No.: 971081

Connectors Components
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence correspondence
Cab 2 X 6 E15 Rotating beacon light D11 E13 Front left working light H4
Cab 1 X 11 S4 Wiper stalk switch C9 E14 Roof light C8
Cab 1 X 12 Wiping reset C12 E15 Rotating beacon light D12
Cab 1 X 13 A9 Cluster E3 M3 Front windscreen wiper motor F13
Cluster X 14 S5 Light commutator switch D2 M4 Rear windscreen wiper motor D6
Cab 1 X 15 High/low cab interface D8 M7 Front windscreen washer pump I7
Cab 1 X 16 High/low cab interface B8 M8 Rear windscreen washer pump I7
Cab 1 X 25 M3 Front windscreen wiper E12 M9 Window up motor I6
Cab 2 X 27 M7 Front windscreen washer pump I6 M11 Rotating beacon light motor D12
Cab 2 X 28 M8 Rear windscreen washer pump I7 S4 Wiper commutator switch A13
Frame X 31 E3 Left rear light I10 S5 Light commutator switch C4
Frame X 32 E4 Right rear light I12 S6 Window regulator switch J2
Cab 2 X 33 Front L/R working headlight link G4 S7 Cigarette lighter I5
Frame X 35 E1 Front left headlight I8 V2 Windscreen wiper reset diode 6A/600V (P600J) D12
Frame X 36 E2 Front right headlight I9
Frame X 37 E7 Rear license plate light I14
Frame X 38 B1 Reverse buzzer I13 Fuses and relays
Frame X 39 B2 Main horn G13
Item Current Designation Position on diagram
Cab 2 X 43 M9 Window up motor I6
Cab 1 X 46 S7 Cigarette lighter I5 F45 40A BF3 (cab) supply A2

Option X 48 E12 Front right working light G4 F11 10A Cigarette lighter E2

Option X 49 E13 Front left working light G4 F12 15A Front windscreen wiper and windscreen washer E2
Cab 2 X 50 E14 Roof light B8 F13 10A Rear windscreen wiper and windscreen washer E2
Cab 2 X 59 M4 Rear windscreen wiper motor D5 F20 15A Electric window up E2
Cab 1 X 69 S6 Window wind up G2 F24 15A Front auto return windscreen wiper motor + Vbat B5
Frame/Cab 1 X110 Frame/cab Interface G5
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply cab / engine interface A3
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 G8
80

Engine X201 BF1/M1 Engine compartment fusebox BF1 A2

Splices

Item Position on diagram

EP1 I2
Components
EP2 I2
Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram EP9 A4
correspondence
A1 Manimux Power MP1 G10
A9 Manimux Cluster MC2 D2
B1 Reversing sound alarm I13
B2 Main horn G13
E1 Front left headlight I8
E2 Front right headlight I9
E3 Left rear light with fog light I11
E4 Right rear light with reversing light I12
E7 Rear license plate light I14
E12 Front right working light H4

80-02-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS D19
DIAGRAM 7 - LIGHTING AND SIGNALING

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

M sse
M

M sse h a sis
M sse ha
a C
a

as C s s M
a C s
s e ab i s 2
Ca M M3
67
70
68

b 1
C 4
AP15

M
C
AP at
APC 5

2
A
B
V

F21
Sch. 6

BF1 / M1 S4
X113
X201 F45 5 10 71 73
1
EP 9 BF3 / M2
0 1
0

33
78
72
X16
F24 5 6

C
38

29

30
F

30 + BAT
29
X50
56a 56b 54s 54d 49 A C B
57/58 EP10
0 R
Sch. 8
1 L
0 2
S8

X11
S5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
X12 1 2
C 31

131
129

130
30 L

19

236

127

128
117

18
E14

116

132
43

24

25
X59 1 3 2 4

X14 X15
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
24 1 116
1 2
25 2 117
+perm
M4 vit

D raz
M 26 3 97
E15
CLUSTER 3

132
28
27 4 98
A9 / MC2 4 X6 1 2
28 5 99 V2
M11

239
28
X13
131

E K2-5
67

68

70

Sch. 11
BF3 / M1
K2-5
Sch. 11

239
F11

F12

F13

F20

130

153
133
38
X25 3 6 1 5 4 2

3 M3 2
16

17

19

32

+perm vit 1
2

F
raz
1
M
-
18
6

6
23
17 233 K2-3
EP11 Sch. 11
100

80
78

97

98

99

X33 3 4 1 2
X110 B2
1 10 13 14 15

G A1 / MP 12
63

72

75

76

77
165

100
32

1 2 1 2
X69 CN2-P1 / X149
A B C
X49 X48 62 59 87 69 46 63 31 14 43 60 61 16 48 15 79 72 73 78 42 17 74 90 X39
62

69

211
122
132

133

134

135

116
119

121
120

55
77

76

75

72

63

54

56

16

13

11

9
E12 E13

H
62

51

50
EP1

EP2

2 1
X37
131

132

133

134

135

211
118

119

120

121

122

56
50

55

54

16

13

11
58

10
10

17
12
9
X35 1 2 3 4 5 6 X36 1 2 3 4 5 6 X31 4 2 3 5 1 6 X32 6 5 3 1 2 4 X38 1
1 2
128

166

127

160
71

161
X28
16

X43 2 1 X27 1 2 1 2
X46
I 1 2
63

64

STOP STOP

H8 H9 H7 H11 H8 H9 H7 H10 H2 H1 H3 H4 H6 H3 H2 H5

0
1 7 2 8 10 M M M
1 2
12V
noir

E1 E2 E3 E4 B1
E7

noir
noir
S7 M9 M7 M8
S6 3 4 9
69
71

(06/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
D20 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
8 – LIGHTING AND SIGNALING / CAR RADIO OPTIONS
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
No.: 971081

Connectors Components
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence correspondence
Cab 1 X 15 High/low cab interface D11 R3 Rear windscreen defrost I6
Cab 1 X 16 High/low cab interface C7 S38 Rear working light switch G8
Cab 2 X 26 M14 Side and roof windscreen washer pump D8 S39 Rear window defrost switch G6
Option X 34 E5/E6 Trailer light I11 S40 Roof windscreen wiper switch G4
Frame X 40 Trailer socket H11 S41 Side windscreen wiper switch G2
Cab 1 X 68 Roof switch supply D5 S42 Telescope working light switch E13
Cab 1 X 93 A7 Radio power supply A6
Cab 1 X 94 Loudspeakers A8
Cab 2 X101 E17 Rear right working light I9
Cab 2 X102 E16 Rear left working light I8
Option X103 E19 Working light on right-hand boom I10
Option X104 E18 Working light on left-hand boom I9
Frame X105 Boom working light (predisposition connector option) H10 Fuses and relays
Cab 2 X107 M5 Cab roof windscreen wiper motor I4
Item Current Designation Position on diagram
Cab 2 X108 M6 Side windscreen wiper motor I2
Frame/Cab 1 X110 Frame/cab Interface G9 F10 2A Car radio + APC B2
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply cab / engine interface D3 F11 10A Cigarette lighter B2
Frame X148 A1 Manimux Power CN1-P1 G11 F16 15A max. S42 & S43 switch supply B3
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 G12 F17 15A Rear working light B3
Cab 2 X204 B27 Right loudspeaker D6 F18 10A Rear windscreen defrost B3
Cab 2 X205 B28 Left loudspeaker D7 F19 7.5A Roof windscreen wiper and windscreen washer B3
F26 7.5A +V bat car radio D4
F27 10/15A Side + roof + rear windscreen wiper motor + Vbat D4
F32 7.5A + APC side windscreen wiper and windscreen washer D4
F45 40A BF3 Power supply (cab) (40A) D2
80

Components
Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence
A1 Manimux Power MP1 G13 Splices
A7 Car radio A7
Item Position on diagram
B27 Right loudspeaker E7
B28 Left loudspeaker E7 EP9 D3
E5 Left trailer light J11 EP10 I2
E6 Right trailer light J13 EP11 E12
E16 Rear left working light J8 EP73 H10
E17 Rear right working light J8
E18 Working light on left-hand boom J9
E19 Working light on right-hand boom J10
M5 Roof windscreen wiper motor I4
M6 Side windscreen wiper motor I2
M14 Roof and side windscreen washer pump E8

80-02-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS D21
DIAGRAM 8 - LIGHTING AND SIGNALING/CAR RADIO OPTIONS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

M s s e Ca
M as s
M

as C b
a e
s e ab M
APC 5 66
AP C 1 67
APC 1 69
C 70
68

Ch M 2
4
APC 54

5
5

as 1
AP at

A7
A
B

si
sM
V

X93 X94

3
A 5 6
B 5 6
1 2 3 4 7 8 1 2 3 4 7 8

151
15

40

74

75

76

77
67

69
66

68

70
B
F10

F11

F16

F17

F18

F19
BF3 / M1
28

31
15

30
29

74

75

76

77

81
X16 1 2 3 4 9 S43-9
Sch. 11
C

20

21

22

23

36
34 83
7
55 29
9
57 30
BF3 / M2
10
59 47

D
68 F32 47 11
BF1 / M1 61 31
X113
F26

158
X201 F45 12

81
21
20
40

22
C

23
5 10 71 73
1
EP 9 X204 1 2 X205 1 2 X26 1 2 X15
D X68
F27

34
72 41 1 46

28 2 47 M 1 0 1 7 2 8 9

B27 B28 M14 S42 6


5 10
S42

48 50
S43-5
Sch. 11

49
E

48
EP11
47

42 60 38 39
A1 / MP 12

80
83
58 41 40
59

61

G X110 1
CN1-P1 / X148 CN2-P1 / X149

536
2 7 10 2 7 10 0 1 9 1 9
1 1 1 1 0
2 0 2 0 57 64 68 75 67 66 76 65

537

249
5 S414 9 5 S404 9 5 S39 10 5
S38 10
S41 S40 S39 S38
56
57
37

EP73
53

toit
lateral 55 54

36 37
H

538

256

245

243

247

244

249

250

248

246
X59-1 X105 1 2 X40 3 1 5 2 7 8 6 4
Sch. 7
43

EP 10 X34 3 1 5 2 7 6 4
44
45

41

52
53
42

X108 1 3 2 4 X107 1 3 2 4
X104 1 2
X103 1 2
I
40

39

X102 1 2 1 2
X101

1 2 1 2
38

M6 M5
+perm vit +perm vit
raz raz
R3
M M STOP STOP

3 3
E18 E19
4 4
E16 E17
E5 E6

(06/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
D22 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
9 – AIR CONDITIONING + HEATING OPTIONS
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
No.: 971081

Connectors Fuses and relays


Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Current Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence
C1 A8 I4, G12 F45 40A BF3 (cab) supply B2
C2 M16 I6, G11 F4 25A Heating / Ventilation C2
C3 A25, B52 G11, H8 F29 7.5A +Vbat air-conditioning compressor relay K12 B5
C4 B46 I8, I10 F30 20A +V bat air-conditioning motor fan B5
C5 R14, M13 I6, I12 K14 Air conditioning compressor control relay I8
C6 M12 G5, I11
C7 A8 H3
C8 S13 H5
Cab 1/Cab 2 X 15 High/low cab interface C13
Cab 1 X 16 High/low cab interface E7
Engine/Cab 1 X 23 Cab/engine interface A7
Cab 1 X 29 A8 Heating G6
Engine X 30 M10 Air-conditioning compressor B7
Engine X30A B7
Engine X30B C7
Engine X30C M10 C7
Buisard X 95 Cab/air-conditioning condenser harness link F11
Air-conditioning condenser management module
X97.1 C6
Cab power supply
Frame/Cab 1 X110 Frame/cab Interface F2
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply cab / engine interface B3
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 E3
Splices
Engine X201 BF1/M1 Engine compartment fusebox BF1 B2
X290 A25 F12 Item Position on diagram

EP9 B4
80

EP112 B7

Components EP113 B7

Hydraulic SP1 G5, G11


Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence SP2 H6, G11
A1 Manimux Power MP1 D2 SP5 G6
A8 Heating / ventilation panel I3 SP6 H6
A25 Electronic control module fans and air-conditioning condenser G12 SP75 F11
B46 Air-conditioning high pressure sensor J10 SP76 C12
B52 Art-conditioning anti-freeze thermostat I8 SP77 F11
M10 Air-conditioning compressor C7 SP78 F11
M12 Air-conditioning motor fan 1 I11 SP81 F12
M13 Air-conditioning motor fan 2 I12 SP82 F12
M16 Heating vent blower motor fan I6 SP83 F12
R14 Heating / air-conditioning fan speed resistance plate I7 SP84 F12
S13 Heater speed control switch I5

80-02-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS D23
DIAGRAM 9 – AIR-CONDITIONING + HEATING OPTIONS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

M sse
M
as C
a
C 4 66
69

s e ab
15

Ca M
APC 5
AP at

b 1
B

M
A
V

2
52
B2 X23

15
15
X30
X30A

849
BF3 / M2 EP112
B BF1 / M1
X113 V1
X201 F45 F29
10 71 73

C
5

850
EP 9
1 252

72
F30 253
EP113
X15

252

253
X30B 6

X97.1 1 2

33
68

69
C

68
X30C
C
SP76
BF3 / M1

66
F4 6 M10
69

A1 / MP 12

CN2-P1 / X149
45

E 64

126
79

80

52
X16 7 8 12 11

31

32

67

66

32

31

67

66

69
64

SP83

SP82

SP81
SP78

SP75

SP84
F

SP77
2
X110
102

X95 X290
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

C2 C1

80
SP2
152

102

126

SP1
80
79

X29
6

G 1 2 3 4 5 6

C3 10 7 9 5 6
C6

SIGNAL
GND

GND
(+)

(+)
SERIE
SP1 SP5
PCB RELAIS A25

FAN A (+)
FAN B (+)
PARLELLE

FAN A (-)
FAN B (-)
SP6

MP
H 8 1 2 4 3

C8
1 2 3 C3
SP2 3
1 2

C7 C1
C2 C5
510 Ohms

4 1 3 2 1 2 1 2
2 1 E F C4
R

A B 2 4 1 3
C5
1 3
C4 C6
1 3
2160C

MTS

A
I 0 1
M12 M13
2 ON MP
B 2 5 4
3
K14 OFF
A8 4
C
1.16 Ohm
0.57 Ohm
0.31 Ohm 2 5 4
10C 3.50C
14-17
S13 bars
M16 HP LP
R14 B52
D
22-28 2-2.1
B46 bars bars FAN B FAN A

(06/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
D24 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10 – CRC / BOOM HEAD EV / PNEUMATIC SEAT OPTION
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
No.: 971081

Connectors Components
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence correspondence
Cab 1 X121 M15 Pneumatic seat pump H1 A2 Manimux Power MP2 A4
Frame X135 Boom suspension connector C3 B25 Telescope suspension cylinder valve pressure switch 1 E4
Frame X150 A2 Power CN1 - P2 A3 B26 Telescope suspension cylinder valve pressure switch 2 E5
Frame X151 A2 Power CN2 - P2 A4 S44 Pneumatic seat switch I2
Mbf option X167 Y10 Boom suspension electrovalve 1 D3 M15 Pneumatic seat pump I2
Mbf option X168 Y11 Boom suspension electrovalve 2 D3 Y10 Telescope suspension electrovalve 1 E3
Mbf option X169 B25 Boom suspension cylinder valve pressure switch 1 D4 Y11 Telescope suspension electrovalve 2 E3
Mbf option X170 B26 Boom suspension cylinder valve pressure switch 2 D5

Fuses and relays

Item Current Designation Position on diagram

F8 10A Pneumatic seat F2


80

80-02-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS D25
DIAGRAM 10 - CRC / BOOM HEAD EV / PNEUMATIC SEAT OPTION

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

M sse
M
as C
a
se ab
C 66
69

Ch M
A P 54
15

as 2
C

si
AP

sM
A

3
A2 / MP 22

CN1-P2 / X150 CN2-P2 / X151

85 86 65 55 67 58

259

260

261

258
257

262
B

257

261

258

262

259

260

263
264
X135 1 8 2 7 3 4 5 6

X167 1 2
X168 1 2
X169 1 2
X170 1 2

P P

Y10 Y11 B25 B26

BF3 / M1
F
F8 13

80
G
162

13

H X121 5 4

S44

I C

M15

(06/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
D26 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
11 – REAR HYDRAULIC TWO WAY EV / BOOM HEAD ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
No.: 971081

Connectors Fuses and relays


Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Current Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence
Cab 1 X13 A9 Cluster B7 F1 10A max. Relay K4 predisposition B3
Cab 1/Cab 2 X15 High/low cab interface H8 F2 7.5A B3
Frame X106 Boom electrical connector (option) F12 F5 2A Switch predisposition B3
Frame X109 Y14 Rear hydraulic two-way electrovalve D13 F6 15A max. Boom head electrical connector B3
Frame/Cab 1 X110 Frame/cab interface B12 F14 10A max. Relay predisposition K1 B4
Frame/Cab 1 X111 Frame/cab interface E12 F35 2A Access control panel I5
Cab X121 Pneumatic seat pump C2 F37 15A APC 120 power supply (Inching) I5
K1 Standby C8
K2 Front windscreen wiper intermittent relay C9
K3 Air-conditioning motor fan relay C9
K4 Standby C10
K5 Stop electrovalve relay, diesel supply pump, cold starter electrovalve C10
K6 Air conditioning compressor control relay C10

Components
Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence
A9 Manimux Cluster MC2 B8
S5 Light commutator switch D2
S6 Window regulator switch D2
S17 Electric power socket switch on boom F9
S18 Hydraulic two way EV switch F10
S19 Override Switch F10
S43 Option switch I9
Y14 Rear two way hydraulic electrovalve E13
80

80-02-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS D27
DIAGRAM 11 – REAR HYDRAULIC TWO WAY EV / BOOM HEAD ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

M as s e
as s e Ca
M as
M

se C b
APC 5 a 65
APC 5 66

Ch ab M1
APC 1 67
APC 1 69
0
68
C 57
0
4
4
5

as M2
APC 5
AP at

si
A
B

sM
V

3
CLUSTER
A9 / MC2

66

69
X11-7 X25-4

67

68

70
X13 8 6 18 Sch. 7 Sch. 7
A B

136

137
F14
F15

87
F1
F2
F3
F5
F6
B
BF3/M1

21
1

CABINE
X110
248
X118-6
Sch. 1

129
133
176
177

94
174 175 93
248

27
179 178 94

141
X121 BF3

96
1

25
95
K1 2 5 4
K2 2 5 4
K3 2 5 4
K4 2 5 4
K5 2 5 4
K6 2 5

8
85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 96

3
85

34
86 30 86 30 86 30 86 30 86 30 86 30
1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3
86
siege

33
137
136

233
21

95
93

46
1
S5 S6
D 3 2 84
EP11 F31

15

251
252
Sch. 7 Sch. 1
X284-12 396
Sch. 1 1 2
20 X109

16
CABINE
X111
Y14

395

86
85
X284-11

87
167 168 169
Sch. 1

1 10 1 10 1 10

253

254
1 0 1 0 1 0

X106 1 2

5 S17 5 S18 S19


F
9 9 5 9
S17 S18 S19
9 10 3 8

80
G

84 X15
8

174
167
35

S42-9
68

Sch. 8

35
D
F37

1 0 1 9

BF3/M2
S43
20

5 10
I S43
51
EP11 49
Sch. 8

(06/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
D28 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
80

80-02-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION

pages

MT 1440 /MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A


MT 1440 A /MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B

80

(06/11/2018) 80-03-M179EN
2 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION
80

80-03-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION A1

MT 1440 /MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840


pages

KEYS
–– CONNECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2
–– GROUNDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A5
–– DIODES AND SPLICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A6

2D LOCATION
–– HARNESS ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7
–– FRAME HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8
–– CAB 1 AND 2 HARNESSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A9
–– ENGINE HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A10

3D LOCATION
–– FRAME HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11
–– CAB 1 HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12
–– CAB 2 HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13
–– ENGINE HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A14

80

(06/11/2018) 80-03-M179EN
A2 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840

CONNECTORS

Wiring Position on harness layout


Item Designation Comments
harness type Assembly Frame Cab Engine
Engine B+ Alternator power supply Q16 I4
Engine D+ Alternator excitation Q17 I6
Cab 2 S6 Window up switch G21 E18
Cab 1 S17 Electric power socket switch on boom I23 C18
Cab 1 S18 Hydraulic two way EV switch I23 C18
Cab 1 S19 Override Switch I24 A19
Cab 1 S35 Option switch I25 A22
Cab 1 S36 Option switch I24 C23
Cab 1 S37 Option switch I24 C23
Cab 2 S38 Rear working light switch E11 I4
Cab 2 S39 Rear window defrost switch E11 I4
Cab 2 S40 Roof windscreen wiper switch E9 I4
Cab 2 S41 Roof windscreen wiper switch E10 I4
Cab 2 S42 Telescope working light switch E12 G5
Cab 2 S43 Option switch E13 G5
Engine W Alternator Q18 I7
Engine X0 Battery cut-off See "Engine harness" 3D location
Cab 1 X1 Ignition switch (4 way) I29 O29
Cab 1 X2 Ignition switch (6 way) I29 O30
Engine X3 Preheat Q21 E17
Engine X4 Starter electrovalve O24 K31
Engine X5 Fuel heater O27 E36
Cab 2 X6 Rotating beacon light A11 C14
Engine X7 Diesel pump O24 I31
Engine X8 Engine stop electrovalve Q21 C19
Cab 2 X010 Tailgate defrost A6 A8
Cab 1 X11 Wiper commutator switch I29 K34
Cab 1 X12 Wiping reset I30 K36
Cab 1 X13 Manimux cluster K33 M32/
S40
80

Cluster X14 Light commutator switch S37


Cab 1 X15 Cab high/low connection I24 G13
Cab 2 X15A Cab high/low connection C15 E13
Cab 1 X16 High/low cab interface G24 G11
Cab 2 X16A High/low cab interface C15 E11
Engine X17 Engine oil pressure switch Q22 C17
Engine X18 Engine water thermoswitch Q19 I9
Engine X20 Air filter clogging Q15 G3
Frame X21 Hydraulic filter sensor I16 E27
Cab 1 X22 Brake fluid level I27 K26
Engine/Cab 1 X23 Cab/engine connection O24 Q28

Cab 1 X25 Front windscreen wiper G27 K28


Cab 1 X26 Side and roof windscreen washer pump G30 I23
Cab 1 X27 Front windscreen washer pump G29 I23
Cab 1 X28 Rear glass wash pump I29 K23
Cab 1 X29 Heating I28 K32
Engine X30 Air-conditioning compressor Q15 I3
Frame X31 Left rear light I5 C11

80-03-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION A3
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840

Wiring Position on harness layout


Item Designation Comments
harness type Assembly Frame Cab Engine
Frame X32 Right rear light Q5 I5
Cab 2 X33 Front L/R working headlight link C17 C14
Frame X35 Front left headlight I40 I36
Frame X36 Front right headlight Q40 K36
Frame X37 Rear license plate light M4 E4
Frame X38 Reverse buzzer O3 I9
Frame X39 Main horn M36 I29
Frame X40 Trailer socket M5 E3
Engine X42 Cold start system thermoswitch (KSB) Q20 I11
Cab 2 X43 Window up motor G22 E17
Cab 1 X45 NC door closed switch on cluster (wake-up) G21 I10
Cab X46 Cigarette lighter I20 C28
Cab X47 Cigarette lighter light I20 C28
X48 Front right working light Option on UK truck
X49 Front left working light Option on UK truck
Cab 2 X50 Roof light A10 C11
Cab 1 X52 NO door closed switch on Manimux Power G20 I10
Frame X53 Forward electrovalve M18 M14
Frame X54 Reverse electrovalve M17 M12
Frame X55 Forward motion pressure sensor O18 M14
Frame X56 Reverse motion pressure sensor M20 K15
Frame X57 Front clutch pressure M18 K13
Frame X58 Gearbox temperature sensor O16 M12
Cab 2 X59 Rear windscreen wiper motor A6 A5
Frame X60 Gear lever transmission cut-off M17 K12
Engine X61 Fuel water level sensor O27 E39
Frame X62 Gearbox output speed sensor M21 K16
Cab 1 X63 Fuel gauge I28 I24
Cab 1 X64 Master cylinder pressure switch G28 I25
Frame X65 Front wheel alignment sensor M32 I27
Frame X66 Rear wheel alignment sensor M12 O11
Frame X67 JSM plug K23 Q38/

80
M26
Cab 1 X68 Roof switch supply I24 G12
Cab 2 X68A Roof switch supply A15 E12
Cab 1 X69 Cab/window control connection G23 G14
Cab 2 X69A Cab/window winder connection G23 G17
Frame X70 Assist brake circuit pressure switch M30 Q20
Frame X71 Output A on telescope and attachment K25 Q26/
O31
Frame X72 Output B on telescope and attachment K26 Q26/
M31
Cab 1 X73 Fuel gauge I30 I23
Frame X75 Movement safety electrovalve 1 K22 Q37/
O28
Frame X76 Safety valve/distributor pressure switch K24 S37/
M26
Frame X77 Boom lifting NC sensor K22 Q30/
O29
Frame X78 Boom lowering NC sensor K22 Q29/
M29
Frame X79 Tilting NO sensor K23 Q28/
O30

(06/11/2018) 80-03-M179EN
A4 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840

Wiring Position on harness layout


Item Designation Comments
harness type Assembly Frame Cab Engine
Frame X80 Tilting NC sensor K24 Q28/
M30
Frame X81 Right stabiliser raising NC sensor K18 Q33/
O29
Frame X82 Right stabiliser lowering NC sensor K19 Q33/
O29
Frame X83 Left stabiliser raising NC sensor K20 Q31/
O29
Frame X84 Left stabiliser lowering NC sensor K21 Q31/
O29
Frame X85 Levelling N0 sensor K17 Q34/
O28
Frame X86 Levelling NC sensor K17 Q34/
O28
Frame X87 Right stabiliser lower pressure switch Q38 M36
Frame X88 Right stabiliser upper pressure switch Q37 M37
Frame X91 Boom head electrovalve option M2 A5
Frame X92 Negative brake electrovalve M30 O21
Cab 1 X93 Radio power supply I32 K38
Cab 1 X94 Loudspeakers I32 M38
Cab 2 X95 Cab/air-conditioning condenser harness link E6 E2
Frame X96 Left stabiliser high level pressure switch I38 I37
Frame X97 Left stabiliser low level pressure switch I37 I36
Cab 1 X97.1 Air-conditioning module management G9
Frame X100 Boom angle sensor O2 G10
Cab 2 X101 Rear right working light E6 E5
Cab 2 X102 Rear left working light A7 A13
Frame X105 Boom working light (predisposition connector M2 A7
option)
Frame X106 Boom electrical connector (option) M2 A8 Option
Cab 2 X107 Cab roof windscreen wiper motor E10 G6
Cab 2 X108 Side windscreen wiper motor E14 I2
Frame X109 Rear hydraulic two-way electrovalve M6 E17
Frame/Cab 1 X110 Frame/cab connection G16 E33 K8
80

Frame/Cab 1 X111 Frame/cab interface G16 M8

Frame/Cab 1 X112 Frame/cab interface G16 E33 M8

Cab 1/ Engine X113 Engine/fuse box power supply cab connection M24 O26 Q25

Cab 1 X114 Accelerator switch I27 K30


Cab 1 X115 OBD diagnostic plug I22 G26
Frame/Engine X116 Manimux Power 1 (MP1) and Manimux Power 2 O22 O15 K22
(MP2) power supply motor connection
Cab 1 X118 Customer digicode I28 O32
Cluster X119 Strain gage 1 Q37
Cluster X120 Strain gage 2 Q38
Cab 1 X121 Pneumatic seat pump I21 E27
Frame X123 Safety electrovalve K27 Q25
Frame X124 C1 and C2 QX boom inductive sensor connector K2 A9
Frame X132 Servo steering circuit fault pressure switch (TUV) M30 Q21

Frame X133 ON/OFF negative brake pressure switch M31 Q21

80-03-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION A5
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840

Wiring Position on harness layout


Item Designation Comments
harness type Assembly Frame Cab Engine
Frame X134 Retracted boom sensor M2 A4
Cab 1 X138 Emergency stop I27 M30
Cab 1 X139 Pedal potentiometers I27 K30
Cab 1 X140 Inching resistance option I22 G27
Frame X148 Manimux Power 1 (MP1) I12 A20
Frame X149 Manimux Power 1 (MP1) I14 A22
X153 Air-conditioning motor fan 1 plug Option on UK truck
X154 Air-conditioning motor fan 2 plug Option on UK truck
X155 Air-conditioning connector on condenser Option on UK truck
X166 Boom head electrovalve connector Option
Engine X200 ORH engine speed electrovalve Q20 K14
Cab 2 X204 Right loudspeaker C6 A2
Cab 2 X205 Left loudspeaker A6 A7
Frame/Engine X257 Engine/frame interface O22 O14 K21

Engine X258 Radiator minimum water level sensor O20 E15


Frame X260 Flow regulation electrovalve M3 G7
Frame X263 Vishay CAN gauge I10 C18
Cab 1 X284 Easy Manager option M31
Cab 1 X291 Battery +/- power supply Q27
Cab 1 X292 Engine immobiliser option M31

80
GROUND CONNECTIONS

Wiring Position on harness layout


Item Designation Comments
harness type Assembly Frame Cab Engine
Engine Engine ground Engine ground O22 E22
Frame Frame ground M1 Frame ground M1 K28 M22
Cab 1 Cab Ground M1 Cab Ground M1 I29 M34
Frame Frame ground M2 Frame ground M2 M22 M17
Cab 1 Cab ground M2 Cab ground M2 I20 K14
Frame Frame ground M3 Frame ground M3 M5 E13
Frame Frame ground M4 Frame ground M4 See "Engine harness" 3D location
Cab 2 X011 Cab ground M2 A15 C10

(06/11/2018) 80-03-M179EN
A6 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840

DIODES AND SPLICES

Wiring Position on harness layout


Item Designation Comments
harness type Assembly Frame Cab Engine
Cab 1 D1 Diode D1 K18 K21
Cab 1 D2 Diode D2 I30 K34
Cab 1 D3 Diode D3 I19 K14
Cab 1 EP.1 Splice I19 K21
Engine EP.1 Splice Q23 G25
Cab 2 EP.1 Splice C8 A5
Cab 2 EP.1 Splice G21 G18
Cab 2 EP.2 Splice G22 G18
Cab 2 EP.2 Splice A8 A11
Cab 2 EP.3 Splice A8 A10
Cab 2 EP.4 Splice C8 C3
Frame EP.5 Splice M13 G21
Cab 1 EP.5 Splice I27 M31
Cab 2 EP.5 Splice C9 E3
Cab 2 EP.6 Splice C8 C3
Cab 2 EP.7 Splice C8 C4
Cab 2 EP.8 Splice C8 A3
Cab 1 EP.9 Splice O29 O25
Cab 2 EP.9 Splice C8 A3
Cab 2 EP.10 Splice A9 A11
Cab 1 EP.11 Splice I18 M18
Cab 2 EP.11 Splice C10 E3
Cab 1 EP.15 Splice G16 K9
Cab 1 EP.16 Splice I21 G25
Frame EP.20 Splice O2 G8
Frame EP.25 Splice M28 O24
Frame EP.26 Splice M28 Q24
Frame EP.29 Splice G15 E32
Cab 1 EP 55 Splice M29
80

Cab 1 EP 56 Splice M30


Cab 1 EP 57 Splice M32
Frame EP.61 Splice M2 C7
Frame EP.73 Splice K5 E12
Frame EP.90 Splice M30 O21
Frame EP.91 Splice O2 G8

80-03-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION A7
HARNESS ASSEMBLY
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

Cab View 2 X50


Key:
X102 Ep.10
A X011A
Frame Harness A
X010 Ep.2 X011
Cab Harness 1
X205 Ep.3 X68A

X59 X6
X16A Cab Harness 2
Ep.1
X15A Engine Harness
Ep.9
C Connection between C
Ep.8 X33 harnesses
Ep.7
Ep.4 Splice
Ep.6 X33
Ep.5 Ep.11
X204

X95
X107

X101
E E
X108
S40 S43
S41 S42
S39 S38

X43

S6
G Ep.1 Ep.2 X69A G
X110 Ep.15 X25 X64 X27
X52 X45
X112 X15 X26
Ep.29 X69
X111

X149 / CN2-P1
X148 / CN1-P1

Module M4 X22 X63 X73 X28


X16 X97
Manimux
Power 1 Module M3 D3 X96
Masse Cab M2 X139 X114 X29 X11 X12 X94
BF3 S17 X68
X31 Module M2 S18 X35
I X46 X121 X115 S19 D2 I
X263 X93
Module M1 Masse Cab M1
X47 X140 S35 X138
X118
X1
S36
30

Ep.11 Ep.16 20

Ep.5
0
X10
10
0
1

X2
1/2

X21
R

S37
OK

D1
X

Ep.1 X13

X67
X75 X76
K K

Ep.73 X85 X86 X81 X82 X83 X84 X77 X78 X79 X80 X71 X72 X123 Masse Chassis M1

X124

X106 Ep.5 X132


Ep.61 X70 X133 X39
X109 Ep.26 Ep.25

80
X105 Masse Chassis
M3 X60 X57 X56
X91 X92
M M
X134 X66 X62 Ep.90
X65
X40
X260 X54
Masse Chassis
Ep.20 X53 M2 X113
X37
X100
X58 X257
Ep.91 X23
X38 X55
X116 Ep.9
X7
O O
X4
X258
Masse Moteur X5

X61
X20
Ep.1
Module Module Module
X30 M3 M2 M1
X32 B+ D+ W X18 X42 X200 X17 BF1 X36
Q Q
X87
X3 X8
X88

S S
Forward gear

(06/11/2018) 80-03-M179EN
A8 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION
FRAME HARNESS
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

Ep 28 Key:

PVC 6X7 sheath


A Opt. EV Opt. A

X148

X149
Opt. Manimux
Slotted ringed sheath
X134 X91 X105 X106 X124
X263 Ringed non slotted sheath
ARG
X31 Splice
C C
100

Ep.61
1200
X110 Cab harness
Masse Chassis M3
Ep.73
Opt.
X37 Ep.29
50
E X109 X112 Cab harness E
X21
X40

200
X260
100

70 Ep.5
G G
X100
Ep.20 Ep.91

X38
X96
X97
I I

X35
X65 AVG
X32 X39

ARD

X57
K X56 K
X60
X36
AVD
X62 n/mn

X54
23
X1 X87
80

X53 7 X88
X6

M 6 M
X7
X58 Masse Chassis M2
2
X55 Masse Chassis M1 X7

X8
0
X7 X 1
8 79
X8 X
4 77 X7
80 X8 X
2 83
X8 X
6 81
X8
5 5
250 X7

O O
X66
Ep.90 X92 Ep.25
X257 X116
X123
50 X72 X80 X78 X84 X82 X86
X70 X133
X79 X77 X83 X81 X85
X132 X75
Ep.26
Engine harness X71
Q Q

X67

S X76 S

80-03-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION A9
CAB HARNESSES 1 AND 2
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

Cab 2 Cab 1
Ep.1 Ep.3 Ep.2
Key:
X010
A X59 A
X204 X102 Opt.
Ep.9 Ep.10 Opt. ARG Top section slotted ringed sheath
+ AR S19 S35
X205
-
M
Continuous black adhesive
Ep.8 + Opt. ribbon
-
S18 S36
X50 Splice
Ep.7
Opt.
S17 S37
C Détail A C
X33 Opt. AVD X46
Ep.4 Opt. AVG K3/M3 -1 RBKILSONR2 04001.321.011
X6 04003.321.011
X47
K6/M3 -5
Ep.6

X011 M K12/M4 -2
X011A X23-B2
X43
+ D1
E X95
E
- Ep.5 X101
Opt. ARD X16A X68A X15A
S6 Pn Détail B
X121
Ep.11 Cab additional harness
Ep.1
FIL 132 FIL 239
Ep.2
80 WIRE 132 WIRE 239
X107 M X97.1 X16 X68 X15 X115 G&H
Toit Diagn
Ep.16 04001.321.011
G |--> N°971081 G
RAYCHEM RBK3
S43 Opt.
X140 Opt. Inching
D2
S42 -->| N°971080
Détail C
S38 Opt. ARD X69 X69A
Opt. ARG X73 X63
FIL 240 FIL 241
S39
AV X27 X64 WIRE 240 WIRE 241
X108 S41 Latéral Window winder additional harness
G&H G&H
I 04001.321.011 I
S40 Toit 04003.321.011
Latéral NF X45 Toit +
(Wake-up) Latéral
X26 RAYCHEM RBK3
M
D3
NO X52
Opt. Inching X29
AR X28
X22 X139
X25
Masse Cab M2 RAZ
AV/AR AV/AR
60 X12
K Frame harness X110 D3 AV
X114 X11
X93 ALIM AUTO K
Détail C Ep.1 M D2
Détail B
100

50
Ep.15
50 50 X138 |--> N°971081
50
Frame harness X111 X284
X94 HP AUTO

50
55

80
Ep.11 D1 X292 Masse Cab M1

.
Ep
Détail A

M
N°914015 50 50 M
Ep.56 Ep.57
30

Frame harness
20
X100
10

X112
0
1

1/2

X13
R
OK

15 A X

2A

5A Ep.5
X118
10 A
1 2 3

200 4 5 6
7 8 9
2A Ep.9 0
* #

117
15 A 20 A

O O

0
5A 10 A

3A 15 A X1 X2
MO
DU 10 A 3A 10 A 4 6
MO LE
1 X113
DU MODULE 4 MODULE 3 MODULE 2 MODULE 1
LE
MO 2 X119
DU BF3 X120
MO LE
3
DU
LE Engine harness Stress gage
Q 4 harnesses Q

X291 X23

+/-
X14

|--> N°971081
Rear axle
X13
S Engine harness S
Light commutator switch

0
(06/11/2018) 80-03-M179EN
A10 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION
ENGINE HARNESS
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

Key:

Flexible sheath type GREMFLEX PET


A A
Slotted PPBS ringed sheath
STOP top section

X8 Splice

C X17 C

Masse Moteur X61

X5

X3
E E

Opt. X258
150
min.

Ep.1
G X20
G

X7
X30
I X18 I
B+ W
D+

X42
BF1
KSB X200

X4
Frame harness X116
K K23 K26 K
3 4 F41 20A 6

Frame harness X257 1 4 2


2 K20 1
F42 50A 5

3
K22 K25
3 F43 80A 4

25A
80

5
23 F60 24 5 F55 6

1 4 2
21 F59 22 7
30A
F54 8
F44 40A 3

M K21 K24 19 F58 20 9 F53 10


M
3
20A F45 40A 2
17 F57 18 11 F52 12
5

F46 80A
15 F56 16 13 F51 14
1 4 2 1

Module M3 Module M2 Module M1

O O

Q Q

X113 X23

S Cab harness S

80-03-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION A11
FRAME HARNESS
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840

Cab Ground

X67 X123
X78 X80
X82 X84
X86
Frame Ground
X76 M1 X31
X75
X79 X148
X72 X77
X71 X83
X92 X35
X81 X97
X85 X149
Frame Ground
X70 M3
X109
X132 X96
X133

X65

X97
X36 X96
X100
X39 X260
X32 X38
X87 X91
X106
X88 X105
X124
X87 X134
X40
X37
X110
X88

80
X21

X112

Frame Ground X66 X62


M2
X53
X56 X55
X54
X57
X60
X58
X116
X257

(06/11/2018) 80-03-M179EN
A12 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION
CAB HARNESSES 1
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840

5
S3 36
S 37
S

7
S1 8
X4
6 S1 9
S1
7
X4

"A"

A 21
X1
15
X1
X110
Masse Cab M2
X112
X111

X69
X15
X68
X16
X45 NC

X52 NO

90°
X14
Stress gage harnesses X120
X1
3
3D frame harnesses
X119
X13

X1

Anti-theft shunt
X2

X118
X29
X11
Rear axle X12
X93 Masse
80

X94 Cab M1

"B" X1
39 X114

X22 X138

ss
rne
Ha ating
He

X64

X27 X28
X26

X23
X113
X25
B

X73
X63

Engine harness

80-03-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION A13
CAB HARNESS 2
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840

X95 X101
"F"
X204
X107
X102
S38 à S43 X010 X59
X108

F
X205

X50

X33 X6

S6 1A

80
01
1-X
X43 X01

X15A
X68A
X16A

X69A

(06/11/2018) 80-03-M179EN
A14 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION
ENGINE HARNESS
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840

Key:

1 - Battery cut-off/starter cable


2 - Battery cut-off/frame cable Frame ground
M4
3 - Battery/fuse box cable
4 - Battery/battery cut-off cable
5 - Starter/battery cable 2 5
6 - Cable 10 mm2
4 X257
7 - Diesel fuel circuit 7
1
X116
1
"G" X61

X113
X19
X24 X23 5
4
1

X258
X7

X18
X200 X42
G
80

Engine Ground X30


X3
X4 5
X8 B+
D+
W
1

1 X20

80-03-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION B1

MT 1440 A /MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A


pages

KEYS
–– CONNECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2
–– GROUNDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B5
–– DIODES AND SPLICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B6

2D LOCATION
–– HARNESSES ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B7
–– FRAME HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B8
–– CAB HARNESSES 1 AND 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B9
–– ENGINE HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B10

3D LOCATION
–– FRAME HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B11
–– CAB HARNESSES 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B12
–– CAB HARNESS 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B13
–– ENGINE HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B14
–– ORH HARNESSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B15

80

(06/11/2018) 80-03-M179EN
B2 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A

CONNECTORS

Wiring Position on harness layout


Item Designation Comments
harness type Assembly Frame Cab Engine
Engine B+ Alternator power supply Q16 I4
Engine D+ Alternator excitation Q17 I6
Cab 2 S6 Window up switch G21 E18
Cab 1 S17 Electric power socket switch on boom I25 C18
Cab 1 S18 Hydraulic two way EV switch I25 C18
Cab 1 S19 Override Switch I25 A19
Cab 2 S38 Rear working light switch E11 I4
Cab 2 S39 Rear window defrost switch E11 I4
Cab 2 S40 Roof windscreen wiper switch E9 I4
Cab 2 S41 Roof windscreen wiper switch E10 I4
Cab 2 S42 Telescope working light switch E12 G5
Cab 2 S43 Option switch E13 G5
S47 Platform gate switch
S48 Platform overload switch
S49 Locking pin switch
S56 Chain tension switch 1 See "ORH harnesses" 3D location
S57 Chain tension switch 2
S58 Chain tension switch 3
S59 Chain tension switch 4
Engine W Alternator Q18 I7
Engine X0 Battery cut-off See "Engine harness" 3D location
Cab 1 X1 Ignition switch (4 way) I29 O29
Cab 1 X2 Ignition switch (6 way) I29 O30
Engine X3 Preheat Q21 E17
Engine X4 Starter electrovalve O24 K31
Engine X5 Fuel heater O27 E36
Cab 2 X6 Rotating beacon light A11 C14
Engine X7 Diesel pump O24 I31
Engine X8 Engine stop electrovalve Q21 C19
Cab 2 X010 Tailgate defrost A6 A8
80

Cab 1 X11 Wiper commutator switch I29 K34


Cab 1 X12 Wiping reset I30 K36
Cab 1 X13 Manimux cluster K33 M32/
S40
Cluster X14 Light commutator switch S37
Cab 1 X15 Cab high/low connection I24 G13
Cab 2 X15A Cab high/low connection C15 E13
Cab 1 X16 High/low cab interface G24 G11
Cab 2 X16A High/low cab interface C15 E11
Engine X17 Engine oil pressure switch Q22 C17
Engine X18 Engine water thermoswitch Q19 I9
Engine X20 Air filter clogging Q15 G3
Frame X21 Hydraulic filter sensor K16 E27
Cab 1 X22 Brake fluid level I27 K26
Engine/Cab 1 X23 Cab/engine connection O24 S28 Q28

Cab 1 X25 Front windscreen wiper G27 K28


Cab 1 X26 Side and roof windscreen washer pump G30 I23
Cab 1 X27 Front windscreen washer pump G29 I23

80-03-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION B3
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A

Wiring Position on harness layout


Item Designation Comments
harness type Assembly Frame Cab Engine
Cab 1 X28 Rear glass wash pump I29 K23
Cab 1 X29 Heating I28 K32
Engine X30 Air-conditioning compressor Q15 I3
Frame X31 Left rear light I5 C12
Frame X32 Right rear light Q5 K5
Cab 2 X33 Front L/R working headlight link C17 C14
Frame X35 Front left headlight I40 K32
Frame X36 Front right headlight Q40 M32
Frame X37 Rear license plate light M4 G4
Frame X38 Reverse buzzer O3 I7
Frame X39 Main horn M36 K25
Frame X40 Trailer socket M5 G3
Engine X42 Cold start system thermoswitch (KSB) Q20 I11
Cab 2 X43 Window up motor G22 E17
Cab 1 X45 NC door closed switch on cluster (wake-up) G21 I10
Cab X46 Cigarette lighter I20 C28
Cab X47 Cigarette lighter light I20 C28
X48 Front right working light Option on UK truck
X49 Front left working light Option on UK truck
Cab 2 X50 Roof light A10 C11
Cab 1 X52 NO door closed switch on Manimux Power G20 I10
Frame X53 Forward electrovalve M18 M14
Frame X54 Reverse electrovalve M17 M12
Frame X55 Forward motion pressure sensor O18 M14
Frame X56 Reverse motion pressure sensor M20 K15
Frame X57 Front clutch pressure M18 K13
Frame X58 Gearbox temperature sensor O16 M12
Cab 2 X59 Rear windscreen wiper motor A6 A5
Frame X60 Gear lever transmission cut-off M17 K12
Engine X61 Fuel water level sensor O27 E39
Frame X62 Gearbox output speed sensor M21 K16
Cab 1 X63 Fuel gauge I28 I24

80
Cab 1 X64 Master cylinder pressure switch G28 I25
Frame X65 Front wheel alignment sensor M32 K20
Frame X66 Rear wheel alignment sensor M12 O9
Frame X67 JSM plug K23 Q30
Cab 1 X68 Roof switch supply I24 G12
Cab 2 X68A Roof switch supply A15 E12
Cab 1 X69 Cab/window control connection G23 G14
Cab 2 X69A Cab/window winder connection G23 G17
Frame X70 Assist brake circuit pressure switch M30 Q20
Cab 1 X73 Fuel gauge I30 I23
Frame X87 Right stabiliser lower pressure switch Q38 O32
Frame X88 Right stabiliser upper pressure switch Q37 O32
Frame X91 Boom head electrovalve option M2 A5
Frame X92 Negative brake electrovalve M30 O21
Cab 1 X93 Radio power supply I32 K38
Cab 1 X94 Loudspeakers I32 M38
Cab 2 X95 Cab/air-conditioning condenser harness link E6 E2
Frame X96 Left stabiliser high level pressure switch I38 K32

(06/11/2018) 80-03-M179EN
B4 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A

Wiring Position on harness layout


Item Designation Comments
harness type Assembly Frame Cab Engine
Frame X97 Left stabiliser low level pressure switch I37 K32
Cab 1 X97.1 Air-conditioning module management G9
Frame X100 Boom angle sensor O2 G10
Cab 2 X101 Rear right working light E6 E5
Cab 2 X102 Rear left working light A7 A13
Frame X105 Boom working light (predisposition connector M2 A7
option)
Frame X106 Boom electrical connector (option) K2 A8 Option
Cab 2 X107 Cab roof windscreen wiper motor E10 G6
Cab 2 X108 Side windscreen wiper motor E14 I2
Frame X109 Rear hydraulic two-way electrovalve M6 E17
Frame/ X110 Frame/cab connection G16 E36 K8
Cab 1
Frame/ X111 Frame/cab interface G16 E36 M8
Cab 1
Frame/ X112 Frame/cab interface G16 E36 M8
Cab 1
Cab 1/ X113 Engine/fuse box power supply cab connection M24 O26 Q25
Engine
Cab 1 X114 Accelerator switch I27 K30
Cab 1 X115 OBD diagnostic plug I22 G26
Frame/ X116 Manimux Power 1 (MP1) and Manimux Power 2 O22 O15 K22
Engine (MP2) power supply motor connection
Cab 1 X118 Customer digicode I28 O32
Cluster X119 Strain gage 1 Q37
Cluster X120 Strain gage 2 Q38
Cab 1 X121 Pneumatic seat pump I21 E27
Frame X124 C1 and C2 QX boom inductive sensor connector M2 A3
Frame X125 Chain tension on boom switch connector M2 A4
Frame X132 Servo steering circuit fault pressure switch (TUV) M30 Q21

Frame X133 ON/OFF negative brake pressure switch M31 Q21


Frame X134 Retracted boom sensor M2 C2
Frame X135 Telescope suspension connector M2 A2
80

Cab 1 X138 Emergency stop K27 O27


Cab 1 X139 Pedal potentiometers I27 K30
Cab 1 X140 Inching resistance option I22 G27
X141 ORH panel connector See "ORH harnesses" 3D location
Frame X148 Manimux Power 1 (MP1) I12 A20
Frame X149 Manimux Power 1 (MP1) I14 A22
Frame X150 Manimux Power 2 (MP2) K12 C20
Frame X151 Manimux Power 2 (MP2) K14 C22
Frame X152 Joystick (BMEP) K22 Q28
X153 Air-conditioning motor fan 1 plug Option on UK truck
X154 Air-conditioning motor fan 2 plug Option on UK truck
X155 Air-conditioning connector on condenser Option on UK truck
Frame X156 Telescope proportional electrovalve I16 I40
Frame X157 Lifting proportional electrovalve I16 I39
Frame X158 Tilting proportional electrovalve I16 I38
Frame X159 Auxiliary proportional electrovalve I16 I36
Frame X160 K15 K35
X160-1 Movement safety electrovalve on EP valve bank M38

80-03-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION B5
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A

Wiring Position on harness layout


Item Designation Comments
harness type Assembly Frame Cab Engine
Movement safety accumulator hydraulic cut-off M40
X160-2
electrovalve
Frame X161 Deflector electrovalve K15 I36
Frame X162 Right stabiliser deflector M34 I23
Frame X163 Left stabiliser deflector M33 K22
Frame X164 Levelling deflector M33 K22
X166 Boom head electrovalve connector Option
Frame X188 Discharge valve electrovalve M15 C25
Frame X189 Pushbutton K24 S28
Frame X190 Left axle lock cylinder electrovalve K9 C18
Frame X191 Right axle lock cylinder electrovalve O12 O11
Frame X194 Boom intermediate inductive sensors 1 and 2 K2 A10
Frame X195 Access retractor plug K3 A11
Cab 1 X196 Radio Control unit charger I20 E28
Cab 1 X197 RC Receiver I20 E28
Cab 1 X198 ORH inclinometer I22 C28
Cab 1 X199 Rescue key, 3 position selector I25 A21
Engine X200 ORH engine speed electrovalve Q20 K14
X202 Intermediate boom extend sensor 2
See "ORH harnesses" 3D location
X203 Intermediate boom extend sensor 1
Cab 2 X204 Right loudspeaker C6 A2
Cab 2 X205 Left loudspeaker A6 A7
X230 Platform safety harness connector
X232 Chain tension switch 1 connector
X233 Chain tension switch 2 connector See "ORH harnesses" 3D location
X234 Chain tension switch 3 connector
X235 Chain tension switch 4 connector
Frame/ X257 Engine/frame interface O22 O13 K21
Engine
Engine X258 Radiator minimum water level sensor O20 E15
Frame X263 Vishay CAN gauge I10 C18
Cab 1 X284 Easy Manager option M31

80
Cab 1 X291 Battery +/- power supply Q27
Cab 1 X292 Engine immobiliser option M31
Frame X311 VS control pressure switch I37

GROUND CONNECTIONS

Wiring Position on harness layout


Item Designation Comments
harness type Assembly Frame Cab Engine
Engine Engine ground Engine ground O22 E22
Frame Frame ground M1 Frame ground M1 K28 M22
Cab 1 Cab Ground M1 Cab Ground M1 I29 M34
Frame Frame ground M2 Frame ground M2 M22 M17
Cab 1 Cab ground M2 Cab ground M2 I20 K14
Frame Frame ground M3 Frame ground M3 M5 C15
Frame Frame ground M4 Frame ground M4 See "Engine harness" 3D location
Cab 2 X011 Cab ground M2 A15 E10

(06/11/2018) 80-03-M179EN
B6 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A

DIODES AND SPLICES

Wiring Position on harness layout


Item Designation Comments
harness type Assembly Frame Cab Engine
Cab 1 D1 Diode D1 I18 K21
Cab 1 D2 Diode D2 I30 K34
Cab 1 D3 Diode D3 I19 K14
Engine EP.1 Splice Q23 G25
Cab 2 EP.1 Splice C8 A5
Cab 2 EP.1 Splice G21 G18
Cab 2 EP.2 Splice G22 G18
Cab 2 EP.2 Splice A8 A11
Cab 2 EP.3 Splice A8 A10
Cab 1 EP.4 Splice K26 M24
Cab 2 EP.4 Splice C8 C3
Frame EP.5 Splice M13 G21
Cab 1 EP.5 Splice I27 M31
Cab 2 EP.5 Splice C9 E3
Frame EP.6 Splice M13 G21
Cab 2 EP.6 Splice C8 C3
Cab 1 EP.7 Splice K26 M25
Cab 2 EP.7 Splice C8 C4
Cab 2 EP.8 Splice C8 A3
Cab 1 EP.9 Splice O29 O25
Cab 2 EP.9 Splice C8 A3
Cab 1 EP.10 Splice K26 M26
Cab 2 EP.10 Splice A9 A11
Cab 1 EP.11 Splice I18 M18
Cab 2 EP.11 Splice C10 E3
Cab 1 EP.15 Splice G16 K9
Cab 1 EP.16 Splice I21 G25
Frame EP.20 Splice O2 G8
Frame EP.29 Splice G15 E33
80

Frame EP.32 Splice I15 E31


Cab 1 EP 55 Splice M29
Cab 1 EP 56 Splice M30
Cab 1 EP 57 Splice M32
Frame EP.61 Splice M2 C7
Frame EP.71 Splice M4 E9
Frame EP.72 Splice M3 E7
Frame EP.73 Splice K5 E13
Frame EP.90 Splice M30 O21
Frame EP.91 Splice O2 G8

80-03-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION B7
HARNESS ASSEMBLY
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

Cab View 2
X50 Key:

X102 Ep.10
A X011A Frame Harness A
X010 Ep.2 X011
Cab Harness 1
X205 Ep.3 X68A

X16A
Cab Harness 2
X59 X6
Ep.1
X15A
Engine Harness

C Ep.9 Connection between C


Ep.8 X33
harnesses
Ep.7
Ep.4 Splice
Ep.6 X33
Ep.5 Ep.11
X204

X95
X107

X101
E E
X108
S40 S43
S41 S42
S39 S38

X43

S6
X110 Ep.15
G Ep.1 Ep.2 X69A G
X112 X25 X64 X27

Ep.29 X52 X45


X111 X15 X26
X69

X149 / CN2-P1
X148 / CN1-P1

Ep.32 Module M4 X22 X63 X73 X28


X16 X97
Manimux
Power 1 Module M3 D3 X96
Masse Cab M2 X139 X114 X29 X11 X12 X94
BF3 X68
X156 X35
X31 Module M2
I X46 X198 X121 X115 S17 D2 I
X263 X47 X93
X157 Masse Cab M1
Module M1 S18
X196 X140
X151 / CN2-P2
X150 / CN1-P2

X158 X118
X1
Ep.11 X197 S19 30

Ep.16 Ep.5
20

Manimux
0
X10
10
0
1

Ep.10 X2
1/2

Power 2 Ep.4
R

X199
OK

X159 D1
X

X13
Ep.7
X190 X160
X138
X161
K K
X67
X152 X189
X194 X195 Ep.73 X21 Masse Chassis M1

X106
Ep.71
X188 X132 X162 X39
X105 Ep.61 Ep.5 X133
X70
X109

80
X91 Ep.6
Masse Chassis X163
M3 X60 X57 X56
X125 Ep.72 X92
M X164 M
X62 Ep.90
X124 X65
X40
X54
X135 X134 Masse Chassis
Ep.91 Ep.20 X53 M2 X113
X37 X66
X100
X58 X257
X23
X38 X55
X191 Ep.9
X116
X7
O O
X4
X258
Masse Moteur X5

X61
X20
Ep.1
Module Module Module
X30 M3 M2 M1
X32 B+ D+ W X18 X42 X200 X17 BF1 X36
Q Q
X87
X3 X8
X88

S S
Forward gear

(06/11/2018) 80-03-M179EN
B8 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION
FRAME HARNESS
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
Ep. 28
Key:

Manimux PVC 6X7 sheath

X148

X149
Opt. ORH
A Opt.
Opt. EV Power 1 A
Opt.
Slotted ringed sheath

X135 X124 X125 X91 X105 X106 X194 X195 X263


Ep. 27 Ringed non slotted sheath
ARG Ep. 30 Manimux

X150

X151
X31 Ep. 31
Power 2 Splice
X134
C C
100
200

Ep.61 850
Masse Chassis M3 X190
X188 50 450 X110 Cab harness
Ep.72 Ep.71 Ep.73

75 50 Ep.32 Ep.29
E Ep.32 Ep.29 X112 Cab harness E
X21
X109 |--> N°971081

200

300
X111 Cab harness
Opt. X37
Ep.5
G 100 G
X40
Ep.6
70

X100 X159 X158 X157


Ep.20 Ep.91

EV Right X156
X38
I X311 |--> N°971081 I
X162

X161
X160
EV Left X163
X96
X97
X32 X56 EV X164
X60
K X1 K
ARD X57 59
X35
X65 AVG X1
X39 58
X62 n/mn X1
57
X1
X54 56
80

X53 X112 X1
61 X1
-1 60
M X36
X16
0 -2 M
X58 AVD
X55 Masse Chassis M2 Masse Chassis M1 X1
X110 60
X111

X87
X88
250

O O

Ep.90 X92
X257 X116
X66 X191

X70 X133

X132 X152
Engine harness
Q Q

X67

S X189 S

80-03-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION B9
CAB HARNESSES 1 AND 2
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

Cab 2 Cab 1
Ep.1 Ep.3 Ep.2
Key:
X010
A X59 A
X204 X102
Ep.9 Ep.10 Opt. ARG Top section slotted ringed sheath
+ AR S19 X199
X205
-
M Continuous black adhesive
Ep.8 + ribbon
-
S18
X50 Splice
Ep.7 X198

S17
C Détail A C
X33 Opt. AVD X46
Ep.4 Opt. AVG K3/M3 -1 RBKILSONR2 04001.321.011
X6 04003.321.011
X47
K6/M3 -5
Ep.6
X196
X011 M K12/M4 -2
X011A X23-B2
X43 X197
+ D1
E X95
E
- Ep.5 X101
Opt. ARD X16A X68A X15A
S6
Pn Détail B
Ep.11 Cab additional harness X121
Ep.1
FIL 132 FIL 239
Ep.2 80 WIRE 132 WIRE 239
X107 M X97.1 X16 X68 X15 G&H
X115
Toit Diagn 04001.321.011
G |--> N°971081 Ep.16 G
RAYCHEM RBK3
S43 Opt. D2
X140 Opt. Inching
S42 -->| N°971080
Détail C
S38 Opt. ARD X69 X69A
Opt. ARG X73 X63
FIL 240 FIL 241
S39
Window winder additional harness AV X27 X64 WIRE 240 WIRE 241
X108 S41 Latéral
G&H G&H
I 04001.321.011 I
S40 Toit 04003.321.011
Latéral NF X45 Toit +
(Wake-up) Latéral
X26 RAYCHEM RBK3
M
D3
NO X52
X28 Opt. Inching X29
AR
X139
X22 X25
Masse Cab M2 RAZ
AV/AR AV/AR

K
Frame harness 60
X114 X11 X12
K
X110 D3 AV X93 ALIM AUTO
Détail C M D2
Détail B
100

Ep.15
50 50 20 |--> N°971081
0 50
Frame harness 20 X284
X111 0 X94 HP AUTO

50
Ep

80
.4 20
Ep.11

5
0 X292 Masse Cab M1

.5
D1

Ep
Ep
Détail A .7
M Ep
50 50 M
N°914015 .10
Frame harness Ep.56 Ep.57 20
30

10
X100

X112
1
0
1/2

X13
R
OK

15 A X

2A

5A Ep.5
X118
10 A X138
1 2 3

200 4 5 6
7 8 9
2A 2A Ep.9 0 #
*

117
2A 15 A 20 A

O O

0
5A 10 A

3A 15 A X1 X2
MO
DU 10 A 3A 10 A 4 6
LE
MO 1 X113
DU MODULE 4 MODULE 3 MODULE 2 MODULE 1
LE
MO 2 X119
DU BF3 X120
LE
MO 3
DU Engine harness Stress gage
LE harnesses
Q 4 Q

X291 X23

+/-
X14

|--> N°971081 Rear axle

Engine harness X13


Light commutator switch
S S

0
(06/11/2018) 80-03-M179EN
B10 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION
ENGINE HARNESS
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

Key:

Flexible sheath type GREMFLEX PET


A A
Slotted PPBS ringed sheath
STOP top section

X8
Splice

C X17 C

Masse Moteur X61

X5

X3
E E

Opt. X258
150
min.

Ep.1
G X20
G

X7
X30
I X18 I
B+ W
D+

X42
BF1
KSB X200

X4
Frame harness X116
K K23 K26 K
3 4 F41 20A 6

Frame harness X257 1 4 2


2 K20 1
F42 50A 5

3
K22 K25
3 F43 80A 4

25A
80

5
23 F60 24 5 F55 6

1 4 2
21 F59 22 7
30A
F54 8
F44 40A 3

M K21 K24 19 F58 20 9 F53 10


M
3
20A F45 40A 2
17 F57 18 11 F52 12
5

F46 80A
15 F56 16 13 F51 14
1 4 2 1

Module M3 Module M2 Module M1

O O

Q Q

X113 X23

Cab harness
S S

80-03-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION B11
FRAME HARNESS
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A

Cab Ground

X67
X189
X152 Frame Ground
M1 X31

X148
X150
X92 X35
X97
X149
X162 Frame Ground X190
X70 M3 X109 X151
X163
X132 X96
X164
X133
X135 X125
X91
X65 X106
X105
X124
X97 X194
X36 X96
X100 X195
X39 X38 X134 X188
X87 X32
X66
X191
X88
X159
X87 X40 X158
X37 X157
X156

80
X21
X88

X110
X190
X161
X160

X66 X62
Frame Ground X112
M2
X53
X56 X111
X55
X54
X57
X60
X58
X116
X257

(06/11/2018) 80-03-M179EN
B12 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION
CAB HARNESSES 1
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A

7
X4 6
X4

S1
7

"A" X197
X198 S1
8
S1
9
X196 X1
99

A
X1
15
21
X1
X110
Masse Cab M2
X112
X111
X51
X69
X15
X68
X16
X45 NC

X52 NO

180°
90° ORH

X14
X120
Stress gage harnesses
X1
3
3D frame harnesses X119
X13
X138

X1

Anti-theft shunt
X2

X118
X29
X11
Rear axle X12
X93 Masse
X94 Cab M1
80

"B" X1
39 X114

X22 X138

ss
rne
Ha ating
H e

X64

X27 X28
X26 ORH

X23 X198
X113
X25
B

X73
X63

Engine harness ORH emergency harness

80-03-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION B13
CAB HARNESS 2
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A

X95 X101
"F"
X204
X107
X102
S38 à S43 X010 X59
X108

F
X205

X50

X33 X6

S6 1A

80
01
1-X
X43 X01

X15A
X68A
X16A

X69A

(06/11/2018) 80-03-M179EN
B14 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION
ENGINE HARNESS
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A

Key:

1 - Battery cut-off/starter cable


2 - Battery cut-off/frame cable Frame ground
M4
3 - Battery/fuse box cable
4 - Battery/battery cut-off cable
5 - Starter/battery cable 2 5
6 - Cable 10 mm2
4 X257
7 - Diesel fuel circuit 7
1
X116
1
"G" X61

X113
X19
X24 X23 5
4
1

X258
X7

X18
X200 X42
G
80

Engine Ground X30


X3
X4 5
X8 B+
D+
W
1

1 X20

80-03-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION B15
ORH HARNESSES
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A

Details of settings for the 4 inductive sensors X235

View A
X234
X232
X233 S59
S56
S58
Tightening torque
= 30 N.m max.

S57
X202
X203

A
X131 X141
X130 3 +10

X231
X230

A
S48

X202
X203

1
1

S56 / S57 / S58 / S59 X130


X131

S47
S49
X148
X125 X124 X194
X150
S47
X149

X151

80
X116

X112

X199
X111

X200 X189
X138
X198
Black lead (-)

X110
White lead (+)

(06/11/2018) 80-03-M179EN
B16 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION
80

80-03-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

pages

CLUSTER MENU ARCHITECTURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3


CALIBRATION MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
–– STEP 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
–– STEP 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
–– STEP 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
–– STEP 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
–– STEP 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
–– STEP 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
CHANGING THE MACHINE (MANIMUX POWER) ECU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
"BOOM ANGLE" ANGULAR SENSOR ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
–– OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
–– ON-TRUCK ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

80

(23/04/2018) 80-04-M179EN
2 ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
80

80-04-M179EN (23/04/2018)
ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 3
CLUSTER MENU ARCHITECTURE
Key:
RST H: Partial hour meter reset PARK: Parking brake configuration CFLOW: Forced motion configuration LLMC: Movement shut-down inhibition authorization
PASS: Degraded mode UNIT: Machine speed unit DIGI1: Anti-theft type configuration DIGI2: Manitou anti-theft code
CUST: Customer code DTC: Error code (Data Trouble Code) IDENT: Identification OUTOR: Digital output
INTOR: Digital input OUTANA: Analogue output INANA: Analogue input

Info
Accessible only when engine is stopped

< INFO CLOCK LCD OPT DIAG XPERT >

Press OK to Press OK to
Enter Customer Code Enter Diag Mode
If DTC

If maintenance ENTERING
is needed CUSTOMER < IDENT OUTOR INTOR OUTANA INANA FAIL >
/ ADMIN CODE
Check + correct code
Maintenance
HOUR BACKL RST H MC MC MC MC MC MC DISPLAY
No DTC NEXT
RST H DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY CONTEXT
OPTION
Display ENTERING BACK LIGHT - Software N° Input/output Input/output Input/output Input/output - DTC N°
HOUR CONTROL - Activate / Deactivate state table state table state table state table
- DTC State
- DTC Date
- Hour PARK MP1 MP1 MP1 MP1 MP1 - DTC Hour
- Date - DTC Name

MC PARK DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY


OPTION MP1 DISPLAY
- Software N° Input/output Input/output Input/output Input/output
- Automatic / Manual NEXT
state table state table state table state table
Display next CONTEXT
CFLOW MP2 MP2 MP2 MP2 MP2
context - DTC N°
CFLOW DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY - DTC State
- DTC Date
- No fault OPTION - DTC Hour
or - Software N° Input/output Input/output Input/output Input/output - DTC Name
- Activate / Deactivate state table state table state table state table
- DTC N° "Present"
- DTC State "Present" DATE CONTR LLMC S/N
- DTC Date "Present" MP2 DISPLAY
- DTC Hour "Present" LLMC DISPLAY NEXT
- DTC Name "Present" CONTEXT
OPTION
ENTERING CONTRAST - Machine N° - DTC N° - DTC Date
- Activate / Deactivate
DATE CONTROL - DTC State - DTC Hour
PASS - DTC Name

80
BY-PASS
MP1
MODE OPTION Press OK to
- Activate / Deactivate Enter Xpert Mode

Display next UNIT


context
UNIT OPTION < RESET ADMIN ERASE CALIB >
- No fault
or - Km/h / Mph
- DTC N° "Present" HOURM Press OK to Press OK to SECU
DIGI1 Enter Admin Code Enter Admin Code
- DTC State "Present" FORM If RSTH is activated COMFIRM
- DTC Date "Present" RESET Press OK to Enter Calibration
- DTC Hour "Present" DIGICODE Menu > Option Security Procedure
- DTC Name "Present" OPTION + Correct code ENTERING ENTERING Calibration Mode
ADMINISTRATION ADMINISTRATION Manual
ENTERING - Activate / Deactivate repair
If RSTH is deactivated ENTERING CODE CODE 80 – Control
FORM and
DIGI2 Menu > Option CUSTOMER CODE + correct code + correct code Adjustment
Press OK to change
1 - 24 DD/MM/YYYY ENTERING MAINT MC ENTERING
MP2 2 - 12 MM/DD/YYYY ANTI-THEFT CODE
Admin Code ADMINISTRATION
3 - 12 DD/MM/YYYY COMFIRM Press OK to Erase CODE + correct code
4 - 24 MM/DD/YYYY RESET Erase Failures Failures

Display next CUST ENTERING ENTERING GAUGE


CUSTOMER /
context ENTERING ADMIN CODE NEW CODES MP1 Press OK for
+ correct code Gauge
CUSTOMER CODE Press OK to Erase Fast
Recalibration
- No fault Erase Failures Failures Calibration Mode
Procedure
or
- DTC N° "Present" Operator's
- DTC State "Present" manual
MP2
- DTC Date "Present"
- DTC Hour "Present" Press OK to Erase ENTERING
- DTC Name "Present" Erase Failures Failures CUSTOMER CODE
+ correct code

(23/04/2018) 80-04-M179EN
4 ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

CALIBRATION MENU STEP 2

CALIB

This operation can be easily performed by means of the following procedure. Fully extend the stabilizers
then press

–– Provide a fork carrier or a bucket and a load corresponding to at least half the lift truck's rated capacity. 1/7 Fully set down the stabilizers and confirm .
–– Carry out calibration preferably with fork lift truck cold (before use), or ensure that rear axle temperature CALIB

is not greater than 50°C. Complety lower the boom


on the frame

Lower boom fully with telescopes fully retracted and confirm .


then press

–– Place the lift truck on flat, level ground with the wheels straight. 2/7

bb
CALIB
CALIB
Lift the boom to max position,
fully retract the boom

Raise the boom fully with telescopes fully retracted and confirm .
Calibration incomplete or failed then press

Carefully follow the boom positioning instructions. If the screen is displayed, 3/7

this indicates a failure to obey an instruction, a cancellation request or a late response.

STEP 3

STEP 1 CALIB

Wait…
Calibration in progress

Calibration in progress...
Press button to display the menu screen with the time and date. Scroll horizontally using the
buttons to bring up the XPRT menu on the screen and vertically using the buttons
to reach the SECU "boom angle and strain gage calibration" sub-menu. STEP 4
Confirm with . ADMIN
CALIB

00__ Lower the boom at full engine

Key in ADMIN code and confirm .


speed then press

4/7 Lower the boom with the engine running at full revs and the hydraulic control

at the maximum setting and confirm .


CALIB
Completly lower the boom
on the frame

If instructed, fully lower boom and confirm .


then press
4/7

CALIB

< INFO CLOCK LCD OPT DIAG XPERT >


80

Rise stabilizers,
then press

5/7 Fully raise stabilizers and confirm .

Press OK to
Enter Xpert Mode

OK

< RESET ADMIN ERASE CALIB >

SECU
Press OK to Enter
Security
Calibration Mode

OK

ENTER CODE
ADMIN OK + right code

GAUGE

STEP 2
80-04-M179EN (23/04/2018)
ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 5

STEP 5

bb Always keep the load as close to the ground as possible during this operation.

/
With the fork carriage or the bucket and a load. Boom fully retracted and lowered to approximately
20 centimetres from the ground.
CALIB
Use override switch to
extend the boom until rear
axle is lifted then wait 5s
and press
6/7

/
 old down the disable the "aggravating" hydraulic movement cut-off button
H (indicator lamp lit),
and telescope the boom until the rear wheels leave the ground.

Wait 5 seconds and confirm .

STEP 6

CALIB

Retract the boom then


press to store
new calibration
7/7

Retract the telescopes to restore the situation, then press the button to record the new parameters.

80
CHANGING THE MACHINE (MANIMUX POWER) ECU

The machine (MANIMUX POWER) ECU replacement procedure can be found in the PAD Diagnostic
menu e "ECU replacement"

(23/04/2018) 80-04-M179EN
6 ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

"BOOM ANGLE" ANGULAR SENSOR ADJUSTMENT

OPERATION

The «boom angle» sensor transmits information to the computer about the actual position of the boom
in relation to the frame . The potentiometer and all the links fitted between the boom and the frame have
the same operating angle as the boom in relation to the frame actually in operation . The boom angle
potentiometer is fitted with two tracks (two sensors whose range of adjustment is between 0,5 volts
and 4,5 volts reversed one in relation to the other) . If the potentiometer is faulty, incorrectly connected
or badly adjusted, this leads to a fault on the overload indicator and hydraulic movement malfunction .
If there is a fault on the potentiometer, calibration is not possible .

The operating range must be centred in the acceptance range of the potentiometer (0,5 volts to 4,5 volts) .

To consult the electrical characteristics of the angular sensor:

e Group 80 - Electrical characteristics and specifications – data sheets for electrical components.

ON-TRUCK ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE

Key:
A
A - Brake nut and bolt
B B - Potentiometer pin
C - Link
80

b
C

The adjustment must be made without altering the length


of the link (Item C).

1 - Start machine .
Maxi
2 - If the truck is fitted with stabilisers, they must be placed on
the ground in order to increase the lifting angle .

3 - Place the boom in the top position .

80-04-M179EN (23/04/2018)
ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 7

The voltages of each boom angle potentiometer sensor can be viewed on the Cluster screen .

To ascertain the method of displaying these values, please refer to the following chapter:

e Group 80 - Electrical troubleshooting - Input/output conditions.

ANA05 = 04,05 V Example of the values display on the Cluster.


ANA06 = 00,95 V
ANA07 = 00,00 V
ANA08 = 00,00 V
2/5

4 - Loosen the brake nut and bolt (Item A) on the lever .

5 - Using a screwdriver, turn the potentiometer pin (Item B) to obtain the adjustment values defined
below .

Note: The adjustment is done by slightly turning the pin in the lever housing .

Adjustment values to be obtained:

Mini Maxi
Voltage 0 .7 V 4 .3 V

6 - Then tighten the brake nut and bolt (Item A) .

80
7 - Place the boom in the down position (stabilizers retracted) .
Mini

8 - Check that the values are similar to those found in the top boom position and are within the
recommended adjustment range .

9 - Calibrate the boom angle sensor .

e Group 80 - Electrical control and adjustment - Boom angle and strain gauge calibration

(23/04/2018) 80-04-M179EN
8 ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
80

80-04-M179EN (23/04/2018)
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS REFIT

pages

STRAIN GAUGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

80

(12/01/2011) 80-07-M179EN
2 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS REFIT

STRAIN GAUGE

LOCATION:
180°
C

X120

X119

A
80

KEY:

A - Strain gage no. 1


B - Strain gage no. 2
C - Manimux Cluster

bb PREPARATION AND SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

⇒⇒ The wheels must be aligned and the rear axle free from any load (tipped truck).
⇒⇒ The contact surface must be perfectly clean.
⇒⇒ Do not apply any Loctite to the screws.
⇒⇒ Replace the gage if it is defective.
⇒⇒ Store the gauge and axle at the same temperature.
⇒⇒ Wear a mask and gloves when applying adhesive.

80-07-M179EN (12/01/2011)
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS REFIT 3

CHARACTERISTICS OF THE SURFACE OF THE AXLE IN CONTACT WITH THE STRAIN GAUGE

The area in contact with the strain gage should be clean and
free of grease. Use a sander to remove any particles of glue.

CHARACTERISTICS OF PRODUCTS USED


References:
Glue syringe 2x25........................................................................................................................................781595
Mixer................................................................................................................................................................781596
Hand gun........................................................................................................................................................781597

Handling time before start of polymerization and hardening phase = approx. 30 minutes.

bb If product has remained in the mixer for more than 30 minutes, change it.

CHARACTERISTICS OF FASTENING SCREWS

80
The screws used are:

- Screw VM TCHC DIN 912 Class 10.9 M10x50

(12/01/2011) 80-07-M179EN
4 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS REFIT

ASSEMBLY PRECAUTIONS AND TIGHTENING TORQUE

The two parts (strain gage and axle) should be stored at the same temperature before the fitting operation.
Storage time will depend on the thermal inertia of each part (strain gage: 1 hour for ∆T=20°C).

The strain gage should be fitted on an axle that is free from any stress. For this:

1 - Lift the rear axle off the ground with a hydraulic jack (Item 1) (Manitou Part no. 505507).
2 - Make machine secure by positioning two jack stands (2) (Manitou P/N 554772) on either side
of the frame.
3 - Remove the hydraulic jack (Item 1) to fully unload the rear axle.

1 2 3

2
1
2

2
1 2

STEP 1:

Using a gun, apply the two-part mixture to the axle, applying eight knobs of glue as indicated below.

bb
80

Wear a mask and gloves when applying this product.

80-07-M179EN (12/01/2011)
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS REFIT 5

STEP 2:

Place two washers and two M10x50 screws on the strain gage then place the assembly on the axle. Take
care, however, not to put glue on the centre part of the gage.

Area free of glue

STEP 3:

Tightening of the two M10 screws should be done progressively and in the following way:

Honing of threads

Tighten screw No. 1 to a torque of C1=34 N.m (approx.).

Then tighten screw No. 2 to a torque of C1=34 N.m (approx.).


1
Repeat these operations for the other gage.
2
1

80
2

Tightening the gage

Tighten screw No. 1 to the rated torque C = 67 N.m ±5%

Tighten screw No. 2 to the rated torque C = 67 N.m ±5%


1
Repeat these operations for the other gage.

bb
2
1
2

Check with the PAD diagnostic tool.

(12/01/2011) 80-07-M179EN
6 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS REFIT
80

80-07-M179EN (12/01/2011)
ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING

pages

INPUT/OUTPUT STATES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
– CODE READING PRINCIPLE (EXAMPLE FOR OUTOR AND INTOR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
– CODE READING PRINCIPLE (EXAMPLE FOR OUTANA AND INANA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
– “OUTOR” CODE DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
– “INTOR” CODES DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
– “OUTANA” CODES DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
– “INANA” CODES DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
ERROR CODES (DTC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

80

(1/25/2021) 80-08-M179EN
2 ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING

INPUT/OUTPUT STATES

CODE READING PRINCIPLE (Example for OUTOR and INTOR)

< INFO CLOCK LCD OPT DIAG XPERT >

Press OK to
Enter Diag Mode

OK

< IDENT OUTOR INTOR OUTANA INANA FAIL >

Example of screen display


MC

0000 0001
MP1 0101 1010
1001 1111
1101 0100 1/2

MP2

Type of
Component description Line No. Column No. PIN Page Status Consequence
input
0 Door open
Door NO contact 4 3 X148/06 1/2 ON/OFF
1 Door closed

Conclusion:

The MP1 computer unit detects in X148/06 that the door is open.
80

CODE READING PRINCIPLE (Example for OUTANA and INANA)

< IDENT OUTOR INTOR OUTANA INANA FAIL >


Example of screen display
MC

ANA01 = 2,52 A
MP1
ANA02 = 2,53 A
ANA03 = 1,02 A
ANA04 = 2,52 A
1/8

MP2

Component description Line No. Column No. PIN Page


Right indicator light current 3 1 X149/65 1/8

80-08-M179EN (1/25/2021)
ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING 3

“OUTOR” CODE DESCRIPTION

< INFO CLOCK LCD OPT DIAG XPERT >

Press OK to
Enter Diag Mode

OK

< IDENT OUTOR INTOR OUTANA INANA FAIL >

MC Type of
Component description Line No. Column No. PIN Page Status Consequence
input

Fuel electrovalve control relay 0 Powered


1 1 6/16 1/1 ON/OFF
command re-read 1 Not powered
MP1
Intermittent wiper relay command 0
1 2 7/8 1/1 ON/OFF
re-read 1

MP2

80

(1/25/2021) 80-08-M179EN
4 ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING

< IDENT OUTOR INTOR OUTANA INANA FAIL >

MC

MP1 Type of
Component description Line No. Column No. PIN Page Status Consequence
input
/ 1 1 1.01 1/1
0
MP2 CAN gage power supply 1 2 1.31 1/1 ON/OFF
1
/ 1 3 1.35 1/1
/ 1 4 1.65 1/1

APC120 computer unit micro 0


1 5 2.84 1/1 ON/OFF
supply 1
/ 1 6 2.82 1/1
/ 1 7 2.54 1/1
/ 1 8 2.23 1/1
0 Activated
Negative brake control 1 2 1 2.83 1/1 ON/OFF
1 Deactivated
0 Deactivated
Cab lighting control 2 2 2.53 1/1 ON/OFF
1 Activated
0 Powered
Roller power supply voltage 2 3 1.34 1/1 ON/OFF
1 Not powered
1.02 0 Powered
Box pressure sensor power supply
2 4 1.03 1/1 ON/OFF
voltage 1 Not powered
1.32

Accelerator pedal power supply 2.01 0


2 5 1/1 ON/OFF
voltage 2.02 1

Wheel alignment sensor power 2.18 0 Not powered


2 6 1/1 ON/OFF
supply voltage 2.49 1 Powered
80

Box temperature sensor power 0 Not powered


supply voltage 2.19
SAHR pressure switch power 2.20
2 7 1/1 ON/OFF
supply voltage 2.50 1 Powered
Chain boom sensor power supply 2.80
voltage

Boom angle sensor power supply 0 Not powered


2 8 2.21 1/1 ON/OFF
voltage 1 Powered
/ 3 1 2.51 1/1

80-08-M179EN (1/25/2021)
ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING 5

< IDENT OUTOR INTOR OUTANA INANA FAIL >

MC

MP1

MP2 Type of
Component description Line No. Column No. PIN Page Status Consequence
input
/ 1 1 1.01 1/1

Lifting electrovalve power supply 0 Not powered


1 2 1.31 1/1 ON/OFF
voltage 1 Powered

Telescope electrovalve power 0 Not powered


1 3 1.35 1/1 ON/OFF
supply voltage 1 Powered
0
Deflector electrovalve voltage 1 4 1.65 1/1 ON/OFF
1
/ 1 5 2.84 1/1

ORH/RC engine speed relay control 0 OK


1 6 2.82 1/1 ON/OFF
voltage 1 Not OK
0 OK
ORH/RC start relay control voltage 1 7 2.54 1/1 ON/OFF
1 Not OK
/ 1 8 2.23 1/1

Tilting electrovalve power supply 0 Not powered


2 1 2.83 1/1 ON/OFF
voltage 1 Powered

Auxiliary electrovalve power 0 Not powered


2 2 2.53 1/1 ON/OFF
supply voltage 1 Powered
0 Powered
BMEP XT power supply voltage 2 3 1.34 1/1 ON/OFF
1 Not powered
1.02/ 0 Powered

80
BMEP XL power supply voltage 2 4 1.03/ 1/1 ON/OFF
1.32 1 Not powered
2.01/
/ 2 5 1/1
2.02

Intermediate sensor power supply 2.18/ 0 Not powered


2 6 1/1 ON/OFF
voltage 2.49 1 Powered
2.19/
2.20/
/ 2 7 1/1
2.50/
2.80
/ 2 8 2.21 1/1
/ 3 1 2.51 1/1

(1/25/2021) 80-08-M179EN
6 ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING

“INTOR” CODES DESCRIPTION

< INFO CLOCK LCD OPT DIAG XPERT >

Press OK to
Enter Diag Mode

OK

< IDENT OUTOR INTOR OUTANA INANA FAIL >

MC Type of
Component description Line No. Column No. PIN Page Status Consequence
input
0 OK filter
Engine air filter clogged 1 1 4.34 1/1 ON/OFF
1 Clogged filter
MP1
0 OK level
Low brake fluid level 1 2 4.35 1/1 ON/OFF
1 Low level
0 Not OK
Engine oil pressure switch 1 3 4.36 1/1 ON/OFF
MP2 1 OK
0 OK
Engine water thermoswitch 1 4 4.40 1/1 ON/OFF
1 Not OK
0 Brake not pressed
Master cylinder pressure switch 1 5 4.31 1/1 ON/OFF
1 Brake pressed
0 Door closed
Door open contact 1 6 4.39 1/1 ON/OFF
1 Door open
0
External immobilizer 1 7 4.29 1/1 ON/OFF
1
0
Ignition key in position 3 (start) 1 8 4.30 1/1 ON/OFF
1 Key in position
0
Sidelight stalk switch 2 1 3.02 1/1 ON/OFF
1 Lighting request
0
Horn commutator switch 2 2 3.05 1/1 ON/OFF
80

1 Lighting request

Right direction indicator lights 0


2 3 3.08 1/1 ON/OFF
commutator switch 1 Lighting request

Left direction indicator lights 0


2 4 3.09 1/1 ON/OFF
commutator switch 1 Lighting request
0
Headlights commutator switch 2 5 3.04 1/1 ON/OFF
1 Lighting request
0
Dipped beam stalk switch 2 6 3.03 1/1 ON/OFF
1 Lighting request

Intermittent front window wiper 0


2 7 4.28 1/1 ON/OFF
commutator switch 1 Lighting request
0
Ignition key in position 2 (preheat) 2 8 4.17 1/1 ON/OFF
1 Key in position
0
Override Switch 3 1 4.18 1/1 ON/OFF
1 Override request
Alternator OK (engine
0 turning over)
D+ alternator excitation 3 2 4.05 1/1 ON/OFF
Alternator not OK
1 (warning light on)

80-08-M179EN (1/25/2021)
ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING 7

< IDENT OUTOR INTOR OUTANA INANA FAIL >

MC

MP1 Type of
Component description Line No. Column No. PIN Page Status Consequence
input

Right-hand stabilizer pressure 0 Raised


1 1 1.23 1/2 ON/OFF
switch 1 1 Lowered
MP2
Right-hand stabilizer pressure 0 Raised
1 2 1.53 1/2 ON/OFF
switch 2 1 Lowered

Left-hand stabilizer pressure switch 0 Raised


1 3 1.24 1/2 ON/OFF
1 1 Lowered

Left-hand stabiliser pressure switch 0 Raised


1 4 1.54 1/2 ON/OFF
2 1 Lowered
0 Not OK
Presence of water in diesel fuel 1 5 1.25 1/2 ON/OFF
1 OK
0 Pressure OK
Steering assistance pressure switch 1 6 1.55 1/2 ON/OFF
1 Pressure not OK
0 Throttle pedal pressed
Accelerator NO contact 1 7 1.26 1/2 ON/OFF
1 Accelerator released
0
Joystick BP1 1 8 1.56 1/2 ON/OFF
1 Request
0 Seat empty
Seat NO switch 2 1 1.27 1/2 ON/OFF
1 Seat occupied

Telescope working light switch 0


2 2 1.57 1/2 ON/OFF
(TUV option) 1 Lighting request
0 Seat occupied
Seat NC sensor 2 3 2.81 1/2 ON/OFF
1 Seat empty
0 Slack chain

80
Chain boom voltage sensor 2 4 2.22 1/2 ON/OFF
1 Chain OK
0 Boom extended
NO boom retraction sensor 2 5 1.83 1/2 ON/OFF
1 Boom retracted
0 Boom retracted
NC retract boom sensor 2 6 1.84 1/2 ON/OFF
1 Boom extended
0
Joystick R1 + direction 2 7 1.85 1/2 ON/OFF
1 Request
0
Joystick R1 - direction 2 8 1.86 1/2 ON/OFF
1 Request
0
Joystick R2 + direction 3 1 1.87 1/2 ON/OFF
1 Request
0
Joystick R2 - direction 3 2 1.88 1/2 ON/OFF
1 Request
0
Joystick BP2 3 3 1.89 1/2 ON/OFF
1 Request
0
Joystick Bp+ 3 4 1.58 1/2 ON/OFF
1 Request

(1/25/2021) 80-08-M179EN
8 ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING

(Continued)
Type of
Component description Line No. Column No. PIN Page Status Consequence
input
0 Forced to neutral
HD_IHM_BP Declutch ON/OFF Gear engaged (PB
1
released)
0 No request
HD_IHM_JoystickBp- 3 5 1.29 1/2 ON/OFF
1 Request
0 No request
Joystick Forward 3 6 1.59 1/2 ON/OFF
1 Request
0
Joystick Reverse 3 7 1.30 1/2 ON/OFF
1 Request
0 OK filter
Hydraulic clogging filter contact 3 8 1.60 1/2 ON/OFF
1 Clogged filter
/ 4 1 1.04 1/2
0 Released
Accelerator NC contact 4 2 1.05 1/2 ON/OFF
1 Pressed
0 Door open
Door NO contact 4 3 1.06 1/2 ON/OFF
1 Door closed
0 Movement request
L+ Lifting contact B 4 4 1.07 1/2 ON/OFF
1 No movement
0 Movement request
L- Lowering contact A 4 5 1.09 1/2 ON/OFF
1 No movement
0 Movement request
L- Tilting contact B 4 6 1.10 1/2 ON/OFF
1 No movement
0 No movement
L+ Tilting contact A 4 7 2.88 1/2 ON/OFF
1 Movement request
0 Movement request
D- Leveling contact B 4 8 2.03 1/2 ON/OFF
1 No movement
0 No movement
D+ Leveling contact A 1 1 2.33 2/2 ON/OFF
1 Movement request

Right+ stabilizer lowering contact 0 No movement


1 2 2.04 2/2 ON/OFF
A 1 Movement request
80

0 No movement
Left- Stabilizer lifting contact B 1 3 2.34 2/2 ON/OFF
1 Movement request
0 No movement
Right- stabilizer lifting contact B 1 4 2.64 2/2 ON/OFF
1 Movement request
0 No movement
Left+ Stabilizer lowering contact A 1 5 2.05 2/2 ON/OFF
1 Movement request
0 Pressure OK
Gearbox oil pressure switch 1 6 2.27 2/2 ON/OFF
1 Pressure not OK
0
Cooling liquid level 1 7 2.57 2/2 ON/OFF
1
Pressure (movement
0
under way)
Walvoil safety valve pressure switch 1 8 2.28 2/2 ON/OFF
No pressure (no
1
movement)

Brake assistance pressure switch 0 Pressure OK


2 1 2.29 2/2 ON/OFF
(TUV option) 1 Pressure not OK
0 Not implemented
P1 platform overload (category 3) 2 2 2.30 2/2 ON/OFF
1

80-08-M179EN (1/25/2021)
ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING 9

< IDENT OUTOR INTOR OUTANA INANA FAIL >

MC

MP1

Type of
MP2 Component description Line No. Column No. PIN Page Status Consequence
input
/ 1 1 1.23 1/1
/ 1 2 1.53 1/1
/ 1 3 1.24 1/1
/ 1 4 1.54 1/1

Intermediary Inductive 1 (ORH 0 Boom extended


1 5 1.25 1/1 ON/OFF
option) 1 Boom retracted

Intermediary Inductive 2 (ORH 0 Boom extended


1 6 1.55 1/1 ON/OFF
option) 1 Boom retracted

Lifting proportional electrovalve 0 Status OK


1 7 1.26 1/1 ON/OFF
status 1 Status not OK

Tilting proportional electrovalve 0 Status OK


1 8 1.56 1/1 ON/OFF
status 1 Status not OK

Auxiliary proportional electrovalve 0 Status OK


2 1 1.27 1/1 ON/OFF
status 1 Status not OK

Telescope proportional 0 Status OK


2 2 1.57 1/1 ON/OFF
electrovalve status 1 Status not OK
/ 2 3 1.83 1/1
/ 2 4 1.84 1/1

Boom 1 suspension pressure 0


2 5 1.85 1/1 ON/OFF
switch 1 Boom supported
0

80
Boom 2 suspension pressure
2 6 1.86 1/1 ON/OFF
switch 1 Boom supported
/ 2 7 1.87 1/1
/ 2 8 1.88 1/1
/ 3 1 1.89 1/1
/ 3 2 1.58 1/1
0 Gear not engaged
HDRO engaged gear sensor 3 3 1.29 1/1 ON/OFF
1 Gear engaged
/ 3 4 1.59 1/1

Ignition rescue setting (ORH 0


3 5 1.30 1/1 ON/OFF
option) 1 SOS request
/ 3 6 1.60 1/1

ORH Hydraulic Request Source 0 Not activated


3 7 1.04 1/1 ON/OFF
Selection (ORH option) 1 Activated

RC Hydraulic Request Source 0 Not activated


3 8 1.05 1/1 ON/OFF
Selection (RC option) 1 Activated
0
Rescue button (ORH option) 4 1 1.06 1/1 ON/OFF
1 Rescue request

(1/25/2021) 80-08-M179EN
10 ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING

“OUTANA” CODES DESCRIPTION

< INFO CLOCK LCD OPT DIAG XPERT >

Press OK to
Enter Diag Mode

OK

< IDENT OUTOR INTOR OUTANA INANA FAIL >

MC Component description Line No. Column No. PIN Page


/ / / / 1/1

MP1

MP2
80

80-08-M179EN (1/25/2021)
ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING 11

< IDENT OUTOR INTOR OUTANA INANA FAIL >

MC

MP1 Component description Line No. Column No. PIN Page


Forward electrovalve current 1 1 1.62 1/8
Reverse electrovalve current 2 1 1.63 1/8

MP2 Right indicator light current 3 1 2.65 1/8


Trailer reverse light current 4 1 2.66 1/8
Trailer fog light current 1 1 2.67 2/8
Trailer left indicator light current 2 1 2.68 2/8
/ 3 1 2.69 2/8
SAHR 2 electrovalve current 4 1 2.40/2.70 2/8
Safety Valve current (VS) 1 1 1.61 3/8
Trailer stop light current 2 1 1.64 3/8
Stop light current 3 1 2.42/2.72 3/8
Left sidelight current 4 1 2.14/2.15/2.45/2.75 3/8
Reverse light current 1 1 2.44/2.75 4/8
Left indicator light current 2 1 2.43/2.73 4/8
EVTDF current 3 1 2.77 4/8
Right dipped beam current 4 1 2.48/2.78 4/8
Fog light current 1 1 2.79 5/8
Right sidelight current 2 1 2.16/2.17/2.46/2.76 5/8
Left working light current 3 1 2.87 5/8
Right working light current 4 1 2.59/2.89 5/8
Horn current 1 1 2.90 6/8
Right dipped beam current 2 1 2.60 6/8
Left headlight current 3 1 2.31 6/8

80
Right headlight current 4 1 2.61 6/8
Rotating beacon light current 1 1 2.62 7/8
Left dipped beam current 2 1 2.63 7/8
Walvoil EVRD current 3 1 1.66/1.36 7/8
Walvoil direction A auxiliary current 4 1 1.67/1.37 7/8
Walvoil direction B auxiliary current 1 1 1.68/1.38 8/8
Walvoil telescoping output current 2 1 1.69/1.39 8/8
Walvoil telescoping retract current 3 1 1.70/1.40 8/8

(1/25/2021) 80-08-M179EN
12 ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING

< IDENT OUTOR INTOR OUTANA INANA FAIL >

MC

MP1

MP2 Component description Line No. Column No. PIN Page


Boom descent movement discharge electrovalve current 1 1 1.62 1/7
/ 2 1 1.63 1/7
Telescope suspension electrovalve 1 current 3 1 2.65 1/7
HDRO rapid speed electrovalve current 4 1 2.66 1/7
Telescope suspension electrovalve 2 current 1 1 2.67 2/7
HDRO slow gear electrovalve current 2 1 2.68 2/7
HDRO motion direction electrovalve current 3 1 2.69 2/7
Danfoss load-shedding electrovalve current 4 1 2.40/2.70 2/7
Left rear axle locking electrovalve current 1 1 1.61 3/7
Right rear axle locking electrovalve current 2 1 1.64 3/7
Danfoss right outrigger electrovalve current 3 1 2.42/2.72 3/7
/ 4 1 2.14/2.15/2.45/2.75 3/7
Danfoss left outrigger electrovalve current 1 1 2.44/2.75 4/7
Danfoss leveling electrovalve current 2 1 2.43/2.73 4/7
/ 3 1 2.77 4/7
/ 4 1 2.48/2.78 4/7
/ 1 1 2.79 5/7
/ 2 1 2.16/2.17/2.46/2.76 5/7
/ 3 1 2.87 5/7
/ 4 1 2.59/2.89 5/7
80

HDRO slow gear electrovalve current 1 1 2.90 6/7


Danfoss telescope electrovalve 2 1 2.85 6/7
Danfoss auxiliary electrovalve 3 1 2.26 6/7
Danfoss lifting electrovalve 4 1 2.86 6/7
Danfoss tilting electrovalve 1 1 2.56 7/7

80-08-M179EN (1/25/2021)
ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING 13

“INANA” CODES DESCRIPTION

< INFO CLOCK LCD OPT DIAG XPERT >

Press OK to
Enter Diag Mode

OK

< IDENT OUTOR INTOR OUTANA INANA FAIL >

MC Component description Line No. Column No. PIN Page


Fuel gage 1 1 27 1/1
Engine speed 2 1 37 1/1

MP1

MP2

< IDENT OUTOR INTOR OUTANA INANA FAIL >

MC

MP1 Component description Line No. Column No. PIN Page


Joystick R1 1 1 1.19 1/5

80
Joystick R2 2 1 1.49 1/5

MP2 Forward pressure sensor 3 1 1.79 1/5


Reverse pressure sensor 4 1 1.20 1/5
Boom angle tension 1 1 1 1.50 2/5
Boom angle tension 2 2 1 1.80 2/5
Analogue accelerator pedal (PSRO9I) 3 1 1.21 2/5
/ 4 1 1.51 2/5
/ 1 1 2.06 3/5
/ 2 1 2.37 3/5
/ 3 1 2.07 3/5
SAHR pressure switch 4 1 2.09 3/5
Gearbox oil temperature (PSR09) 1 1 2.10 4/5
Front wheel alignment sensor 2 1 2.11 4/5
Rear wheel alignment sensor 3 1 2.41 4/5
/ 4 1 2.71 4/5
Boom inductive sensor at chain 1 1 1 2.39 5/5
Boom inductive sensor at chain 2 2 1 2.08 5/5
LSS Signal 3 1 2.24 5/5

(1/25/2021) 80-08-M179EN
14 ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING

< IDENT OUTOR INTOR OUTANA INANA FAIL >

MC

MP1

MP2 Component description Line No. Column No. PIN Page


Joystick XL1 1 1 1.19 1/3
Joystick XT1 2 1 1.49 1/3
/ 3 1 1.79 1/3
Tilting X signal 4 1 1.20 1/3
Joystick XL2 1 1 1.50 2/3
Joystick XT2 2 1 1.80 2/3
Inclinometer Y signal 3 1 1.21 2/3
/ 4 1 1.51 2/3
LSS Signal 1 1 2.24 3/3
80

80-08-M179EN (1/25/2021)
ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING 15

ERROR CODES (DTC)

< INFO CLOCK LCD OPT DIAG XPERT >

Press OK to
Enter Diag Mode

OK

< IDENT OUTOR INTOR OUTANA INANA FAIL >

MC AFFICHAGE
SUIVANT
CONTEXTE
- N° DTC
- État DTC
- Date DTC
- Heure DTC
- Nombre DTC

MP1 AFFICHAGE
SUIVANT
CONTEXTE
- N° DTC
- État DTC
- Date DTC
- Heure DTC
- Nombre DTC

MP2 AFFICHAGE
SUIVANT
CONTEXTE

- N° DTC
- État DTC
- Date DTC
- Heure DTC
- Nombre DTC

80
Error Code FMI Error Code P1 Error Code
020010 2 Danfoss lifting electrovalve servo control error S (system output)
020012 2 Danfoss tilting electrovalve servo control error S (system output)
020014 2 Danfoss telescope electrovalve servo control error S (system output)
020017 2 Danfoss auxiliary electrovalve servo control error S (system output)
030001 3 reversing buzzer battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
030002 3 horn battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
03000A 3 forward electrovalve battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
03000B 3 reverse electrovalve battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
03000C 3 Walvoil lowering control PWM electrovalve battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
03001B 3 slope deflector battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
03001D 3 right stab deflector battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
03001F 3 left stab deflector battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
030022 3 VAP1 deflector battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
030023 3 VAP2 deflector battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
030024 3 VAP3 deflector battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
030025 3 VAP12 deflector battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
030026 3 PWM Auxiliary 1 electrovalve battery voltage short circuit S (system output)

(1/25/2021) 80-08-M179EN
16 ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING

Error Code FMI Error Code P1 Error Code


030027 3 PWM Auxiliary 2 electrovalve battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
030028 3 PWM Telescope 1 electrovalve battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
030029 3 PWM Telescope 2 electrovalve battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
03002A 3 power control on/off electrovalve battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
03002B 3 VBE 1 electrovalve battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
03002D 3 boom 1 suspension electrovalve battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
03002E 3 boom 2 suspension electrovalve battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
03002F 3 hydrostatic high speed electrovalve battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
030030 3 hydrostatic snail speed electrovalve battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
030031 3 hydrostatic motion direction electrovalve battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
030032 3 hydrostatic low speed electrovalve battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
030039 3 boom head electrovalve battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
03003A 3 safety valve 2 electrovalve battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
030064 3 stop light battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
030065 3 left worklight battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
030066 3 reversing light battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
030067 3 rear fog light battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
030069 3 left sidelight battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
03006A 3 right sidelight battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
03006B 3 left dipped beam battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
03006C 3 left headlight battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
03006D 3 left turn signal battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
03006E 3 right turn signal battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
030078 3 rotating beacon light battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
03007A 3 VBE 2 electrovalve battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
03007B 3 trailer stop light battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
03007C 3 right worklight battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
03007D 3 trailer reversing light battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
03007E 3 trailer rear fog light battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
03007F 3 right dipped beam battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
030080 3 right headlight battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
030081 3 left trailer turn signal battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
80

030082 3 right trailer turn signal battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
030083 3 discharge valve battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
03008F 3 SAHR 2 battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
040001 4 reversing buzzer ground short circuit S (system output)
040002 4 horn ground short circuit S (system output)
04000A 4 forward electrovalve ground short circuit S (system output)
04000B 4 reverse electrovalve ground short circuit S (system output)
04000C 4 Walvoil lowering control PWM electrovalve ground short circuit S (system output)
040011 4 lifting electrovalve power supply ground short circuit S (system output)
040013 4 tilting electrovalve power supply ground short circuit S (system output)
040016 4 Danfoss Telescope electrovalve power supply ground short circuit S (system output)
040019 4 Danfoss auxiliary electrovalve power supply ground short circuit S (system output)
04001A 4 Danfoss auxiliary deflector ground short circuit S (system output)
04001B 4 slope deflector ground short circuit S (system output)
04001D 4 rear stab ground short circuit S (system output)
04001F 4 left stab deflector ground short circuit S (system output)
040022 4 VAP1 deflector ground short circuit S (system output)
040023 4 VAP2 deflector ground short circuit S (system output)
040024 4 VAP3 deflector ground short circuit S (system output)

80-08-M179EN (1/25/2021)
ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING 17

Error Code FMI Error Code P1 Error Code


040025 4 VAP12 deflector ground short circuit S (system output)
040026 4 PWM Auxiliary 1 electrovalve ground short circuit S (system output)
040027 4 PWM Auxiliary 2 electrovalve ground short circuit S (system output)
040028 4 PWM Telescope 1 PWM electrovalve ground short circuit S (system output)
040029 4 PWM Telescope 2 PWM electrovalve ground short circuit S (system output)
04002A 4 power control on/off electrovalve ground short circuit S (system output)
04002B 4 VBE 1 electrovalve ground short circuit S (system output)
04002D 4 boom 1 suspension electrovalve ground short circuit S (system output)
04002E 4 boom 2 suspension electrovalve ground short circuit S (system output)
04002F 4 hydrostatic high speed electrovalve ground short circuit S (system output)
040030 4 hydrostatic snail speed electrovalve ground short circuit S (system output)
040031 4 hydrostatic motion direction electrovalve ground short circuit S (system output)
040032 4 hydrostatic low speed electrovalve ground short circuit S (system output)
040039 4 boom head electrovalve ground short circuit S (system output)
04003A 4 safety valve 2 electrovalve ground short circuit S (system output)
04003B 4 APC120 logic power supply ground short circuit S (system output)
040064 4 stop light ground short circuit S (system output)
040065 4 left worklight ground short circuit S (system output)
040066 4 reversing light ground short circuit S (system output)
040067 4 rear fog light ground short circuit S (system output)
040068 4 cab light ground short circuit S (system output)
040069 4 left sidelight ground short circuit S (system output)
04006A 4 right sidelight ground short circuit S (system output)
04006B 4 left dipped beam ground short circuit S (system output)
04006C 4 left headlight ground short circuit S (system output)
04006D 4 left turn signal ground short circuit S (system output)
04006E 4 right turn signal ground short circuit S (system output)
040078 4 rotating beacon light ground short circuit S (system output)
04007A 4 VBE 2 electrovalve ground short circuit S (system output)
04007B 4 trailer stop light ground short circuit S (system output)
04007C 4 right worklight ground short circuit S (system output)
04007D 4 trailer reversing light ground short circuit S (system output)

80
04007E 4 trailer rear fog light ground short circuit S (system output)
04007F 4 right dipped beam ground short circuit S (system output)
040080 4 right headlight ground short circuit S (system output)
040081 4 left trailer turn signal ground short circuit S (system output)
040082 4 right trailer turn signal ground short circuit S (system output)
040083 4 discharge valve ground short circuit S (system output)
04008C 4 engine speed relay ground short circuit S (system output)
04008D 4 engine start relay ground short circuit S (system output)
04008E 4 SAHR1 ground short circuit S (system output)
04008F 4 SAHR 2 ground short circuit S (system output)
0400CA 4 fuel electrovalve output short circuit S (system output)
0400CD 4 windshield wiper output ground short circuit S (system output)
04014C 4 CAN gage power supply ground short circuit S (system output)
040157 4 DPF regeneration switch lighting output ground short circuit S (system output)
050001 5 reversing buzzer open circuit S (system output)
050002 5 horn open circuit S (system output)
05000A 5 forward electrovalve open circuit S (system output)
05000B 5 reverse electrovalve open circuit S (system output)
05000C 5 Walvoil lowering control PWM electrovalve open circuit S (system output)

(1/25/2021) 80-08-M179EN
18 ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING

Error Code FMI Error Code P1 Error Code


05001A 5 Danfoss auxiliary deflector battery voltage open circuit or short circuit S (system output)
05001B 5 slope deflector open circuit S (system output)
05001D 5 right stab deflector open circuit S (system output)
05001F 5 left stab deflector open circuit S (system output)
050022 5 VAP1 deflector open circuit S (system output)
050023 5 VAP2 deflector open circuit S (system output)
050024 5 VAP3 deflector open circuit S (system output)
050025 5 VAP12 deflector open circuit S (system output)
050026 5 PWM Auxiliary 1 electrovalve open circuit S (system output)
050027 5 PWM Auxiliary 2 electrovalve open circuit S (system output)
050028 5 PWM Telescope 1 electrovalve open circuit S (system output)
050029 5 PWM Telescope 2 electrovalve open circuit S (system output)
05002A 5 power control on/off electrovalve open circuit S (system output)
05002B 5 VBE 1 electrovalve open circuit S (system output)
05002D 5 boom 1 suspension electrovalve open circuit S (system output)
05002E 5 boom 2 suspension electrovalve open circuit S (system output)
05002F 5 hydrostatic high speed electrovalve open circuit S (system output)
050030 5 hydrostatic snail speed electrovalve open circuit S (system output)
050031 5 hydrostatic motion direction electrovalve open circuit S (system output)
050032 5 hydrostatic low speed electrovalve open circuit S (system output)
050039 5 boom head electrovalve open circuit S (system output)
05003A 5 safety valve 2 electrovalve open circuit S (system output)
05003B 5 APC120 logic power supply electrovalve open circuit S (system output)
050064 5 stop light open circuit S (system output)
050066 5 reversing light open circuit S (system output)
050067 5 rear fog light open circuit S (system output)
050069 5 left sidelight open circuit S (system output)
05006A 5 right sidelight open circuit S (system output)
05006B 5 left dipped beam open circuit S (system output)
05006C 5 left headlight open circuit S (system output)
05006D 5 left turn signal open circuit S (system output)
05006E 5 right turn signal open circuit S (system output)
80

050078 5 rotating beacon light open circuit S (system output)


05007A 5 VBE 2 electrovalve open circuit S (system output)
05007F 5 right dipped beam open circuit S (system output)
050080 5 right headlight open circuit S (system output)
05008C 5 engine speed relay battery voltage open circuit or short circuit S (system output)
05008D 5 engine start relay battery voltage open circuit or short circuit S (system output)
05008E 5 SAHR 1 battery voltage open circuit or short circuit S (system output)
05008F 5 SAHR 2 open circuit S (system output)
0500CA 5 diesel electrovalve output battery voltage open circuit or short circuit S (system output)
0500CD 5 windshield wiper output battery voltage open circuit or short circuit S (system output)
05014C 5 CAN gage power supply battery voltage open circuit or short circuit S (system output)
22001E 2 forward gearbox pressure voltage out of range E (system input)
220020 2 reverse gearbox pressure voltage out of range E (system input)
220026 2 Out of range Y inclinometer E (system input)
220028 2 Out of range fuel level E (system input)
220032 2 Out of range X inclinometer E (system input)
230015 3 sensor C1 battery voltage short circuit E (system input)
230027 3 platform 1 presence sensor battery voltage short circuit E (system input)
230028 3 platform 2 presence sensor battery voltage short circuit E (system input)

80-08-M179EN (1/25/2021)
ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING 19

Error Code FMI Error Code P1 Error Code


23002E 3 sensor 2 battery voltage short circuit E (system input)
230130 3 Chain boom tire limitation sensor 1 above range E (system input)
230131 3 Chain boom tire limitation mid-travel sensor 2 above range E (system input)
240015 4 C1 sensor ground open circuit or short circuit E (system input)
240027 4 platform 1 presence sensor ground open circuit or short circuit E (system input)
240028 4 platform 2 presence ground open circuit or short circuit E (system input)
24002E 4 C2 sensor ground open circuit or short circuit E (system input)
240130 4 Chain boom tire limitation sensor 1 below range E (system input)
240131 4 Chain boom tire limitation mid-travel sensor 2 below range E (system input)
240146 4 DPF regeneration inhibit switch fault E (system input)
240147 4 DPF regeneration force switch fault E (system input)
260069 6 Override switch fault E (system input)
28000B 8 Speed sensor error E (system input)
2D0011 13 Boom 1 angle calibration error E (system input)
2D0012 13 Boom 2 angle calibration error E (system input)
2D0024 13 Accelerator pedal calibration error E (system input)
2D003C 13 XL1 calibration error E (system input)
2D003D 13 XT1 calibration error E (system input)
2D003E 13 Roller1 calibration error E (system input)
2D003F 13 Roller2 calibration error E (system input)
2D0045 13 XL2 calibration error E (system input)
2D0046 13 XT2 calibration error E (system input)
2D014A 13 Right stabilizer pressure signal out of range E (system input)
2D014B 13 Left stabilizer pressure signal out of range E (system input)
420006 2 Frequency sensor power supply voltage out of range A (system power supply)
420007 2 Boom angle sensor power supply voltage out of range A (system power supply)
42000A 2 Box pressure sensor power supply voltage out of range A (system power supply)
42000B 2 XL BMEP power supply voltage out of range A (system power supply)
42000D 2 JSM roller power supply voltage out of range A (system power supply)
42000E 2 XT BMEP power supply voltage out of range A (system power supply)
420015 2 Chain tension fault detection sensors power supply out of range A (system power supply)
420016 2 Chain boom tire limitation mid-travel sensors power supply out of range A (system power supply)

80
440001 4 wheel alignment sensor power supply ground short circuit A (system power supply)
440008 4 telescope sequence sensor power supply ground short circuit A (system power supply)
440010 4 analog stabilizer sensor power supply ground short circuit A (system power supply)
440011 4 gearbox temperature probe power supply ground short circuit A (system power supply)
440012 4 boom interm sensor power supply ground short circuit A (system power supply)
440014 4 SAHR pressure switch sensor power supply ground short circuit A (system power supply)
450001 5 wheel alignment sensor power supply battery voltage open circuit or short circuit A (system power supply)
450008 5 telescope sequence sensor power supply battery voltage open circuit or short circuit A (system power supply)
gearbox temperature sensor power supply battery voltage open circuit or short
450011 5 A (system power supply)
circuit
450012 5 boom interm sensor power supply battery voltage open circuit or short circuit A (system power supply)
SAHR pressure switch sensor power supply battery voltage open circuit or short
450014 5 A (system power supply)
circuit
730000 19 Manimux CAN dialog error (Cluster) C (communication)
7303E8 19 Manimux Power 1 CAN dialog error C (communication)
7303E9 19 CAN J1939 transmission dialog error C (communication)
7307D0 19 Manimux Power2 CAN dialog error C (communication)
7307D1 19 RC Open CAN dialog error C (communication)
7307D2 19 ORH Open CAN dialog error C (communication)

(1/25/2021) 80-08-M179EN
20 ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING

Error Code FMI Error Code P1 Error Code


7307D3 19 Attachment recognition Open CAN dialog error C (communication)
7307D8 19 Engine computer communication fault C (communication)
7307D9 19 Option computer communication fault C (communication)
800000 0 Cluster ECU overheat I (internal fault)
8003E8 0 Power 1 ECU overheat I (internal fault)
8007D0 0 Power 2 ECU overheat I (internal fault)
820001 2 Ground power supply out of range (cluster) I (internal fault)
820002 2 Wired strain gage 1 fault I (internal fault)
820003 2 Wired strain gage 2 fault I (internal fault)
8203E9 2 Ground power supply out of range (power 1) I (internal fault)
8203EC 2 VAOP out of range (power 1) I (internal fault)
8207D1 2 Ground power supply out of range (power 2) I (internal fault)
8207D4 2 VAOP out of range (power 2) I (internal fault)
8303ED 3 Smart PWM (Power 1) battery voltage short circuit I (internal fault)
8307D3 3 Relay 2 not working (power 2) I (internal fault)
8307D5 3 Smart PWM (Power 2) battery voltage short circuit I (internal fault)
8403ED 4 Smart PWM (power 1) ground short circuit I (internal fault)
8407D5 4 Smart PWM (power 2) ground short circuit I (internal fault)
8703EA 7 Relay 1 not working (power 1) I (internal fault)
8707D2 7 Relay 1 not working (power 2) I (internal fault)
A00003 0 High engine water temperature F (system function)
A00006 0 High transmission oil temperature F (system function)
A00007 0 Air filter clogged F (system function)
A00008 0 Hydraulic filter clogged F (system function)
A00009 0 Engine overspeed F (system function)
A0000C 0 Walvoil flow reduction electrovalve speed greater than reference time (VRD slow) F (system function)
A003F1 0 Overspeed F (system function)
A10002 1 Low engine oil pressure F (system function)
A10004 1 Low brake liquid level F (system function)
A10005 1 Low transmission oil pressure F (system function)
A1000C 1 Walvoil flow reduction electrovalve speed less than reference time (VRD fast) F (system function)
A10051 1 Alternator charge fault F (system function)
80

A1046A 1 Steering assistance default F (system function)


A1048A 1 Braking power assistance fault F (system function)
A20000 2 Wired strain gage consistency fault F (system function)
A203E8 2 JSM inconsistency F (system function)
A203EC 2 Accelerator inconsistency F (system function)
A203EF 2 Boom angle inconsistency F (system function)
A203F0 2 Door contact inconsistency F (system function)
A203F4 2 Boom retraction sensor inconsistency F (system function)
A203FE 2 Roller 1 contacts R1 inconsistency F (system function)
A203FF 2 Roller 2 contacts R2 inconsistency F (system function)
A20400 2 Tilt contacts inconsistency fault F (system function)
A20401 2 Slope contacts inconsistency fault F (system function)
A20402 2 Lift contacts inconsistency fault F (system function)
A20408 2 Pressure fault detected, safety valve blocked closed F (system function)
A2040A 2 DPF switch inconsistency F (system function)
A204B0 2 CAN strain gage 1 fault F (system function)
A204B1 2 CAN strain gage 2 fault F (system function)
A204B4 2 CAN strain gage consistency fault F (system function)
A207D0 2 Telescope sequence error F (system function)

80-08-M179EN (1/25/2021)
ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING 21

Error Code FMI Error Code P1 Error Code


A207D1 2 Inconsistency sensor C1 C2 F (system function)
A7013C 2 Chain boom voltage fault F (system function)
AD048B 13 Non-calibrated lowering time F (system function)
AE048D 14 Switching to SORH mode F (system function)

80

(1/25/2021) 80-08-M179EN
22 ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING
80

80-08-M179EN (1/25/2021)
ELECTRICAL SPECIFIC TOOLING

pages

DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
BREAKOUT BOXES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
ELECTROVALVE ADAPTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

80

(17/10/2016) 80-09-M179EN
2 ELECTRICAL SPECIFIC TOOLING

DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS
80

Diagnostic case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .947349


Diagnostic case (Russia specific) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .947350

Consisting of:
1 - Tablet (with accessories and cables). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 895845 / 947351 (Russia specific)
2 - Styli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 947208
3 - Stylus strap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 947355
4 - VCI (Vehicle Communication Interface / PAD) (with USB cable and OBD) . . . . . 895986
5 - OBD Diag. cable Manitou . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 947201
6 - USB cable/Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 947202
7 - Battery (6 cells: 8h) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 947206
8 - Mains power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 947353
9 - Transport case (not shown) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 947345

Sold separately:
10 - Docking station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 947354
11 - Legacy Diag. cable Manitou. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 947204
12 - Battery (9 cells: 17h) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 947207
80-09-M179EN (17/10/2016)
ELECTRICAL SPECIFIC TOOLING 3

CONNECTIONS TO THE LIFT TRUCK

CASE 1

PAD
VCI

Note: Cable P/N 947201 enables diagnostics to be carried out on the entire machine.

PAD

EDL
USB

Note: Case P/N 894942 can be used to diagnose the engine, e ENGINE ADAPTATION BOX.

80
2

1
3

Adaptation kit for engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .894942

Consisting of:
1 - EDL communication box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 894937
2 - OBD electrical cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 894940
3 - USB electrical cable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 894938
(17/10/2016) 80-09-M179EN
4 ELECTRICAL SPECIFIC TOOLING

BREAKOUT BOXES

Breakout box kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 785503

Consisting of:

1 - 1 breakout box (DT connectors) ..........................................................................................785504


2 - 1 breakout box (DTM connectors) ......................................................................................785505

ELECTROVALVE ADAPTER
80

Solenoid adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .662196

80-09-M179EN (17/10/2016)
DRIVER'S CAB

- DRIVER'S CAB REFIT

85
DRIVER'S CAB REFIT

pages

CAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
–– LOCATION OF COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
–– MOUNTING THE CAB ON SILENT BLOCKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
–– ELECTRICAL CONNECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
–– HYDRAULIC CONNECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

85

(11/01/2011) 85-07-M179EN
2 DRIVER'S CAB REFIT

CAB

LOCATION OF COMPONENTS

B
E

C
B

Key:

A - Cab
B - Front silent blocks
C - Rear silent blocks
D - Steering selector
85

E - Steering pump
F - Master cylinder

Specific tooling:

• Cab lifting system


• Cab weight = about 500 Kg

85-07-M179EN (11/01/2011)
DRIVER'S CAB REFIT 3

MOUNTING THE CAB ON SILENT BLOCKS


A

Position the lifting system (Item 1) on the cab "A".

Important. The space to position the cab is limited.

Lift the cab up and place it on the frame.

Watch out for the gear lever hole (Item 2) when installing the cab.

2
85
Fit and centre the front silent blocks " B ".

(11/01/2011) 85-07-M179EN
4 DRIVER'S CAB REFIT

Fit and centre the rear silent blocks "C" on the frame (Item 3).

C
C

Insert the screws (Item 4) and washers (Item 5).

Using a bar (Item 6) positioned in the hole that is common to the


cab and the frame, form a lever to facilitate insertion of 2 screws.
6

Tighten the silent blocks screws ("B" & "C") according to the
85

specified torque.

Tightening torque:

- B : 140 N.m +/- 10%


- C : 140 N.m +/- 10%

85-07-M179EN (11/01/2011)
DRIVER'S CAB REFIT 5

ELECTRICAL CONNECTION

Ground point between the cab and the frame (Item 1).

The ground point of the cab harness (Item 2).

4 3

Connect the electrical connections (Item 3) located around the


wiring unit then screw the housing (Item 4) on the cab.

4
85

(11/01/2011) 85-07-M179EN
6 DRIVER'S CAB REFIT

HYDRAULIC CONNECTION

Connect the hydraulic hoses to the steering selector "D".

D
T
"T" : Towards the front axle assembly, right side
B A "A": Towards the rear axle assembly, left side
P "B": Towards the rear axle assembly, right side
"P": Towards the steering pump "E" (Via ‘R’)

Connect the hydraulic hoses to the steering pump " E ".


T
E
L P "Ls": Towards the master cylinder (Via ‘L1’)
R "T": Towards the oil tank
"P": Towards the hydraulic pump (Via ‘CF’)
LS
   Towards the feed block and accumulator (Via ‘P1’)
"L": Towards the left side front axle assembly
"R": Towards the wheel selection distributor (Via ‘P’)
85

85-07-M179EN (11/01/2011)
DRIVER'S CAB REFIT 7

Connect the hydraulic hoses to the " F ".


R
"P" : Towards the feed block and accumulator (Via ‘U2’)
B
"B": Towards the front and rear disc brakes
F N L.1
"L1" : Towards the steering pump " E " (Via ‘Ls’)
L
"L": Towards the hydraulic pump (Via ‘Ls’)
P
"N": Towards the hydraulic tank
   Towards the feed block and accumulator (Via ‘T’)
"R": Towards the brake fluid tank

85

(11/01/2011) 85-07-M179EN
8 DRIVER'S CAB REFIT
85

85-07-M179EN (11/01/2011)
OPTIONS - ATTACHMENTS

A - INCHING OPTION:

- CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS

- SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

- COMPONENTS LOCATION

- CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

B - AIR CONDITIONING OPTION UP TO MACHINE NO. 971080:

- COMPONENTS LOCATION

- CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

C - AIR-CONDITIONING OPTION FROM MACHINE NO. 971081:

- CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS

- COMPONENTS LOCATION

- CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

- AIR CONDITIONING REMOVAL - REFIT

- AIR CONDITIONING TROUBLESHOOTING

110
INCHING OPTION

pages

CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2


–– ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A5
–– MT + MT-X 1440 / 1840 INCHING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A5
–– MT A + MT-X A 1440 / 1840 INCHING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A29
COMPONENT LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A59
–– MT + MT-X 1440 / 1840 INCHING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A59
–– MT A + MT-X A 1440 / 1840 INCHING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A67
CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A75
–– INCHING OPTION PEDAL POTENTIOMETER SETTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A75

110

(06/11/2018) 110-01-M179EN
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND
A2 SPECIFICATIONS INCHING OPTION

CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS

ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS
Item Diagram Item Diagram Item Diagram

X21 1 X53 1 X70 2

2 2 1

X54 1
6
X71 1
5 2 4
X31 2
4 3
1
2
3
X55
B
A
C

X72 1
6 2 4
3
5
X32
4 X56
1
B
2 A
3 C

X75 1
2
X57 2
6 1
5
X35 X76
4 1
2
1
2

1
2 X58
3 1
2

X77
A

X60 1 B

6
5 2
X36
4 X78
1
2 A

3 X62 1
B

X79
A
X37 2
B

X65 3
1
2
1
X80
A
X38 1 B

2
X66 3
2 X81
X39 1 A
B

1 12 X82
4 2 11
3 3 10
A
B

X40 2 4 9
110

1 5 8
5 X67 6 7
6
7 X83
8 A
B

110-01-M179EN (06/11/2018)
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND
SPECIFICATIONS INCHING OPTION A3

Item Diagram Item Diagram Item Diagram

X84

1
A

3
B

X110 4 2 X135 2
6 1 3
5 7
X85 8 4 8
12
11 9 7
A
B
10 6
18 17 16 15 14 13 5

X86
A
B X148
3
X111 4 2
6 1
X87 3 5 7
2
1 12 8
11 9
10
18 17 16 15 14 13 X149

X88 3
2
1

3
X112 4 2
6 1
5 7
X150
X91 1 12
11
8
9
10
2 18 17 16 15 14 13

X116
X92 1 2
1

X151
2

X123 1
2
X96 3
2
1
4 1
X124 3
2
1 X152
2 3
4 8
X97 3 7
2
1 6
5
X125 2

6
5 X156 4
X132 3
X100 2
4 2
1 1 1
2
3

X133 2

1
X105 1 X157 4
3
2
2 1

X134 1
2 4
X106 1 3
110

2
X158 4
3
2
X109 1 1

(06/11/2018) 110-01-M179EN
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND
A4 SPECIFICATIONS INCHING OPTION

Item Diagram Item Diagram

X191 1
X159 4 2
3
2
1

X194 1
2 4
1 3
X160
2

X161 1 12
2
1
2 11
3 10
4 9
5 8
X195 6 7
X162 1
2

X163 1
2

1
X257 2

X164 1 4
3

X260 1
X182 1 2
2
4
3
5
2
X184 1 1
2 X263

X185 3
2
1

X186 60
30
31
1

X188 1
2

X189 2

1
110

X190 1
2

110-01-M179EN (06/11/2018)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM INCHING OPTION A5

MT 1440 INCHING / MT-X 1440 INCHING / MT 1840 INCHING / MT-X 1840


INCHING pages

POSITION OF CONNECTORS BY DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A6


ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS BY FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8
–– 1 – START-UP / CUSTOMER DIGICODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8
–– 2 – CAN H-L / OBD PLUG (DIAGNOSTIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A10
–– 3 – TRANSMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12
–– 4 – HYDRAULIC MOVEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13
–– 5 – CAB SENSORS / EMERGENCY STOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A15
–– 6 – LIGHTING AND SIGNALING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A18
–– 7 – LIGHTING AND SIGNALING / CAR RADIO OPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A20
–– 8 – AIR CONDITIONING + HEATING OPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A22
–– 9 – CRC / BOOM HEAD EV / PNEUMATIC SEAT OPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A25
–– 10 – REAR HYDRAULIC TWO WAY EV / BOOM HEAD ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . A26

110

(06/11/2018) 110-02-M179EN
A6 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM INCHING OPTION
MT 1440 INCHING / MT 1840 INCHING
MT-X 1440 INCHING / MT-X 1840 INCHING

POSITION OF CONNECTORS BY DIAGRAM


Connectors Diag. 1 Diag. 2 Diag. 3 Diag. 4 Diag. 5 Diag. 6 Diag. 7 Diag. 8 Diag. 9 Diag. 10

B+ √

D+ √

W √

X0 √

X1 √

X2 √

X3 √

X4 √

X5 √

X6 √

X7 √

X8 √

X11 √ √

X12 √

X13 √ √ √ √ √

X14 √

X15 √ √ √ √

X16 √ √ √ √

X17 √

X18 √

X20 √

X21 √

X22 √

X23 √ √ √ √

X25 √ √

X26 √

X27 √

X28 √

X29 √ √ √ √

X30 √

X31 √ √

X32 √

X33 √

X34 √

X35 √

X36 √

X37 √

X38 √

X39 √

X40 √

X42 √ √

X43 √

X45 √
110

X46 √

X47 √

X48 √

X49 √

X50 √

110-02-M179EN (06/11/2018)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM INCHING OPTION A7
MT 1440 INCHING / MT 1840 INCHING
MT-X 1440 INCHING / MT-X 1840 INCHING

Connectors Diag. 1 Diag. 2 Diag. 3 Diag. 4 Diag. 5 Diag. 6 Diag. 7 Diag. 8 Diag. 9 Diag. 10 Connectors Diag. 1 Diag. 2 Diag. 3 Diag. 4 Diag. 5 Diag. 6 Diag. 7 Diag. 8 Diag. 9 Diag. 10

X52 √ X105 √

X53 √ X106 √

X54 √ X107 √

X55 √ √ X108 √

X56 √ √ X109 √

X57 √ √ X110 √ √ √ √ √ √

X58 √ √ X111 √

X59 √ X112 √ √ √ √

X60 √ X113 √ √ √ √ √ √ √

X61 √ X114 √ √

X62 √ √ X115 √

X63 √ X116 √ √

X64 √ X118 √ √ √

X65 √ X119 √

X66 √ X120 √

X67 √ √ X121 √

X68 √ √ √ X123 √

X69 √ X124 √

X70 √ X130 √

X71 √ X131 √

X72 √ X132 √

X73 √ X133 √

X75 √ X134 √

X76 √ X138 √ √

X77 √ X139 √

X78 √ X140 √

X79 √ X148 √ √ √ √ √ √ √

X80 √ X149 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √

X81 √ X153 √

X82 √ X154 √

X83 √ X155 √ √ √

X84 √ X166 √

X85 √ X180 √

X86 √ X181 √

X87 √ X182 √

X88 √ X184 √

X91 √ X185 √

X92 √ X186 √

X93 √ X200 √

X94 √ X201 √ √ √ √

X95 √ √ √ X204 √

X96 √ X205 √
X97 √
X257 √

110
X100 √
X258 √
X101 √

X102 √ X260 √

X103 √ X263 √

X104 √

(06/11/2018) 110-02-M179EN
A8 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM INCHING OPTION
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS BY FUNCTION

Connectors 1 – START-UP / CUSTOMER DIGICODE


Wiring Component Position Hydraulic
Item Designation
harness type name on diagram correspondence MT 1440 INCHING / MT 1840 INCHING
Engine B+ G2 Alternator power supply Q13
MT-X 1440 INCHING / MT-X 1840 INCHING

Engine D+ G2 Alternator excitation Q13


Engine W G2 Alternator Q13 Fuses and relays
X 0 S1 Battery cut-off Q7
Item Designation Position on diagram
Cab 1 X 1 S2 Ignition switch (4 way) C14
Cab 1 X 2 S2 Ignition switch (6 way) C17 BF1/M1
Engine X 3 R1 Preheat Q9 F45 BF3 cab fuse box power supply A6
Engine X 4 M1 Starter electrovalve Q5 F42 Ignition switch (70A) C6
Engine X 5 R5 Fuel heater I34 F46 Preheat (80A) C6
Engine X 7 M2 Diesel pump Q25 F43 Alternator (80A) C6
Engine X 8 Y1 Engine stop electrovalve Q30 BF1/M2
Cab 1 X 13 A9 Cluster C28 F52 Diesel preheater (20A) I15
Engine/Cab 1 X 23 Engine/cab interface O20 F55 Starter electrovalve (20A) I16
Engine X 42 Y2 Cold start system thermoswitch Q27 K20 Preheat relay I13
Engine X 61 B34 Fuel water level sensor Q34 BF1/M3
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply cab / engine interface G8 K21 Engine start relay I22
Cab 1 X118 Customer digicode C34 K22 Diesel fuel reheating relay I25
Cab 1 X138 S50 Emergency stop button C23 K23 Engine speed / Radio Control relay I26
Frame X148 A1 Manimux Power CN1-P1 O36 BF3/M1
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 O33 F7 Customer digicode G6
Engine X200 ORH engine speed electrovalve M28 F12 Front windscreen wiper and windscreen washer (15A) G6
Engine X201 BF1/M1 Engine compartment fusebox BF1 C5 BF3/M2
Engine/Frame X257 Engine/frame interface Q36 F25 +VBat digicode K5
Engine X258 B74 Radiator minimum water level sensor Q36 F31 APC engine start safety, relay K5 (10A) K4
BF3/M3
K2 Front windscreen wiper intermittent relay K34

Components K3 Air-conditioning motor fan relay K38


K5 Stop electrovalve relay, diesel supply pump, cold starter electrovalve K32
Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence K6 Air conditioning compressor control relay K36
A1 Manimux Power MP1 M38
A9 Manimux Cluster MC2 C31
B34 Water in fuel filter sensor S34 Splices
B74 Radiator minimum water level sensor S36
Item Position on diagram
D3 Diode D3 K6
D4 Diode D4 Q29 Ep.1 O26
D5 Diode D5 I23 Ep.3 Q30
G1 Battery 12V / 110Ah or 145 Ah (cold countries) A3 Ep.4 Q29
G2 12V/85A alternator S11 Ep.5 E22
M1 Starter Q5 Ep.7 I23
M2 Diesel pump Q25 Ep.8 I23
R1 Preheat resistances S9 Ep.9 I5
R5 Diesel fuel reheating I38 Ep.14 M18
S1 Battery cut-off S8
S2 Ignition switch A14
110

S3 Cold start system thermoswitch Q27


S50 Emergency stop button A25
Y1 Engine stop electrovalve Q30
Y2 KSB cold start electrovalve Q27

110-02-M179EN (06/11/2018)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM INCHING OPTION A9
DIAGRAM 1 - STARTER / CUSTOMER DIGICODE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

V Bat

M a C M
as s ab 1
M
M se

se se M
M
as
as C
se ab

C Mo 2
ha te
ss ur
is
A A

M
4
S2 PO S50
G1 SIT
BF1 / M1
PIN
IO
N O P
F45 5 10
50a / 7 x
F42 2
OP 19 / 8 x x CLUSTER
X118 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 4 5 3 2 1

X138 1 2 3 4
F46 6 4 A9 / MC2
19 / 9

184
x x

134
30 30 17 17 50a 19 19 54 15 58

119

242

120
148

125

141
123
124

119

39
65

11
12
43
X201 F43 X1 1 2 3 4 7 8 9 5 6 10 X2
3
54 / 5 x x x
3
C C

64

64
65

245

66
67
69
70
51
15 / 6 x x x X13 5 6 21 30 37 17 29 25 26
125

49

50
137

134

122

245
58 / 10 x 124

x PIN = 12 V 123

APC 50a 65
APC 54 66
120 122
APC 54 67 EP 5
E APC 15 69 121
E
APC 15 70

BF3 / M1
10

X113 1
68
F12
71

G G
11
F7 12

28

EP 8
X5 R5
D5

11
56

44

34

33
BF1/M2

4
EP 7

41
1 3 12 21
8 6

33

45

44

27

34
86 30 1 3 1 3 1 3
I I

F52

F54

F55
K21 K22 K23
71

86 30 86 30 86 30

K20 85 87 176 175 174


EP 9

2 4 11 7 5
85 87 85 87 85 87

177

141
12
43

31

32
5

2 5 2 5 2 5
35

2 5 4 2 2 2
72

73

37 36 K5 K2 K6 K3
D3
240

85 87
240

87a
68

35

29
18
86 30
241
BF3 / M2

1 3
K K
F31

F25

46
137
46

39

EP 14

M M
X23
243

C3
14
49

29

30
A4 1 2 X200
50 13

A3
51 11
CN2-P1 / X149 A1 / MP 12
A5
244 19
57
B8 284
243 24
CN1-P1 / X148
A6
121 21
25

O 60 A1
8 O

24

285
C1
62 9

EP 1
A8
61 8-1
1 51
C8
63 9-1

285

284
X257
5

X3 1 2 3 4
M1

46

47

28

27
23
X42
1

19
2
X7 1 2
M

EP 3
Q M t° S3 Q
M2
X4 X0 58
18

59
B+

46

50

51

47

52
3
G
1 2 X8 X61 1 2 3 X258 1 2
3~ 14
45 D4
M
D+

58
U 13 Y2 Y1
N

EP 4
S1 R1 G2 W

110
B34 B74

22
X0

S S

(06/11/2018) 110-02-M179EN
A10 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM INCHING OPTION
2 – CAN H-L / OBD PLUG (DIAGNOSTIC)
MT 1440 INCHING / MT 1840 INCHING
MT-X 1440 INCHING / MT-X 1840 INCHING

Connectors Splices
Wiring Component Position Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Position on diagram
harness type name on diagram correspondence
Cab 1 X 13 A9 Cluster G7/I4 Ep.5 E16
Frame/Cab 1 X110 Frame/cab Interface O13 Ep.9 A8
Frame/Cab 1 X112 Frame/cab Interface A16 Ep.15 O13
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply engine / cab interface A7 Ep.16 K7
Cab 1 X115 OBD diagnostic plug M4 Ep.28 I16
Frame X116 Manimux Power supply engine/frame interface C7 Ep.29 O15
Cab 1 X140 R4 Inching resistance option O4 EP.81 K16
Frame X148 A1 Manimux Power CN1-P1 G20 Ep.82 I17
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 G13 Ep.83 I27
Frame X185 DIAG RS 232 APC 120 K27
Frame X186 ECU APC 120 (Inching) I27
Engine X201 BF1/M1 Engine compartment fusebox BF1 A5
Frame X263 B50 Vishay CAN gauge K13

CAN Network
Components
Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence
A1 Manimux Power MP1 G14
A9 Manimux Cluster MC2 G5
B50 Vishay CAN gauge K13 Option
Manimux Cluster Econ.B 120
D3 Diode D3 C33 PAD tool

VCI
Fuses and relays

Item Designation Position on diagram CAN B


CAN A
BF1/M1
F45 BF3 Power supply (cab) (40A) A6
F41 Manimux Power 2 (20A) A6
F44 Manimux Power 1 (40A) C6
BF3/M2
F22 Power supply cluster + V bat (3A) A14 Manimux Power MP12

F23 RC battery charger + Econ B 120 (2A) supply A14


F28 OBD diagnostic plug +VBat (5A) C14 (Standard version)
F33 OBD diagnostic plug +APC (5A) C14
BF3/M1
F9 Cluster power supply + APC (2A) E5 Key:
110

F12 Front windscreen wiper and windscreen washer (15A) E4 - CAN A: Manimux CAN (Cluster ⇔ Power12)
- CAN B: Truck CAN (Power12 ⇔ Econ.B 120)

110-02-M179EN (06/11/2018)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM INCHING OPTION A11
DIAGRAM 2 - CAN H-L / OBD PLUG (DIAGNOSTIC)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

M Ma e C
M se e C b M
as ss a
Key:

as C a 1
M

se ha b
69
66

as

C ssi M2
C 4
AP 15
AP 70
67

s
AP 5

ha s
AP at
C

C
C

A A

ss M2
B

is
- CAN A: Manimux CAN (Cluster ⇔ Power1/Power2)
V

BF1 / M1 BF3 / M2 36

M
3
X113
X201 F45
10 1 71
EP 9
73
F22

35
- CAN B: Truck CAN (Power1 ⇔ APC 120)
X112
F41
7 2
72
F23
37 37 18 - A: Power supply
F44
6 1 ALIM. 1
F28
42
- M: Ground
10 mm2
F33
- LSS: Output safety line
X116 68 48

240
D3
C 240 241 C
68
BF3 / M1

F12

F9

E E

10 mm2
ALIM. 1
14

EP 5
154

155

190

191

192
14

86
35

36

87

88

89

90

91
CN1-P1 / X148
X13
G G
4 10 20 9 32 16 17 46 47 76 77 15 45 75

A M CN2-P1 / X149 A M

CLUSTER 71 24
A1 / MP 12 A10 / APC 120

R 120 ohm
A9 / MC2 284 57

High CAN A
High CAN A
Low CAN A

Low CAN A
L H X186

X13 3 11 1 24 38 8 31 44 43 14 74 73 25 90 11 42 41 71 72 22 23 45 36 39 6

285

335

301

300
143

107

Black

96

45
EP 81
I I
CAN B

CAN B EP 82
LSS
42 CAN B
CAN A

48 EP 83
1

Wake-up line
16
EP 28
14

6 CAN A

334

301

300
K 3 2 1
K
5 186 185 X185
EP 16
X263 3 2 5 4 1
11
PRISE
3 CAN B RS 232
CAN B

X115

M B50 M
CAN A
J 1939

J 1939
CAN B

285

284

X257
1 2 3 4

LSS
H
234
O 1 J 1939 12
O
R4
2 11
L J 1939

3
235 9
107 71
X140
143 7 45

187 8 95
EP 15 EP 29
6

CAN A 5 CAN A

X110
Q Q

110
S S

(06/11/2018) 110-02-M179EN
A12 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM INCHING OPTION
3 – TRANSMISSION
MT 1440 INCHING / MT 1840 INCHING
Connectors DIAGRAM 3 – TRANSMISSION MT-X 1440 INCHING / MT-X 1840 INCHING
Wiring Component Position Hydraulic
Item Designation 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
harness type name on diagram correspondence

M Ma
M se se
as s
Frame X 53 Y3 Forward electrovalve M5

as C C
se ha ab
C ssi M1
ha s

Vous aimerez peut-être aussi